InnoDoc

Engagement Analytics

Engagement Analytics tracks user interactions with documents in real-time, assessing metrics such as edit frequency, comment activity, and collaborative contributions. This feature empowers teams to identify which sections generate the most discussion or require further clarification, ultimately enhancing overall engagement and collaboration effectiveness.

Requirements

Real-time Interaction Tracking

"As a team leader, I want to see real-time engagement metrics for our documents so that I can understand how my team is interacting with the content and identify areas that need more clarification or focus."

Description

This requirement entails the implementation of a system that tracks user interactions with documents in real-time, capturing metrics such as edit frequency, comment activity, and the contributions of each user. The functionality will enable teams to monitor engagement levels and identify specific sections of the document that attract the most interaction, helping to pinpoint areas needing more clarity or discussion. This feature is crucial for facilitating better collaboration and understanding user dynamics, ultimately fostering an environment where team members can engage meaningfully with content and each other. By integrating this tracking mechanism into the existing InnoDoc platform, teams will gain insights into their collaborative processes, improving productivity and efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User Interaction Analysis for Document Editing

Given a document with multiple users editing simultaneously, When a user makes an edit, Then the system should track the timestamp, username, and type of edit in real-time.

Comment Activity Tracking for Enhanced Engagement

Given a document where users can leave comments, When a user submits a comment, Then the system should log the timestamp, username, and content of the comment, and update the comment activity metric accordingly.

Collaborative Contribution Overview

Given multiple users interacting with a document, When the engagement analytics feature is accessed, Then it should display a summary of each user's contributions, including edits and comments, in a visually accessible format.

Identifying High-Interaction Sections of Documents

Given users are actively collaborating on a document, When the engagement analytics feature analyzes the interaction data, Then it should highlight sections of the document with the highest edit and comment activity for review.

User Behavior Insights for Document Engagement

Given a user is reviewing the engagement metrics, When they view the metrics report, Then it should provide insights on user interactions over time, including peak engagement periods and frequent collaborators.

Real-time Tracking Feedback for Team Collaboration

Given a document that is being actively edited, When a user interacts (edits or comments), Then the system should provide immediate feedback regarding their interaction on the user dashboard.

Filtering Engagement Metrics by Specific Users or Sections

Given multiple users are collaborating on a document, When the user selects a specific user or section to filter metrics, Then the system should display only the engagement data relevant to that selection.

Engagement Reports Generation

"As a project manager, I want to generate engagement reports for our documents so that I can analyze user interactions over time and make informed decisions for our collaborative projects."

Description

This requirement focuses on the development of an automated reporting feature that compiles engagement data over specified time frames. The reports will include metrics such as total edits, comment counts, and individual user contributions, presented in a clear and actionable format. This functionality will allow teams to assess document engagement trends over time, which is critical for understanding team dynamics and improving future collaboration. The reports will be downloadable and shareable to enhance transparency and communication among team members. This feature directly addresses the need for reflective analysis and strategic planning based on documented user interactions.

Acceptance Criteria

Engagement Reports Generation for Weekly Team Review Meeting

Given a user accesses the Engagement Analytics feature, when they select the 'Generate Report' option for the past week, then a report containing total edits, comment counts, and individual user contributions should be generated and displayed in a downloadable format.

Engagement Reports Generation for Long-Term Assessment

Given a project manager wants to evaluate document engagement over the last month, when they specify the date range and click on 'Generate Report', then the generated report should reflect accurate metrics and include a summary section highlighting key engagement trends.

Sharing Engagement Reports with Team Members

Given a user generates an engagement report, when they click on the 'Share' option, then the system should allow them to send the report via email to selected team members, and the email should include a link for download.

Downloadability of Engagement Reports

Given an engagement report is generated, when the user clicks on the 'Download' button, then the report should be available in both PDF and CSV formats for download without errors.

Real-Time Updates to Engagement Reports during Document Collaboration

Given multiple users are collaborating on a document, when engagement data changes (such as new edits or comments), then the engagement report should reflect these changes in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Integration of Engagement Reports with Task Management Tools

Given a user views an engagement report, when they click on the 'Integrate with Task Management' button, then the relevant engagement metrics should be automatically forwarded to the linked project management tool without manual input.

User Access Control for Engagement Reports

Given an organization has different user roles, when a user tries to access the engagement reports, then they should only be able to view reports based on their access permissions as defined by the admin.

Engagement Dashboard UI

"As a document collaborator, I want to access an engagement dashboard so that I can quickly view important metrics about how we are collaborating on our current projects."

Description

This requirement entails the creation of an intuitive user interface that displays key engagement metrics at a glance. The dashboard will be designed to provide users with easy access to important statistics, such as the most engaged sections of a document, overall user activity, and comparative performance metrics. By offering a visual overview of document engagement, users can quickly assess the health of collaboration on their projects. This important UI feature is intended to enhance user experience by presenting complex data in a straightforward, consumable format, thereby enabling immediate insights that drive improved teamwork and focus.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Engagement Dashboard for the first time to evaluate document engagement metrics.

Given the user is logged into InnoDoc, when they navigate to the Engagement Dashboard, then they should see a visually appealing overview of engagement metrics including edit frequency, comment activity, and the most engaged sections of the document.

A team member wants to analyze the engagement metrics of a specific document during a team meeting.

Given the user selects a specific document on the Engagement Dashboard, when they click on the document, then they should see detailed engagement analytics tailored to that document, including charts and graphs.

The user wants to compare engagement metrics between two or more documents to identify performance trends.

Given the user has selected multiple documents in the Engagement Dashboard, when they choose the compare function, then they should see a comparative performance analysis with clear metrics side by side.

A user reviews the Engagement Dashboard to identify areas needing improvement in collaboration.

Given the user is viewing the Engagement Dashboard, when they hover over specific engagement metrics, then they should receive tooltips with suggestions for improving document collaboration based on the presented data.

A user accesses historical engagement metrics to track changes over time.

Given the user is on the Engagement Dashboard, when they select the date range filter, then they should be able to view and analyze engagement metrics over their selected time period.

The dashboard needs to display real-time updates during collaborative editing sessions.

Given multiple users are editing the document simultaneously, when any user modifies the document, then the Engagement Dashboard should reflect those changes in real-time without requiring a page refresh.

User Segmentation for Engagement Analysis

"As a team member, I want to see user segments based on engagement levels so that I can collaborate more effectively with those who are contributing the most to our projects."

Description

This requirement aims to develop functionality that allows teams to segment users based on their interaction patterns with documents, facilitating a deeper analysis of engagement. Users can be categorized by metrics such as edit frequency, comment trends, and collaborative contributions. This segmented data will enable targeted interventions, fostering more personalized communication and enhancing overall collaboration efficacy within teams. By implementing user segmentation, InnoDoc can empower leaders to tailor their approaches based on individual and group engagement levels, thereby optimizing collaborative efforts and improving document quality.

Acceptance Criteria

User Segmentation based on Edit Frequency

Given that a user has edited a document multiple times, when the Engagement Analytics feature processes interaction data, then the user should be categorized as a 'High Editor' in the segmentation analysis.

User Segmentation based on Comment Activity

Given that a user has left more than 5 comments on a document, when the Engagement Analytics feature compiles comment data, then the user should be classified as 'Highly Engaged' in the segmentation report.

User Segmentation by Collaborative Contributions

Given that a user has contributed to a document by both editing and commenting, when the Engagement Analytics feature analyzes the data, then the user should be recognized as an 'Active Contributor' in the engagement metrics.

View Segmented User Data in Reports

Given that user segments have been created, when a team leader accesses the Engagement Analytics report, then they should see segmented user data categorized by edit frequency, comment activity, and collaboration contributions.

Notification System for Segmented Users

Given that a segmentation analysis has identified low engagement users, when the team leader activates the notification system, then targeted notifications should be sent to the identified users to encourage participation.

Real-time Update of User Segmentation

Given that real-time interaction data is being captured, when users interact with the document, then their segmentation categories should be updated in real-time without delay.

User Friendly Interface for Segmentation Selection

Given that a user wants to view segmentation options, when they access the Engagement Analytics dashboard, then they should see an intuitive interface that allows easy selection of segmentation metrics.

Automatic Feedback Notifications

"As a user, I want to receive notifications about significant engagement milestones on our documents so that I can stay updated and participate actively in discussions."

Description

This requirement involves establishing a notification system that automatically alerts users about engagement milestones, such as when a document reaches a certain number of comments or edits. The aim is to keep users informed and engaged while fostering active dialogue around the document. This functionality will also serve to remind users of pending responses or areas requiring attention, driving collaborative effort forward. The automatic feedback system will integrate seamlessly with existing workflows, ensuring that team members remain informed about key engagement indicators without adding manual overhead.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when the document reaches 10 comments, ensuring they are aware of discussion milestones.

Given a document with 10 comments, when the user is a collaborator on the document, then the user receives a notification alerting them of the engagement milestone.

User is notified when a document is edited by another collaborator, enhancing awareness of changes.

Given a document that has been edited, when the user is a collaborator on the document, then the user receives a notification informing them of the edit.

A user receives a reminder notification for any pending comments that require their response after 48 hours.

Given a user has a pending comment on a document, when 48 hours have passed since the comment was left, then the user receives a reminder notification about the pending response.

Dashboard displays a summary of all notifications related to user engagement within documents for easy tracking.

Given the user accesses the notifications dashboard, when they view their notifications, then they can see a summary of all engagement notifications related to their documents.

User can set their notification preferences for how and when they receive alerts about document engagement milestones.

Given the user is in the notification settings menu, when they select their preferences for engagement notifications, then those preferences are saved and applied to future notifications.

System ensures notifications do not overwhelm users by limiting the frequency of alerts for updates on the same document.

Given a document has multiple updates, when a user receives notifications for updates, then they should receive a maximum of three notifications per hour for that document.

User Training and Resource Center

"As a new user, I want to access training resources on engagement analytics so that I can learn how to use these tools to improve our document collaboration."

Description

This requirement encompasses the creation of a dedicated section within InnoDoc that offers training materials and resources focused on engagement analytics tools. The goal is to provide users with guidance on how to effectively utilize engagement metrics to enhance collaboration. This center will include tutorials, FAQs, and best practices that empower users to leverage insights from engagement analytics for better teamwork and document quality. Offering this educational support is crucial for maximizing the utilization of new features and ensuring that all users can effectively navigate and benefit from engagement analytics functionalities.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the User Training and Resource Center to learn about engagement analytics during a team project.

Given the user is logged into InnoDoc, when they navigate to the User Training and Resource Center, then they should see a section dedicated to Engagement Analytics with tutorials, FAQs, and best practices available for viewing.

A new user completes the tutorial on engagement analytics and is able to interpret engagement metrics.

Given a user has completed the Engagement Analytics tutorial, when they are presented with a sample document's engagement metrics, then they should successfully identify high and low engagement sections based on edit frequency and comment activity.

The User Training and Resource Center provides ongoing support for users after its initial launch.

Given the User Training and Resource Center has launched, when users submit feedback via the provided form, then at least 80% of feedback responses should indicate satisfaction with the training materials and resources provided.

Users access the FAQs to resolve common queries about engagement analytics tools.

Given a user is on the Engagement Analytics FAQ page, when they search for a specific question, then they should receive relevant answers or guidance within three seconds.

The effectiveness of the User Training and Resource Center is evaluated through user engagement metrics.

Given the User Training and Resource Center has been utilized for one month, when user engagement is analyzed, then the average time spent on the Engagement Analytics section should be at least three minutes per visit.

The team reviews the best practices provided in the User Training and Resource Center.

Given a team is using the User Training and Resource Center, when they review the best practices for utilizing engagement analytics, then at least 75% of team members should report applying these practices in their collaboration within one week of review.

Integration of the User Training and Resource Center within the platform for easy access by users.

Given the User Training and Resource Center is integrated into InnoDoc, when users click on the help icon in the engagement analytics toolbar, then they should be directed to the appropriate resource without errors.

Content Performance Score

This feature provides an overall performance rating for the document based on factors such as clarity, readability, and user engagement. By presenting a clear score alongside actionable recommendations for improvement, users can refine their content to better meet their audience's expectations and enhance quality.

Requirements

Performance Scoring Metrics

"As a content creator, I want to receive a performance score for my document based on clarity, readability, and engagement, so that I can improve my writing to better resonate with my audience."

Description

The Content Performance Score feature requires comprehensive metrics to assess clarity, readability, and user engagement for each document. These metrics should be measurable through various algorithms and analytics, providing users with concrete data points that formulate the overall performance rating. This requirement is essential to ensure that the scoring reflects actual content quality and offers actionable insights for users seeking to enhance their documents. By integrating these metrics into the existing review process within InnoDoc, users can systematically understand their content’s effectiveness and make informed improvements accordingly.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Content Performance Score feature in InnoDoc to view the performance of their document after completing the writing process.

Given the user has a completed document, when they click on the 'Content Performance Score' button, then the system should calculate and display a score based on clarity, readability, and user engagement metrics.

User reviews the content performance score and utilizes the actionable recommendations to improve their document’s quality.

Given the user has received a score, when they follow the provided recommendations, then the system should allow them to re-evaluate the document’s performance score, reflecting the changes made.

User wants to understand the factors contributing to their document's performance score. They seek detailed insights and explanations for each metric evaluated.

Given the user views the performance score, when they click on the 'Detailed Insights' link, then the system should display an explanation of the clarity, readability, and user engagement metrics that contributed to the score.

User collaborates with a team and wants to track the performance score changes over time as they make edits to the document.

Given the user makes changes to the document, when the document is saved, then the performance score should update automatically to reflect the new edits, and the score history should be accessible for review.

User is reviewing a document with a low performance score and needs to identify specific areas for improvement.

Given the performance score is below a predefined threshold, when the user views the recommendations, then the system should highlight specific sections or attributes in the document that require attention based on the scoring metrics.

A project manager views the performance scores of multiple documents from their team to assess overall content quality across projects.

Given multiple documents are available, when the project manager accesses the project dashboard, then the system should display an aggregated score summary for each document along with their performance ratings for easy comparison.

Actionable Recommendations Engine

"As a writer, I want to receive tailored recommendations based on my document’s performance score, so that I can make specific improvements and increase its effectiveness."

Description

To accompany the Content Performance Score, we need an actionable recommendations engine that analyzes the scoring metrics and suggests precise improvements for content quality. This engine should provide tailored advice based on common issues related to clarity, structure, and engagement for each document. The goal is to empower users by not just informing them about the score but also giving them the guidance necessary to make effective changes. Integration of this feature will enhance user productivity, as they receive targeted suggestions right where they need them, fostering continuous improvement in their document creation process.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives actionable recommendations after analyzing a document's Content Performance Score.

Given a document with a Content Performance Score calculated, when the user accesses the recommendations engine, then the user should see at least three tailored recommendations addressing clarity, structure, and engagement.

The recommendations engine provides suggestions based on common issues identified in the scoring metrics.

Given that the scoring metrics identify low scores in clarity, structure, and engagement, when the user reviews the document, then the recommendations engine should highlight specific sections of the document that correspond to identified issues.

Integration of the recommendations engine within the InnoDoc ecosystem.

Given that the recommendations engine is fully integrated, when the user edits their document, then the actionable recommendations should update in real-time to reflect changes made by the user.

User feedback on the relevancy of the actionable recommendations provided by the engine.

Given a user has implemented suggestions from the recommendations engine, when they are prompted for feedback, then the user should be able to rate the recommendations on a scale of 1-5 for relevance and usefulness.

The actionable recommendations include links to resources for further improvement.

Given that the user has accessed the recommendations, when they review the suggestions, then each recommendation should include at least one link to relevant resources or examples for further guidance.

The recommendations engine tracks historical data of changes made based on suggestions.

Given that a user has implemented changes in the document based on recommendations, when the user revisits the document, then they should see a history log of changes made, associated with previous recommendations.

User Engagement Analytics

"As a content manager, I want to analyze user engagement data related to my documents, so that I can understand how my audience interacts with the content and optimize it accordingly."

Description

This requirement entails implementing a user engagement analytics feature that tracks how readers interact with the document, including metrics on time spent viewing, sections read, and user feedback. By collecting and analyzing this data, InnoDoc can provide authors with a deeper understanding of audience behavior and preferences, which can inform future content strategies. The integration of user engagement analytics is vital for creating a data-informed approach to content creation, ultimately leading to higher quality documents that better serve their intended audience.

Acceptance Criteria

User views analytics dashboard for a document to examine engagement metrics.

Given the user accesses the analytics dashboard for the document, when they load the page, then the system should display user engagement metrics including time spent, sections read, and user feedback.

Author receives recommendations based on user engagement data for improving document quality.

Given the user has analyzed the engagement metrics, when the metrics indicate low engagement on specific sections, then the system should provide actionable recommendations for enhancing those sections.

Admin navigates to the settings to configure user engagement tracking preferences.

Given the admin user is in the settings section, when they enable user engagement tracking, then the system should save the preferences and begin tracking user engagement as per the defined settings.

Team reviews user engagement data during a content strategy meeting.

Given the team is reviewing user engagement data, when they identify trends in user feedback, then they should be able to correlate this data with content modifications made and establish a plan for future improvements.

Author checks the historical engagement metrics of a previously published document.

Given the author selects a previously published document, when they view its historical engagement metrics, then the system should display metrics over time including trends in time spent and feedback scores.

User submits feedback on a section of the document based on their reading experience.

Given the user is reading the document, when they submit feedback on a specific section, then the system should log the feedback and associate it with the corresponding section for future analysis.

Performance Score Dashboard

"As a project lead, I want a dashboard displaying the performance scores of all team documents, so that I can quickly assess which documents need improvements and track overall content quality across projects."

Description

A Performance Score Dashboard is required to provide users with a visually appealing, interactive interface displaying the performance scores of all documents. This dashboard should include graphical representations of the scores alongside metrics, trends over time, and a comparison feature for different documents. The integration of this dashboard will enhance the user experience by providing a centralized view of performance metrics, making it easier for users to monitor progress and apply changes across multiple documents, thus streamlining the document improvement process.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Performance Score Dashboard to assess the performance of multiple documents they have created over a set period, aiming to identify areas of improvement.

Given the user is logged into the InnoDoc platform, When they navigate to the Performance Score Dashboard, Then the dashboard displays a list of documents with their corresponding performance scores, trends over time, and graphical representations of each score.

User interacts with the Performance Score Dashboard to filter documents based on specific performance metrics such as clarity or user engagement.

Given the user is viewing the Performance Score Dashboard, When they select the filter options for specific performance metrics, Then only documents matching the selected criteria are displayed on the dashboard.

User compares the performance scores of two separate documents using the comparison feature within the dashboard.

Given the user has selected two documents on the Performance Score Dashboard, When they click the 'Compare' button, Then a side-by-side comparison of the performance scores and key metrics is presented.

User accesses the Performance Score Dashboard to view trends over time for a particular document to evaluate progress.

Given the user selects a specific document from the Performance Score Dashboard, When they view the trends section, Then a chronological graph displays the performance score evolution of the selected document over time.

User wants to understand the actionable recommendations provided alongside performance scores to improve document quality.

Given performance scores are displayed on the dashboard, When the user hovers over a score, Then an actionable recommendation tooltip appears, providing suggestions for enhancing the document quality.

User uses the dashboard to monitor the performance scores of multiple documents after implementing changes based on previous recommendations.

Given the user has made changes to their documents and returns to the Performance Score Dashboard, When they refresh the scores, Then the updated performance scores reflect the changes made, showing an improvement if applicable.

User shares the Performance Score Dashboard view with a team member for collaborative analysis of document performance.

Given the user has generated a report from the Performance Score Dashboard, When they share the report link with a team member, Then the team member can access the report and view the same performance scores and metrics as the user.

Real-time Score Updates

"As a collaborative writer, I want performance scores to update in real-time while I edit, so that I can immediately see the impact of my changes and enhance the document effectively."

Description

The Content Performance Score feature must include real-time updates that reflect changes made to documents immediately after editing. This functionality is crucial to provide users with instant feedback regarding their content improvements, which allows them to iterate effectively and make data-driven decisions on the fly. By ensuring that score updates occur in real-time, users can enhance their collaboration experience and work more productively, knowing they are always working with the most current data regarding their document performance.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time score updates during collaborative editing sessions

Given multiple users are editing a document collaboratively, When a user makes an edit to the content, Then the Content Performance Score should update within 2 seconds for all users viewing the document.

Immediate score updates after content changes

Given a user edits the content of the document, When the changes are saved, Then the Content Performance Score should reflect these changes immediately in the user interface without any delay.

Score updates while users are reviewing recommendations

Given a user is reviewing recommendations for content improvement, When the user makes changes suggested by the recommendations, Then the Content Performance Score should update in real-time to reflect the new evaluation of the document.

Monitoring score changes over time

Given a user refines the document based on multiple iterations, When the user implements changes consecutively, Then the Content Performance Score should display all updates over time for user reference during the editing session.

Integration with version history

Given a user has made edits to a document over multiple sessions, When the user accesses the version history, Then the Content Performance Score should accurately reflect historical performance associated with each version of the document.

Visibility of score updates across devices

Given a user edits a document on one device, When they view the document on another device, Then the Content Performance Score should show the latest updates made in real-time across all devices within 2 seconds.

User notifications for significant score changes

Given a user is editing a document, When the Content Performance Score changes significantly (e.g., by more than 10 points), Then the user should receive a notification indicating the change to help them stay informed on content performance.

Trend Analysis Dashboard

The Trend Analysis Dashboard visualizes key patterns in document usage, such as peak collaboration times, most common edits, and preferred document formats. This feature enables teams to anticipate needs, optimize workflows, and enhance collaboration strategies by understanding how their documents evolve over time.

Requirements

User Access Control

"As an admin user, I want to manage access permissions for team members so that I can ensure sensitive documents are only available to authorized personnel."

Description

The User Access Control requirement focuses on implementing a robust permission management system that allows administrators to define and customize access privileges for different user roles within the InnoDoc platform. This functionality is crucial for ensuring data security, protecting sensitive documents, and maintaining compliance with organizational policies. By enabling granular control over who can view, edit, and share documents, the User Access Control will foster a secure collaborative environment, enhancing user trust and providing peace of mind regarding document safety. Effective implementation will include user role definitions, configurable settings for individual documents or folders, and an audit trail for monitoring access changes.

Acceptance Criteria

Administrator defines user roles for a new project team in InnoDoc.

Given an administrator has access to the User Access Control settings, when they create a new user role with specific permissions, then the role should be saved and listed in the user roles section without errors.

A user from the project team attempts to access a document they do not have permissions for.

Given a user without edit permissions tries to open a restricted document, when they access the document link, then they should receive an error message indicating insufficient permissions.

An administrator audits the access history for a sensitive document.

Given an administrator views the access audit trail for a document, when they filter by user and date, then the report should accurately display all relevant access events for that document without any discrepancies.

A user is granted temporary access to a document for collaborative purposes.

Given an administrator temporarily grants a user access to a document, when the user logs in to view the document, then they should have the specified permissions for the duration defined by the administrator, after which access should be revoked automatically.

Users collaborate on a document with different access levels.

Given a document has multiple users collaborating on it with distinct access levels, when they perform edits or comments, then changes should reflect in real-time according to their permissions and an access log should be updated accordingly.

A new document inherits access permissions from its parent folder.

Given a document is created within a folder that has predefined access controls, when the document is saved, then it should automatically inherit the folder's permissions unless specified otherwise by the administrator.

An administrator revokes a user’s access immediately.

Given an administrator decides to revoke a user's access, when they select the user and confirm the revocation, then the user should be denied access to all related documents immediately, and all current sessions should be logged out.

Real-time Collaboration Indicators

"As a team member, I want to see who is currently editing the document in real-time so that I can collaborate more effectively without interrupting others."

Description

The Real-time Collaboration Indicators requirement aims to introduce visual cues and notifications that indicate when team members are actively editing a document. This feature enhances synchronous collaboration by allowing users to see who is currently working on the document, what sections are being edited in real-time, and provides notifications for any changes made. This functionality will not only improve overall communication among team members but also reduce the likelihood of merging conflicts and version discrepancies, leading to a more seamless collaborative experience. The implementation will include visual markers for active users, real-time update notifications, and an option to view editing history.

Acceptance Criteria

Document Editing During Live Team Collaboration Session

Given a document is opened by multiple users in real-time, when a user starts editing a section, then their name and the section being edited should be visually highlighted for all users.

Notification of Recent Edits

Given a user is actively working on a document, when another user makes changes to the document, then a notification should be triggered for the active user indicating the section altered and the user's name who made the change.

Viewing Editing History

Given a document has received multiple edits, when a user selects the 'View Edit History' option, then a chronological list of edits, including user names and timestamps, should be displayed to the user.

Accessing Active User Indicators

Given a document is currently being edited by multiple team members, when a user accesses the document, then they should see visual markers indicating which users are currently active and their respective editing sections.

Conflict Resolution for Simultaneous Edits

Given two users are editing the same section of a document at the same time, when one user saves their changes, then a prompt should inform both users about the conflicting edits and provide options to resolve them.

Document Format Support Expansion

"As a user, I want to upload and share documents in various formats so that I can work with files I am familiar with and collaborate more easily with my team."

Description

The Document Format Support Expansion requirement involves enhancing InnoDoc's capability to accept and export a wider range of document formats such as .xls, .ppt, .txt, and various image formats. This functionality is critical for ensuring that users can work with their preferred file types and share documents seamlessly across different platforms. By broadening the supported formats, this requirement will improve user flexibility, increase adoption rates, and enhance collaboration efforts across diverse teams and organizations. Implementation will include backend support for format conversion, user interface updates for format selection, and thorough testing for compatibility and performance.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to upload a .xls document to InnoDoc so that I can collaborate on financial reports with my team.

Given a valid .xls file is ready for upload, when I select the file and click 'Upload', then the document should be successfully uploaded and editable in the InnoDoc platform without any errors.

As a project manager, I want to export a collaborative document in .ppt format so that I can present it in a meeting.

Given a collaborative document is finalized, when I select 'Export' and choose .ppt format, then the document should be accurately converted and downloadable as a .ppt file while maintaining formatting and content integrity.

As a writer, I need to open a .txt file in InnoDoc for editing, so that I can enrich the content with team feedback.

Given a valid .txt file is available, when I open the file within InnoDoc, then the contents should be fully loaded and editable, with all text visible and formatted correctly.

As a team member, I want to view the most common document formats used in my team over the past month to understand our preferences.

Given that the Trend Analysis Dashboard is available, when I access the dashboard, then I should see a comprehensive report displaying the top 5 most common document formats used by the team, along with usage frequency.

As a user, I want the option to select from various image formats when uploading assets to ensure compatibility with my project.

Given the document format selection interface is updated, when I navigate to the upload section, then I should see options for at least 5 different image formats (e.g., .jpg, .png, .gif) available for selection.

As a developer, I want to ensure that the system can handle simultaneous uploads of different file types without crashing, to maintain user workflow.

Given multiple users are uploading files simultaneously, when the uploads occur, then the system should support at least 10 simultaneous uploads across any combination of supported file types without performance degradation or errors.

AI-Powered Writing Assistance

"As a user, I want to receive suggestions for improving my writing so that I can produce high-quality documents more efficiently."

Description

The AI-Powered Writing Assistance requirement focuses on providing users with intelligent writing suggestions, grammar and style checking features powered by advanced AI algorithms. This functionality will enhance the quality of documents created within InnoDoc by offering real-time feedback and recommendations for improvements. By integrating natural language processing capabilities, users will receive contextual suggestions for phrasing, tone adjustments, and style enhancements, ultimately resulting in more polished and professional documents. Implementation will require integration with AI writing APIs, a user-friendly interface for suggestions, and continuous updates to the AI model based on user interactions.

Acceptance Criteria

User utilizes AI-Powered Writing Assistance to create a document while collaborating with team members in real time.

Given a user is in the document editor, when they type a sentence with a grammatical error, then the AI should underline the error and provide a suggestion to correct it in real-time.

A user receives style suggestions for a formal report they are drafting in InnoDoc to ensure brand consistency.

Given the user is editing a formal document, when the document is analyzed by the AI, then the platform should indicate at least three style adjustments including tone changes and vocabulary enhancements relevant to formal writing.

Collaborators are working asynchronously and need to review AI-generated recommendations made to their document.

Given the user has made edits based on AI suggestions, when another user opens the document, then they should see a record of previous AI suggestions made within a dedicated sidebar.

A freelancer looks to improve their writing quality while creating marketing copy using InnoDoc's writing assistance tool.

Given the freelancer is writing marketing copy, when they use the AI writing assistance, then the platform should provide contextual suggestions, including keywords and phrases relevant to marketing effectiveness.

A team wants to evaluate the effectiveness of the AI-Powered Writing Assistance over a month of usage.

Given that the team has been using the writing assistance, when they review the weekly reports generated by the system, then at least 75% of users should report improved document quality based on the suggestions provided by the AI.

Automated Workflow Triggers

"As a user, I want to create automated actions based on document events so that I can save time and improve my team’s productivity by reducing manual tasks."

Description

The Automated Workflow Triggers requirement seeks to implement a system that allows users to set up automated actions based on specific document events, such as changes in status, file uploads, or comments being added. This feature will streamline workflows by enabling users to automate routine tasks, such as sending reminders for document reviews, notifying team members of updates, or changing statuses automatically. By reducing the number of manual tasks and ensuring timely follow-ups, this functionality will enhance productivity levels and allow teams to focus on higher-value activities. Implementing this feature will involve creating an intuitive interface for trigger setup, backend processing for event monitoring, and integration with notification systems.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up automated reminders for document reviews based on status changes.

Given a user has access to the Automated Workflow Triggers setup, when they configure a reminder trigger for document review status changes, then the system should send email notifications to the designated team members on the specified schedule.

User automates notifications for team members when comments are added to a document.

Given a user has set up a workflow trigger for document comment events, when a comment is added to a document, then the system should automatically notify all relevant team members via their preferred communication channel.

User configures automated actions for file uploads in a shared folder.

Given a user is configuring an automated workflow for file uploads, when a new file is uploaded to the specified folder, then the system should trigger an action to update the document status to 'Under Review' and notify assigned reviewers.

User tests the system's response time for automated triggers during document collaboration events.

Given that a user has set up multiple workflow triggers for document events, when documents are edited or updated simultaneously, then all associated triggers should execute within 10 seconds of the event without failure.

User reviews a log of all automated triggers executed by the system.

Given that automated workflow triggers have been configured and executed, when the user accesses the execution log, then they should be able to view a complete history of triggered actions, including timestamps and types of events.

User removes an automated workflow trigger and confirms its deletion.

Given a user wishes to delete an existing automated workflow trigger, when they perform the deletion action, then the system should remove the trigger and confirm the deletion via a notification without any error messages.

User updates the settings of an existing automated workflow trigger.

Given an existing automated workflow trigger has been set up, when a user modifies the trigger conditions or notification settings, then the system should apply the changes successfully and confirm the update without affecting the performance of other triggers.

Actionable Insights Report

The Actionable Insights Report generates periodic summaries detailing user behaviors, engagement metrics, and content quality evaluations. Teams receive tailored recommendations for improving future documents and processes, turning data-driven insights into practical actions to enhance productivity.

Requirements

Automated Data Collection

"As a project manager, I want automated data collection so that I can receive timely and accurate insights on user behaviors and document interactions without manual effort, allowing my team to focus on improving our processes rather than chasing data."

Description

The Automated Data Collection requirement encapsulates the process of gathering user behavior data, engagement metrics, and content quality evaluations without manual intervention. This functionality is essential for ensuring that the data input for the Actionable Insights Report is comprehensive, accurate, and up-to-date. By automatically collecting relevant metrics from user interactions and document engagement, this requirement reduces the time spent on data collection and enhances the reliability of the insights generated. Automation will not only streamline the workflow but also enable teams to focus on analysis and strategy development rather than data-gathering tasks. The outcome is a richer, more accurate report that provides actionable insights leading to improved document quality and user engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Collection of Engagement Metrics from User Interaction

Given a user interacts with a document, when their engagement data is recorded, then the system must automatically log and store all relevant user behaviors including time spent on document sections, edits made, and comments added within a time frame of 5 minutes after interaction.

Real-time Updates for Content Quality Evaluations

Given that the content quality evaluation process is initiated, when a document receives user engagement, then the system must update the content quality score in real-time and ensure that the score reflects recent user interactions accurately within 10 seconds of data collection.

Generating Actionable Insights Reports from Automated Data

Given the automated data collection has run over a specified period, when the Actionable Insights Report is generated, then the report must include at least three tailored recommendations based on the collected user behavior data and content quality evaluations, ensuring a minimum of 90% accuracy in data representation.

Integration with Existing Analytics Tools

Given that automated data collection is in place, when integrated with external analytics tools, then the system must seamlessly transfer user engagement and content quality data to analytics platforms within 2 minutes of collection without data loss or errors.

Error Handling During Data Collection

Given potential interruptions in the data collection process, when an error occurs, then the system must log the error and automatically attempt to reconnect and resume data collection within 3 minutes without losing previously collected data.

User Notifications for Data Collection Activities

Given that automated data collection is occurring, when significant actions are taken on documents, then users must receive a notification summarizing the key metrics collected without being intrusive, ensuring feedback is delivered within 5 minutes of data collection.

Customizable Reporting Dashboard

"As a team lead, I want a customizable reporting dashboard so that I can select the key metrics I want to focus on and arrange them in a way that makes sense for my team's objectives, ensuring we can quickly respond to data trends."

Description

The Customizable Reporting Dashboard requirement allows users to tailor the Actionable Insights Report interface to their preferences. Users can choose which metrics to display, arrange data visualizations, and set up alerts for specific behaviors or engagement levels. This capability empowers teams to focus on the metrics that matter most to their goals, enhancing the usability of the insights gathered. Customization makes it easier for users to interpret data at a glance, ensuring they are always aware of key performance indicators and trends. By providing a user-friendly interface for data presentation, this requirement supports informed decision-making and promotes proactive adjustments based on the insights received.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes the Reporting Dashboard for the First Time

Given a user accesses the customizable reporting dashboard for the first time, when they select their desired metrics and arrange the visualizations, then the changes are saved and displayed correctly upon next login.

User Sets Up Alerts for Engagement Metrics

Given a user is on the customizable reporting dashboard, when they configure alerts for specific behaviors or engagement levels, then the alerts are triggered and notified correctly based on pre-defined thresholds.

User Rearranges Data Visualizations on the Dashboard

Given a user has access to the customizable reporting dashboard, when they drag and drop data visualizations to rearrange them, then the new layout persists through sessions without reverting to the default setting.

User Selects and Deselects Metrics to Display

Given a user is customizing their reporting dashboard, when they select or deselect different metrics from the available options, then the dashboard accurately reflects their current selection.

User Exports the Customized Dashboard View

Given a user has customized their reporting dashboard, when they choose to export the view as a PDF or CSV file, then the exported file correctly represents the user's selected metrics and layout.

User Receives Help on Customization Features

Given a user is on the customizable reporting dashboard, when they click on the help icon, then they are presented with tooltips or a help document detailing how to customize their dashboard.

User Reverts to Default Dashboard Settings

Given a user has made changes to their dashboard, when they select the option to revert to default settings, then the dashboard resets to the original view with default metrics and arrangements.

Real-Time Insights Notifications

"As a content strategist, I want real-time insights notifications so that I can receive alerts on significant changes in user engagement immediately, allowing my team to seize opportunities or address issues as they arise."

Description

The Real-Time Insights Notifications requirement introduces a system that alerts users to significant changes or trends in their documented engagements and user behaviors as they happen. Rather than waiting for periodic summaries, this feature ensures that teams can react promptly to critical shifts, enhancing agility in their workflow. By providing immediate feedback on how user interactions evolve, the Real-Time Insights Notifications support proactive decision-making, enabling teams to adjust their strategies in the moment for optimized productivity and document quality. This capability directly contributes to a more dynamic and responsive collaborative environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User experiences real-time insights notifications during a collaborative document editing session when significant changes occur in user engagement metrics.

Given a user is actively editing a document, When there is a 20% increase in document engagement metrics, Then a real-time notification is sent to the user indicating the trend.

The team receives alerts for key changes in content quality evaluations as they happen, impacting their editing decisions.

Given a content quality score drops below 70%, When the score is updated, Then an immediate notification is sent to all team members collaborating on the document.

A project manager monitors user engagement patterns across multiple documents and wants to receive consolidated notifications.

Given the project manager is tracking engagement across three documents, When any document's engagement drops by more than 15%, Then a single notification is generated summarizing the changes.

Team members are working on a shared document and need to respond swiftly to positive user feedback received on their content.

Given user feedback indicates a rating of 4 stars or higher, When this feedback is received in real-time, Then a notification is sent to all collaborators prompting them to maintain or enhance their efforts.

A freelancer utilizes real-time insights to adjust their writing style based on live metrics of audience engagement.

Given the freelancer has set engagement thresholds, When these thresholds are met or exceeded while writing, Then a notification is triggered advising the freelancer to continue or modify their writing approach.

During a virtual team meeting, leaders review real-time insights on user behavior trends that occurred in the previous day.

Given the leaders request a summary of the previous day's insights, When notifications reflect significant trends from that day, Then a compiled report is generated alongside notifications for decision-making in the meeting.

The system automatically correlates real-time engagement data with user-initiated changes in document collaboration to provide actionable insights.

Given a user initiates changes while documents are accessed, When real-time data shows a correlation with user engagement, Then a notification is generated highlighting the actionable insights derived from this correlation.

Actionable Recommendations Engine

"As a document editor, I want the actionable recommendations engine to provide tailored suggestions based on user behavior and document performance metrics so that I can improve document quality and team productivity effectively."

Description

The Actionable Recommendations Engine is a vital requirement that fuels the process of generating practical suggestions based on the gathered data. This engine analyzes user behavior, engagement metrics, and document quality inputs to produce tailored recommendations for teams. It ensures that insights are not just informative but also actionable, providing a clear pathway toward enhanced document quality and user engagement. This requirement not only enhances the value of the insights report but also integrates seamlessly within users' workflows, making it easier to implement the suggested improvements directly in their collaborative processes. Ultimately, this feature transforms data into a meaningful action plan.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Actionable Recommendations Engine after generating an Insights Report to view tailored suggestions for improving document quality based on their recent activities.

Given a user has generated an Actionable Insights Report, when they access the Actionable Recommendations Engine, then they should see a list of at least three actionable recommendations relevant to their recent document activities.

Team members review the actionable recommendations to implement them effectively in their document workflow during a project collaboration session.

Given a team member is reviewing the actionable recommendations, when they select a recommendation, then the system should provide a detailed implementation guide with specific steps to follow.

A project manager wants to evaluate the effectiveness of the recommendations implemented by the team over the past month.

Given that the team has implemented at least two recommended actions, when the project manager generates a follow-up Actionable Insights Report, then it should include a section detailing the impact of those actions on user engagement and document quality metrics.

An administrator aims to customize the recommendations based on specific user roles within the team to ensure relevance and applicability.

Given that the administrator accesses the settings for the Actionable Recommendations Engine, when they define role-specific guidelines, then the system should filter and generate recommendations that align with those user roles.

Freelancers using the platform wish to receive daily actionable recommendations to improve their proposal documents based on previous engagement metrics.

Given that a freelancer has opted for daily recommendations, when they log into their account, then they should receive a set of personalized actionable recommendations tailored based on engagement metrics from their previous documents.

A creative team is working on a marketing document and wants immediate suggestions from the Actionable Recommendations Engine based on their latest draft.

Given that the creative team has submitted a draft for review, when they request suggestions from the Actionable Recommendations Engine, then the engine should provide real-time recommendations that can be applied during the editing process.

Historical Data Analysis

"As a data analyst, I want access to historical data analysis so that I can evaluate trends over time and understand how user behaviors have evolved, helping my team refine our future document strategies based on past successes or failures."

Description

The Historical Data Analysis requirement enables users to view trends and changes in user behavior and document engagement over time. By providing access to historical data alongside current metrics, teams can identify patterns, understand the impact of changes made to documents, and measure the long-term effects of their strategies. This functionality is crucial for fostering a culture of continuous improvement, as it allows teams to learn and evolve based on past performance. Integrating this feature within the Actionable Insights Report enriches the understanding of user engagement, informing better decision-making and future document strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

Display Historical User Engagement Trends

Given a user accesses the Actionable Insights Report, when they select the Historical Data Analysis feature, then they should see a graphical representation of user engagement trends over the past six months, including metrics such as document views, edits, and comments.

Identify User Behavior Patterns

Given a user analyzes historical data, when they filter the data by document type, then they should be able to identify at least three distinct patterns in user behavior regarding engagement and collaboration over time.

Measure Impact of Document Changes

Given a team has implemented changes to a document, when they review the historical data post-change, then they should be able to measure changes in user engagement metrics, showing a comparison before and after the document modification.

Provide Recommendations Based on Historical Trends

Given a user reviews the historical data analysis report, when they view the actionable insights, then tailored recommendations should be presented based on identified trends, with at least three actionable steps highlighted.

Export Historical Data Reports

Given a user wants to document historical data analysis findings, when they initiate an export, then the system should generate a downloadable report in PDF format that includes all relevant historical engagement metrics and insights.

Integrate with User Interface

Given a user with access to the Actionable Insights Report, when they navigate to the Historical Data Analysis section, then the UI should seamlessly integrate with existing features and allow for intuitive navigation without errors.

Ensure Data Accuracy and Reliability

Given a user performs a historical data analysis, when they review the data metrics, then all displayed data should accurately reflect the stored historical data with a reliability rate of 99% or higher.

Sentiment Analysis Tool

This innovative tool analyzes user comments and feedback within documents to assess overall sentiment. By providing insights into users' perceptions and emotional reactions, teams can address concerns early, refine their messaging, and foster a more positive collaborative environment.

Requirements

User Sentiment Feedback Loop

"As a team leader, I want to analyze user comments for sentiment so that I can understand our team's morale and address concerns effectively, improving our document collaboration."

Description

The User Sentiment Feedback Loop requirement facilitates the real-time collection and analysis of user comments and feedback within InnoDoc. This tool will extract key phrases indicative of sentiment—positive, negative, or neutral— and present this data through intuitive dashboards accessible to team members. The benefits include enhanced understanding of user satisfaction, early detection of potential issues, and the ability to swiftly address concerns. By integrating seamlessly with the existing editing interface, it will allow users to receive sentiment analysis on comments and feedback without disrupting the overall flow of document collaboration, ultimately leading to better collaborative communication and improved document quality.

Acceptance Criteria

User Comments Sentiment Analysis on Document Collaboration Sessions

Given that a user is collaborating on a document, when they submit comments or feedback, then the Sentiment Analysis Tool should automatically classify the sentiment of each comment as positive, negative, or neutral within 5 seconds.

Accessible Sentiment Dashboard for Team Members

Given that the sentiment analysis has been conducted, when team members access the sentiment dashboard, then they should see updated sentiment scores and visual stats for each comment provided in real-time.

Integration with Document Editing Interface

Given that the user is in the process of editing a document, when they view comments submitted by other collaborators, then the sentiment analysis results should be visibly integrated next to each comment without interrupting the editing workflow.

Notification of Negative Sentiment Detection

Given that a user submits a comment with negative sentiment, when the tool detects this, then a notification should be sent to the relevant team members within 3 minutes to address potential issues.

Exporting Sentiment Analysis Reports

Given that a team leader requires insights from the sentiment analysis, when the leader requests a report from the dashboard, then they should be able to export a comprehensive report detailing sentiment trends and key issues in PDF or XLS format.

Historical Data Comparison of Sentiment Trends

Given that the document has been collaboratively edited over time, when a user accesses the sentiment dashboard, then they should be able to compare current sentiment analysis with historical data to assess changes in user feedback over the last 30 days.

Sentiment Analysis Dashboard

"As a project manager, I want to access a dashboard that visualizes sentiment analysis data so that I can make informed decisions on team collaboration strategies and improve overall productivity."

Description

The Sentiment Analysis Dashboard will provide a dedicated visualization interface for users to view sentiment trends over time across various documents and teams. The dashboard will consolidate data sourced from the sentiment analysis tool, offering insights through graphical representations like charts and heat maps. This functionality will enable users to track emotional responses, discern patterns, and correlate feedback with specific document revisions or collaborative efforts. The dashboard will enhance decision-making by providing actionable insights, which inform strategies for improving team collaboration and document quality across the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

Sentiment Analysis Dashboard Loading and Initialization

Given a user accesses the Sentiment Analysis Dashboard, when the dashboard initializes, then it should display loading indicators until the data is fully loaded, and then render sentiment trends accurately without errors.

Sentiment Data Visualization

Given the sentiment analysis tool has generated sentiment data, when the user navigates to the Sentiment Analysis Dashboard, then the dashboard should visually represent sentiment data using charts and heat maps that are easily interpretable and responsive to user interactions.

Trend Analysis Over Time

Given a user selects a date range, when the Sentiment Analysis Dashboard processes data within that range, then it should display sentiment trends that highlight variations in user sentiment over the specified period.

User Feedback Correlation with Document Revisions

Given sentiment data is available from multiple documents, when a user examines a specific document's sentiment on the dashboard, then it should correlate user feedback with document revisions, showing a timeline of sentiments alongside revision dates.

Actionable Insights Generation

Given the Sentiment Analysis Dashboard displays data, when the user reviews sentiment trends, then it should provide actionable insights that suggest areas for improvement in document quality and team collaboration.

User Permissions and Access Control

Given a user attempts to access the Sentiment Analysis Dashboard, when the user does not have the appropriate permissions, then they should receive an error message indicating insufficient privileges to view this dashboard.

Exporting Sentiment Analysis Reports

Given sentiments are displayed on the Sentiment Analysis Dashboard, when the user requests to export the data, then the dashboard should provide a downloadable report in CSV format containing all relevant sentiment data presented.

Sentiment Alert System

"As a team member, I want to receive alerts when negative sentiments are detected in team feedback, so that I can take immediate action to resolve concerns before they escalate."

Description

The Sentiment Alert System is designed to monitor real-time feedback and generate alerts based on sentiment analysis thresholds set by team managers. If negative sentiment is detected above a certain level, an automatic alert will be sent to relevant stakeholders to address the concerns promptly. This proactive tool aims to enhance communication by ensuring that issues are addressed quickly, contributing to a more positive team environment. The integration of this system within InnoDoc will ensure that sentiment-related alerts are contextual and actionable, aiding in maintaining a constructive collaborative atmosphere.

Acceptance Criteria

Sentiment Alert Triggering Based on User Feedback

Given a document being collaboratively edited, when feedback from users is analyzed and the average sentiment score drops below the predefined negative threshold, then an alert should be sent automatically to all relevant stakeholders within 5 minutes of detection.

Customizable Sentiment Thresholds for Team Managers

Given a team manager accessing the Sentiment Alert System, when they adjust the sentiment thresholds for alerts, then these settings should be saved and applied to all future feedback analyses across any associated documents as soon as they are updated.

Real-Time Sentiment Monitoring in Multiple Documents

Given multiple documents open for editing by various users, when sentiment analysis is performed simultaneously across these documents, then the system should aggregate and report any alerts for documents exceeding the threshold in a prioritized list to stakeholders every hour.

Alert Notification and Acknowledgment Process

Given an alert has been triggered due to negative sentiment detection, when stakeholders receive the notification, then they should have the ability to acknowledge receipt of the alert and provide feedback on actions taken or issues resolved within 24 hours.

Integration of Sentiment Alerts into Team Workflows

Given the Sentiment Alert System is active, when an alert is triggered, then the alert should automatically create a task in the team’s task management system to ensure that the issue is tracked and addressed according to priority.

Historical Sentiment Analysis Reporting

Given sentiment data collected over a month, when a manager requests a report, then the system should generate a report detailing the number of alerts triggered, sentiment trends, and action taken on alerts, available for download in PDF format.

Feedback Categorization and Tagging

"As a document reviewer, I want to categorize and tag user feedback so that I can identify common themes and address them effectively, improving future document revisions."

Description

The Feedback Categorization and Tagging requirement allows users to classify comments based on themes or issues identified during sentiment analysis. Users can manually tag comments and feedback, which will further enhance the sentiment analysis by providing context for emotional responses. This feature increases the organization of feedback, making it easier for teams to identify and address recurring issues. By fostering a structured approach to feedback management, this requirement enhances the overall effectiveness of the sentiment analysis tool within InnoDoc, leading to more meaningful improvements in collaboration practices.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can manually tag feedback comments after analyzing sentiment results, ensuring each comment is categorized appropriately within the platform.

Given the user is on the feedback section of a document, when the user selects a comment and assigns a tag from the predefined list, then the comment should be categorized with the selected tag and saved successfully.

Team leaders can generate a report summarizing comments based on their categories and associated sentiment analysis, aiding in decision-making.

Given the team leader has tagged multiple comments, when they request a summary report, then the report should display a categorized list of comments along with sentiment scores for each category.

Users can edit previously assigned tags to comments, allowing adjustments based on further context or changes in sentiment.

Given the user has previously tagged a comment, when the user selects the comment and changes the tag, then the comment should reflect the updated tag immediately upon saving.

The system should allow bulk tagging of feedback comments based on sentiment analysis categories, improving efficiency in managing large volumes of feedback.

Given multiple feedback comments have been identified by the sentiment analysis, when the user selects these comments and applies a tag, then all selected comments should be updated with the new tag simultaneously.

Users will receive a notification if a comment has been tagged, ensuring they are aware of changes and can track feedback categorization efficiently.

Given a user tags a comment, when the tagging is completed, then an automatic notification should be sent to all relevant team members informing them of the new tag.

The tagging system should reject invalid or inappropriate tags to maintain the quality of categorization within the feedback system.

Given the user attempts to tag a comment with an invalid tag, when the user submits the tag, then an error message should be displayed, and the tag should not be applied.

Users can filter comments by category in the feedback section, allowing them to focus on specific themes or issues raised in the feedback.

Given multiple comments are tagged with various categories, when the user selects a category to filter by, then only comments within the selected category should be displayed.

Integration with Communication Tools

"As a remote team member, I want to receive sentiment analysis updates in my communication tool so that I can stay informed about team dynamics without constantly checking InnoDoc."

Description

The Integration with Communication Tools requirement enables the sentiment analysis tool to connect with popular communication platforms (like Slack, Microsoft Teams, etc.) to share insights from user feedback and sentiment analysis automatically. By sending sentiment analysis reports or alerts directly to these platforms, teams can maintain a real-time awareness of collaboration sentiment without needing to log in to InnoDoc. This connectivity will enhance team responsiveness and foster a culture of transparency, making it easier for members to stay informed about the overall sentiment and collaborate more effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration with Slack for Sentiment Alerts

Given a user has configured the sentiment analysis tools within InnoDoc, when negative sentiment is detected in user feedback, then an alert should be automatically sent to a designated Slack channel, including a summary of the feedback and sentiment score.

Microsoft Teams Notification for Positive Sentiment

Given the sentiment analysis tool is integrated with Microsoft Teams, when positive sentiment is detected in user comments, then a notification should be sent to the relevant Teams channel, summarizing the feedback and sentiment score.

Daily Digest of Sentiment Analysis Reports

Given the user has opted in for daily updates, when the sentiment analysis tool generates reports, then a summary of the sentiment analysis should be sent to the appropriate communication platform at a specified time each day.

Real-time Sentiment Analysis Updates

Given a user is collaborating on a document, when real-time sentiment analysis is triggered by user comments, then updates should be visible in the communication tool without the need to refresh or log into InnoDoc.

User Configuration for Sentiment Analysis Alerts

Given an admin user, when configuring the sentiment analysis tool, then they should have options to set thresholds for negative and positive alerts, ensuring team members receive alerts based on predefined criteria.

Sentiment Analysis Archive Retrieval

Given the sentiment analysis tool has been integrated with the chosen communication tool, when a user requests historical sentiment analysis data, then they should be able to retrieve it via the communication tool or within InnoDoc.

User Permissions for Sentiment Report Access

Given the requirement for user permissions, when a user accesses the sentiment analysis report through a communication tool, then they should only be able to view the report if they have the appropriate permissions assigned within InnoDoc.

Document Lifecycle Tracker

The Document Lifecycle Tracker offers a historical view of a document’s evolution, showcasing changes, edits, and user contributions over time. By understanding a document's history, teams can better manage revisions and maintain continuity while aligning with project goals.

Requirements

Version History Log

"As a team member, I want to see the history of changes made to a document so that I can understand how it has evolved and who contributed to its current state."

Description

The Version History Log requirement entails the implementation of a comprehensive tracking system that records all changes made to a document within InnoDoc. This feature will capture edits, comments, deletions, and additions along with timestamps and contributor identification for each modification. By integrating this functionality, users will benefit from full transparency regarding who made specific changes, thereby promoting accountability and trust among team members. The Version History Log will be crucial for teams to manage revisions effectively, allowing them to review the document’s evolution and potentially revert to previous versions as needed, enhancing overall document integrity

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Version History Log for a specific document to understand the sequence of changes made by team members.

Given a user has access to the document, when they select the Version History Log, then they should see a chronological list of all edits made, including timestamps and contributor identification.

A user reverts a document to a previous version using the Version History Log.

Given a user is viewing the Version History Log, when they select a previous version to revert to, then the document should update to reflect that version instantly and the change should be logged in the Version History Log.

A team member adds a comment on a document and checks the Version History Log to confirm the comment's inclusion.

Given a team member adds a comment to the document, when they access the Version History Log, then they should see the new comment recorded with the corresponding timestamp and their name as the contributor.

The system records a deletion of text and logs it in the Version History Log for future reference.

Given a user deletes a section of text, when they save the document, then the deletion should be reflected in the Version History Log with an entry showing the text that was deleted, the timestamp, and contributor identification.

Multiple users edit a document simultaneously and check the Version History Log to verify all changes are logged appropriately.

Given multiple users are editing a document at the same time, when they check the Version History Log after saving, then all changes by each user should be displayed accurately with timestamps and contributor identification for each edit.

A user filters the Version History Log by contributor to see changes made by a specific team member.

Given a user is viewing the Version History Log, when they apply a filter to display changes by a specific contributor, then only the changes made by that contributor should be shown in the log.

A user checks the Version History Log to ensure all changes made to the document meet compliance standards.

Given a user reviews the Version History Log, when they compare it with compliance requirements, then they should find that all required log entries (edits, comments, deletions) are documented and accessible for review.

Edit Tracking Notification

"As a document owner, I want to receive notifications when any edits are made so that I can stay informed about updates and coordinate with my team effectively."

Description

The Edit Tracking Notification requirement includes a system that alerts users whenever changes are made to shared documents. This feature will provide real-time notifications through email or in-app alerts that summarize the changes, including the type of edit, the person responsible for the update, and the time of the edit. By implementing this functionality, teams will remain up to date with each other’s contributions, ensuring seamless collaboration and reducing the likelihood of duplicated efforts or miscommunication related to document versions. The Edit Tracking Notification will improve transparency and enhance the responsiveness of team members to changes made in real-time.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an email notification after a colleague edits a shared document.

Given a shared document is edited by a user, When the edit is saved, Then the affected users receive an email notification summarizing the changes made, including the type of edit, the editor's name, and the timestamp of the edit.

A user receives an in-app alert when a document they are collaborating on is updated.

Given a user is actively working on a shared document, When another user makes changes to that document, Then the user receives an in-app alert detailing the changes, including what was changed and who made the edit.

Users can view a history log of all notifications received for a specific document.

Given a user accesses the Document Lifecycle Tracker, When they navigate to the notifications section for a specific document, Then they can view a chronological list of all edit notifications received, including details of edits and timestamps.

Notifications are customizable based on user preferences.

Given a user accesses their notification settings, When they choose to receive alerts via email, in-app, or both, Then the system will update their preferences accordingly and reflect changes in notification delivery after the next edit event.

Users can search for a specific edit notification using keywords.

Given a user is in the notifications section of the Document Lifecycle Tracker, When they enter a keyword related to an edit, Then the system displays a filtered list of notifications that match the keyword, including all relevant details.

Notifications are sent in real-time without significant delays.

Given a shared document is edited, When the edit is saved, Then the notification is sent out within 30 seconds to all subscribed users, ensuring that the information is timely and accurate.

Users can turn off notifications for specific documents.

Given a user accesses a shared document, When they choose to turn off edit notifications for that specific document, Then the system will stop sending notifications for subsequent edits made to that document while keeping notifications enabled for others.

Document Comparison Tool

"As an editor, I want to compare different versions of a document so that I can easily see what changes have been made and decide which edits to keep or revert."

Description

The Document Comparison Tool requirement involves the development of a feature that allows users to compare different versions of a document side by side. This tool will highlight changes made between versions, such as text additions, deletions, and formatting changes. It will enable users to analyze modifications quickly and understand how content has been altered over time. The Document Comparison Tool will be essential for teams that need to review edits and make informed decisions regarding revisions, thereby enhancing the document review process and maintaining high-quality documentation standards.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a document comparison for two versions of a project proposal to analyze changes before submitting the final version.

Given two versions of a document loaded, when the user selects 'Compare', then the tool will display both versions side by side with changes highlighted in a distinct color, including additions, deletions, and formatting adjustments.

A team member needs to review the document changes made by another collaborator over the last month to ensure compliance with the project's standards.

Given a document's version history, when the user selects the specific date range for comparison, then the Document Comparison Tool will generate a report listing all modifications made during that timeframe with corresponding timestamps and user annotations.

As a project manager, I want to see a summary of the changes made in versions to assess major document alterations before a team meeting.

Given two selected document versions, when the user clicks on 'Compare', then the tool will provide a summary panel that lists all major changes in terms of number of changes, types of changes (text, format), and the names of collaborators who made the changes.

Document editors collaborate on a sales proposal and need to reverse some changes made before the final review meeting.

Given a comparison of two document versions with highlighted changes, when the user selects specific changes and clicks 'Revert', then the selected changes will be reverted in the more recent version without affecting other modifications.

A freelance writer receives feedback on their draft and must check what changes were suggested by an editor in the latest review.

Given two versions of the document (original and edited), when the user utilizes the Document Comparison Tool, then the highlighted changes must include all editor comments and suggestions in a format that allows the writer to accept or reject each suggestion easily.

User Contribution Analytics

"As a project manager, I want to analyze user contributions to a document so that I can evaluate team engagement and identify areas for improvement."

Description

The User Contribution Analytics requirement will provide insights into individual contributions to shared documents, displaying metrics such as the number of edits, comments, and the overall time spent by each user on the document. This analytics feature will help managers and team leaders assess engagement levels, workload distributions, and the impact of each user’s contributions. By embedding this requirement within InnoDoc, leadership can identify key contributors, ensure balanced workload distribution, and promote enhanced teamwork based on data-driven insights, ultimately driving accountability and motivation.

Acceptance Criteria

User Contribution Metrics Displayed in Dashboard

Given a user accesses the User Contribution Analytics dashboard, When the dashboard loads, Then the user sees a list of all contributors with the metrics of number of edits, comments, and estimated time spent on the document, visible in a clear table format.

Engagement Level Alerts for Managers

Given the User Contribution Analytics feature is active, When a user's contribution metrics fall below a preset threshold, Then the system sends an automatic alert to the relevant manager highlighting the low engagement levels of that user.

Data Export Functionality for User Contributions

Given a user is viewing the User Contribution Analytics, When the user selects the export option, Then the document analytics data is exported into a .csv file, including all relevant user metrics for offline analysis.

Historical Contribution Analysis Over Time

Given a document has been collaboratively edited for a period, When a user selects a time range in the User Contribution Analytics, Then the metrics displayed update to reflect contributions over the selected time frame, including trends and significant changes.

Visual Representation of Contributions

Given the User Contribution Analytics is accessed, When the analytics data is displayed, Then a visual representation (like a bar chart) presents each user's contributions, making it easy to understand the distribution of edits and comments.

Comparative Analysis of Team Members

Given valid user contribution data exists, When a team leader selects two team members, Then the system displays a comparative analytics chart of the selected members’ contributions side-by-side.

Integration with Task Management System

Given the User Contribution Analytics feature is integrated, When a team member completes a task related to a document, Then their contribution metrics on the analytics dashboard update in real-time to reflect this activity.

Document Reversion Functionality

"As a user, I want to be able to revert a document to its previous version easily so that I can correct any mistakes made in the editing process without losing track of earlier work."

Description

The Document Reversion Functionality requirement encompasses the ability for users to revert a document to a previous version with the click of a button. This feature will streamline the process of undoing changes when necessary and restore the document to its prior state if recent edits are deemed unsatisfactory or incorrect. By implementing this functionality, teams will have greater flexibility in managing edits and ensuring that unintentional changes can be easily mitigated, which will enhance user confidence in collaborative editing.

Acceptance Criteria

User Reverts Document to Last Saved Version.

Given a user is editing a document, when they select the 'Revert' button, then the document should return to the last saved version without any additional edits being applied.

User Views Document Reversion History.

Given a user is on the Document Lifecycle Tracker, when they select a document, then they should be able to view the history of all changes made, including timestamps and user details.

User Receives Confirmation After Reversion.

Given a user has clicked the 'Revert' button, when the reversion is complete, then the user should receive a confirmation message indicating the successful reversion to the previous version.

User Reverts to a Specific Previous Version.

Given a user is viewing the document revision history, when they select a specific prior version and click 'Revert', then the document should be restored to that version without any errors.

User is Prevented from Reverting if Not Authorized.

Given a user without the appropriate permissions attempts to revert a document, when they select the 'Revert' button, then the system should display an error message indicating lack of permissions.

User Sees Updated Changes After Reversion in Collaboration Settings.

Given multiple users are working on a document concurrently, when one user reverts the document and others refresh, then the reverted changes should be visible to all users immediately.

Audit Trail for Compliance

"As a compliance officer, I want to have access to a detailed audit trail of document changes so that I can ensure compliance and have a record of all interactions for legal purposes."

Description

The Audit Trail for Compliance requirement entails capturing all interactions with documents, including edits, comments, and reversions, to create an immutable record of document history specific for compliance purposes. This feature will help organizations ensure that they meet regulatory standards, safeguard sensitive information, and provide defense against potential disputes regarding document accuracy and integrity. The Audit Trail will enhance accountability and security, benefitting industries where document compliance is critical and adding significant value to the InnoDoc platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Audit Trail captures all document interactions accurately and consistently for compliance purposes.

Given a user interacts with a document, when they make edits, comments, or reversions, then the Audit Trail must log each interaction with a timestamp, user ID, action type, and description.

Audit Trail allows retrieval of historical document data for compliance audits.

Given an authorized user wants to review the document's history, when they access the Audit Trail, then they must be able to view a chronological list of all interactions including edits, comments, and reversions with filters for user and date range.

Audit Trail maintains an immutable record of document interactions to safeguard against tampering.

Given the Audit Trail logs interactions, when a user attempts to modify the Audit Trail entries, then the system must reject the changes and log an alert for any unauthorized access attempt.

Audit Trail provides comprehensive reporting for compliance checks.

Given a compliance officer requests a report of document interactions, when they generate a report from the Audit Trail, then the report must include all interactions with fields for date, user, action, and any relevant comments in a report format suitable for compliance review.

Audit Trail ensures data privacy and security are maintained during operation.

Given the Audit Trail captures sensitive information, when a user accesses the Audit Trail, then they must only see information for documents they have permission to view, and any sensitive data must be anonymized if needed for compliance.

Audit Trail is integrated seamlessly within the document workflow of the InnoDoc platform.

Given the Audit Trail feature is active, when users interact with documents, then they must be able to access the Audit Trail easily through an 'Activity' tab without disrupting their current workflow.

Audit Trail complies with regulatory standards for record-keeping and documentation.

Given the legal requirements for document management in the user's industry, when reviewing the Audit Trail functionality, then the implementation must meet or exceed all applicable regulatory standards for audit trails.

Predictive Content Suggestions

This feature employs machine learning algorithms to suggest content additions or modifications based on historical preferences and document performance. By delivering tailored suggestions, users can create more engaging and relevant documents, leading to higher user satisfaction and improved collaboration outcomes.

Requirements

Content Personalization Engine

"As a content creator, I want personalized content suggestions so that I can enhance my documents with relevant and engaging material that aligns with my audience's needs and preferences."

Description

The Content Personalization Engine leverages machine learning algorithms to analyze user behavior and preferences regarding document content. It provides contextual suggestions for content additions, modifications, and enhancements tailored specifically to each user’s writing style and historical data. This requirement is crucial as it directly improves user engagement by delivering relevant, personalized content suggestions, optimizing document quality, and fostering collaboration among team members. By integrating seamlessly with InnoDoc's existing workflow, it enhances the user experience and promotes higher productivity, allowing teams to create documents that resonate with their audience while maintaining brand consistency.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Content Personalization Engine while editing a document and wants to receive content suggestions based on previously written documents.

Given a user with a documented writing style, when they edit a document, then the Content Personalization Engine should offer at least three tailored content suggestions within the first minute.

A user requests AI-driven content suggestions for enhancing document engagement during a real-time collaboration session.

Given multiple users collaborating on a document in real-time, when one user requests suggestions, then the Content Personalization Engine must provide at least five relevant content enhancement options instantly.

The platform needs to analyze the user's previous document performance to offer relevant content suggestions.

Given a user has edited five or more documents in the past month, when they start a new document, then the suggestions provided by the Content Personalization Engine should be based on the top three highest engagement documents.

A team leader wants to ensure that all team members receive personalized suggestions for a shared project.

Given a team member accesses a project document, when the Content Personalization Engine analyzes their individual contributions, then it should generate unique suggestions tailored to each team member's prior edits and preferences.

User with specific branding guidelines needs content suggestions to maintain consistency across documents.

Given a user has set brand guidelines in their profile, when they request content suggestions, then the Content Personalization Engine must only suggest options that adhere to the established brand standards.

A user interacts with the Content Personalization Engine multiple times during a document session.

Given a user has previously received suggestions, when they ask for new recommendations, then the Content Personalization Engine should not repeat suggestions already provided in that session.

Analyzing user feedback on content suggestions to improve personalization accuracy.

Given user feedback is collected after document edits, when analyzing the data, then the Content Personalization Engine should show an improvement in suggestion relevance by at least 20% over a three-month period based on user satisfaction ratings.

Real-time Feedback Mechanism

"As a team member, I want to receive real-time feedback on my document edits so that I can quickly improve the quality of my work and align with my team's objectives."

Description

The Real-time Feedback Mechanism allows users to receive instant feedback on their document edits and suggestions based on AI analysis of content quality and relevance. This feature not only accelerates the document creation process by reducing revision cycles but also enhances the collaborative aspect by enabling multiple team members to provide and view feedback simultaneously. With this integration, InnoDoc promotes a more dynamic editing environment where users can refine their documents efficiently, leading to better quality outputs and enhanced team synergy. It is instrumental in ensuring that collaborative documents meet high standards of excellence before finalization.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives immediate feedback after making edits to a document during a collaborative session with team members in different time zones.

Given a user edits a document, when the edit is made, then real-time feedback should display suggestions or evaluations based on AI analysis within 5 seconds.

Multiple users are collaborating on a document and providing feedback simultaneously.

Given multiple users have access to the document, when one user provides feedback, then all users should be able to view the feedback in real-time without needing to refresh their view.

A user wants to ensure their document meets quality standards before submission to clients.

Given the real-time feedback mechanism is enabled, when a user requests a final review, then the system should analyze the document's content and provide a quality score and suggestions for improvement.

A user edits content in their document and wants to see how their changes impact overall readability and engagement.

Given a user makes content changes to the document, when the change is saved, then the system should provide a readability score and engagement predictions based on historical data within 10 seconds.

Users need to track the history of feedback and edits made to the document.

Given users are collaborating on a document, when feedback is provided or edits made, then the feedback history should be stored and retrievable, showing the timestamp and user for each entry.

A user wants to integrate feedback from a diverse team to enhance document quality.

Given a user has received multiple feedback inputs, when they review the feedback, then the system should categorize suggestions as critical, moderate, or minor based on AI algorithms and highlight the most impactful ones.

A user wishes to ensure that the feedback provided is aligned with the document's purpose and audience.

Given a user sets the document's target audience and purpose, when feedback is generated, then the suggestions should reflect alignment with these parameters evaluated by the AI.

Version Comparison Tool

"As a project manager, I want to compare document versions to track changes made by team members, ensuring that I can assess the evolution of our project documentation efficiently."

Description

The Version Comparison Tool enables users to easily compare different iterations of a document side-by-side. This feature is designed to highlight changes made between versions, facilitating transparency and clarity during the review process. It significantly reduces confusion over amendments and ensures that all team members are aware of document evolution over time. The tool acts as a critical component in the document collaboration process, allowing users to make informed decisions about content finalization while retaining an accessible history of changes that can be referenced or reverted if necessary, resulting in a more efficient team workflow.

Acceptance Criteria

As a remote team member, I want to compare the latest version of a document with the previous version side-by-side during a weekly review meeting to discuss changes with my teammates.

Given that two versions of the same document are available, when the user selects both versions for comparison, then the tool displays a side-by-side view highlighting differences in text and formatting between the versions.

As a project manager, I need to review changes made by my team in the document to ensure compliance with project standards and guide the final approval before submission.

Given that one version is marked as the latest submitted version and another as the previous version, when the manager opens the comparison tool, then the tool must indicate the author and timestamp of each change made between the two versions.

As a collaborator, I want to have the capability to filter the changes displayed in the comparison tool based on specific criteria like 'insertions', 'deletions', and 'format changes' during a collaborative editing session.

Given that changes have been made between the two document versions, when the user applies a filter for 'insertions', then only the inserted content should be highlighted, allowing for focused review of specific types of modifications.

As a freelancer working with a client, I need to refer back to earlier versions of a document to ensure the proposed changes align with client feedback and expectations.

Given that previous versions are stored within the version history, when the user selects a specific previous version from the history, then all content from that version is displayed, allowing the user to compare it with the current version in the comparison tool.

As an editor, I want to be notified of comments left on changes made in the document when viewing the version comparison tool, to ensure all feedback is addressed before finalizing the document.

Given that comments are attached to specific changes in the current version, when the user views the comparison tool, then any associated comments must be clearly visible next to the corresponding changes, ensuring that feedback can be acted upon.

Collaborative Commenting System

"As a freelancer, I want to leave comments on my team members' edits so that we can discuss improvements and ensure our document meets the project requirements."

Description

The Collaborative Commenting System empowers users to leave contextual comments on specific sections of a document while working together. This feature enhances communication among team members and allows for productive discussions based on the content being edited. Integrated within the document interface, it allows real-time interaction and feedback, making it easier for users to clarify doubts, propose changes, or brainstorm ideas. This requirement is vital as it supports a more collaborative environment and ensures that all input is captured and considered, ultimately improving document quality and team alignment.

Acceptance Criteria

User leaves a comment on a document section during a collaborative editing session.

Given a user is viewing a document, When the user selects a specific section and enters a comment, Then the comment should be saved and visible to all collaborators within 2 seconds.

Team members respond to a comment in the collaborative commenting system.

Given a user has left a comment on a document section, When another user clicks on the comment and enters a response, Then the response should be appended to the original comment and notify the user who made the comment.

User can edit or delete their own comments on a document.

Given a user has made a comment on a document, When the user chooses to edit or delete the comment, Then the system should allow the user to make modifications or remove their comment with appropriate confirmation dialogs.

Document collaborators receive notifications for new comments and replies.

Given a user is a collaborator on a document, When a new comment or a reply is added to any section of the document, Then all collaborators should receive a real-time notification via the platform interface and an optional email alert.

Users can view a history of comments to track discussions over time.

Given a user is viewing a document, When the user accesses the comment history section, Then the user should see a chronological list of all comments and replies related to that document, including timestamps and user information.

User can filter comments based on status (resolved/unresolved).

Given a user is viewing comments within a document, When the user selects a filter option for resolved or unresolved comments, Then only the relevant comments should be displayed based on the selected status, allowing for easier discussion management.

AI Writing Assistant Integration

"As a user, I want an AI writing assistant to suggest improvements as I write so that I can produce high-quality, professional documents without extensive editing after completion."

Description

The AI Writing Assistant Integration is a feature that utilizes artificial intelligence to assist users in drafting content by providing smart suggestions and corrections in real-time while they type. This functionality includes grammar checks, style suggestions, and tone adjustments tailored to the intended audience. By implementing this requirement, InnoDoc not only enhances user productivity but also supports users in maintaining high standards of writing and coherence in their documents. The writing assistant acts as a mentor, guiding users towards making informed choices regarding their content, therefore improving overall document effectiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

User drafts a new document and begins typing content. The AI Writing Assistant should actively provide grammar and style suggestions in real-time as the user inputs text.

Given a user is typing in the document editor, when they input text, then the AI Writing Assistant should display at least one relevant suggestion for grammar correction within three seconds of input.

A user is preparing a document for a professional presentation and wants to adjust the tone to be more formal. The AI Writing Assistant should provide suggestions suited for formal communication.

Given a user selects the 'Formal Tone' option, when they type in the document editor, then the AI Writing Assistant should present tone adjustment suggestions tailored for formal communication.

A collaborative team is working on a document together, using the AI Writing Assistant. Each user's edits should be reflected in real-time with suggestions adapting based on previous user inputs.

Given that multiple users are editing a document, when any user makes an edit, then the AI Writing Assistant should adapt its content suggestions based on the cumulative editing history of all users involved.

After completing a draft, the user wants to review the entire document with the AI Writing Assistant to ensure coherence and high writing quality before sharing with stakeholders.

Given a user initiates the review process with the AI Writing Assistant, when the review is complete, then the assistant should provide a summary report on grammar, style, and tone adjustments needed, along with overall content quality rating.

A user switches to a different document that requires a different writing style (e.g., creative vs. technical). The AI Writing Assistant must adapt its suggestions accordingly based on the chosen style.

Given a user selects 'Creative Writing' from the style options, when they begin typing, then the AI Writing Assistant should provide suggestions that align with creative writing norms, such as metaphor usage and narrative techniques.

A user integrates external content that needs to match the existing document's tone and style. The AI Writing Assistant should provide feedback on alignment with the current document.

Given a user pastes external content into the document, when this action is completed, then the AI Writing Assistant should flag any inconsistencies in tone and style with suggestions for adjustment to match the document's voice.

Version Recovery Assistant

The Version Recovery Assistant allows users to easily retrieve previous versions of a document by simply asking the chatbot. Instead of navigating through complex menus, users can issue a voice or text request to access any document iteration they need, significantly reducing time spent on version management and enhancing overall workflow efficiency.

Requirements

Simplified Version Retrieval

"As a user, I want to easily retrieve previous versions of my documents by simply asking the chatbot so that I can save time and avoid frustration with navigating complex menus."

Description

The Simplified Version Retrieval requirement ensures that users can seamlessly access previous versions of a document without navigating through complex menus. This feature will integrate with the existing Version Recovery Assistant, utilizing AI-driven chatbot technology to allow users to make voice or text requests. Users will benefit from faster retrieval of document iterations, which will streamline workflow and diminish time spent on version management. The implementation will require a robust backend to store and differentiate versions effectively, alongside an interface that supports intuitive requests, contributing to a more user-friendly experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a retrieval request for a previous document version using the voice command feature of the Version Recovery Assistant.

Given the user has an active voice connection, when they request 'Retrieve version from last Tuesday', then the system should return the document version from that date within 10 seconds and confirm the action with the user.

User accesses a previously saved version of a document via text request in the chat interface.

Given the user is in the chat interface, when they type 'Show me the version from 2024-12-01', then the system should present that document version along with an option to view or edit it within 5 seconds.

User attempts to retrieve a version that does not exist due to deletion or an incorrect date.

Given the user wants to retrieve a version from a date that has no saved document, when they request 'Retrieve version from 2024-12-15', then the system should inform the user that no such version exists and provide options for other retrieval methods.

User retrieves multiple versions in succession using the chatbot interface.

Given the user is interacting with the chatbot, when they make sequential requests for version retrieval, then the system should handle up to 5 requests in a single session without failure and provide confirmation for each retrieved version within 3 seconds.

User checks the version history of a document to decide which version to recover.

Given the user requests 'Show version history for Document X', when the system displays the available versions, then it should show a list with timestamps and version notes, enabling the user to make an informed choice.

User accesses the chatbot and wants to understand how to use the version retrieval feature effectively.

Given the user initiates a chat with the bot and asks 'How can I retrieve an older version?', when the bot responds, then it should provide clear instructions on both voice and text request methods, outlining step-by-step actions to take.

AI Interaction Enhancement

"As a user, I want the chatbot to accurately understand my requests for document versions so that I can retrieve the information I need quickly and efficiently."

Description

The AI Interaction Enhancement requirement focuses on improving the capabilities of the Version Recovery Assistant AI chatbot. This involves training the AI model to better understand and interpret user requests, including context and specific version details. The enhancement will ensure that the chatbot provides accurate and quick responses to user inquiries regarding document versions, further reducing time spent on retrieval. By implementing natural language processing (NLP) algorithms, the AI will become more intuitive and responsive, resulting in a smoother user experience and higher efficiency in document management processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User requests a specific previous version of a document using the Version Recovery Assistant AI chatbot while collaborating with their team on a project.

Given the user has access to the document and provides a specific date or version description, when the user requests the version via voice or text, then the AI chatbot should retrieve and display the requested version within 5 seconds without errors.

A user asks the Version Recovery Assistant for a list of all versions available for a document to review past iterations.

Given the user has the necessary permissions, when they issue a request for available document versions, then the chatbot should return a complete, chronological list of all versions, including modification dates and user details, within 3 seconds.

A user interacts with the AI chatbot to recover a previous document version while working on a tight deadline, needing quick access.

Given the document has undergone multiple edits, when the user specifies a version from the last week, then the AI chatbot should accurately retrieve and present that version in a format ready for editing within 4 seconds.

The user provides unclear information on which document version they need, and the AI chatbot must seek clarification.

Given the vagueness of the request, when the user asks for a previous version without specifics, then the AI chatbot should respond by asking guiding questions to pinpoint the exact version needed, ensuring it returns accurate results.

User tests the chatbot's performance outside of normal operational hours, trying to retrieve a document version.

Given the system is operational 24/7, when the user requests a previous document version at an odd hour, then the AI chatbot should still successfully retrieve the requested version without facing downtime or lag.

A user attempts to access a version of a document that they do not have permission to view.

Given the user lacks permission for a specific document version, when they request that version through the chatbot, then the AI should inform the user of their access restrictions and suggest alternative actions (like requesting access), without crashing or freezing.

User Interface Improvement

"As a user, I want a visually appealing and easy-to-navigate interface for the Version Recovery Assistant so that I can retrieve document versions without confusion."

Description

The User Interface Improvement requirement aims to create a more intuitive and visually appealing interface for the Version Recovery Assistant. This includes designing a user-friendly dashboard that provides users with easy access to recent versions, version history, and retrieval options. The improvement will involve feedback analysis from current users, ensuring that the new design meets their needs and enhances their overall experience. The result will be a platform that not only looks modern but also facilitates smoother interactions between users and the chatbot, further promoting efficiency in document collaboration.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Version Recovery Assistant interface to retrieve a previous document version after receiving feedback from a team member about an error in the latest version.

Given the user navigates to the Version Recovery Assistant, when they request to view recent versions of a specific document, then the assistant displays a list of at least the last five versions with timestamps and user edits.

A user wants to quickly retrieve a document version during a team meeting using voice commands to ensure seamless workflow without interrupting the discussion.

Given the user is in a team meeting, when they say 'Get the last version of the project plan,' then the system retrieves and displays the requested document version promptly on their screen.

After the User Interface Improvement is implemented, users participate in a testing session to assess the new dashboard's usability and access to document versions.

Given the user is testing the new UI, when they attempt to access recent versions and version history, then they should complete this process in under three clicks and provide a satisfaction rating of 4 or higher on a scale of 1 to 5.

A team leader prepares to review document edits by accessing the version history through the chatbot.

Given the user initiates a chat with the Version Recovery Assistant, when they request a summary of changes made in the last two versions, then the assistant provides a clear summary detailing who made the changes and what changes were made.

Users receive a notification about the new features of the Version Recovery Assistant, highlighting the UI changes and improved functionality.

Given the user opens the notification about the Version Recovery Assistant updates, when they review the content, then they should understand how to use the new features without needing additional support, with a comprehension rate of at least 85% as measured by a follow-up feedback survey.

A user interacts with the recovery assistant while facing challenges in navigating the older UI.

Given the user expresses frustration with the previous UI, when they use the new version and provide feedback, then they should indicate improved ease of use, with a response rate of at least 90% reporting satisfaction with the usability.

Version Comparison Tool

"As a user, I want to compare different versions of my documents side by side so that I can easily understand the changes made and decide on the best version to use."

Description

The Version Comparison Tool requirement entails the development of a feature that allows users to compare different versions of a document side by side. This tool will highlight changes between versions, making it easier for users to track edits and modifications. Integrating this functionality will empower users to make informed decisions when selecting which version to revert to or maintain. The implementation will require an advanced diff algorithm to ensure accuracy in highlighting changes, ultimately enhancing the document editing experience and facilitating collaboration among team members.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Version Comparison Tool to compare Document A version 1.0 and version 1.5 side by side during a collaborative meeting to discuss edits made by team members.

Given the user has selected two versions of the document, when they initiate the comparison, then the tool should display both versions side by side with differences highlighted in a distinct color.

A user requests a comparison of two versions of the same document to see changes made by a specific contributor before deciding to finalize the document.

Given the user selects the contributors' edits option, when comparing two versions, then the highlighted changes should indicate only the edits made by that specific contributor.

During teamwork, a user compares version 2.0 and version 3.0 of a document to evaluate significant changes before sending it for approval to stakeholders.

Given the versions are compared, when the user hovers over highlighted changes, then a tooltip should appear displaying the exact text added or removed between the versions.

A project manager analyzes the edits from the last week to decide which version of the document to finalize using the Version Comparison Tool.

Given multiple versions have been edited over the last week, when the project manager uses the filter option to view only these versions, then only the relevant versions should be displayed for comparison.

A freelancer needs to assess changes made in a document after receiving feedback from a client, comparing the initial draft with the final submission.

Given the initial draft and final submission are uploaded to the system, when the freelancer selects these for comparison, then the tool should accurately display all edits, comments, and tracked changes.

Before submitting a final document to a client, a user wants to quickly verify changes made over the last month to ensure all feedback has been incorporated.

Given the user selects the last month’s versions for comparison, when they view the changes, then the tool must provide a summary of all edits made during that period alongside the visual comparison.

Secure Version Storage

"As a user, I want to know that my document versions are securely stored so that I can confidently use the Version Recovery Assistant without worrying about data breaches."

Description

The Secure Version Storage requirement focuses on implementing a secure system for storing different versions of documents. This includes encryption and access controls to ensure that sensitive information is protected while allowing authorized users to retrieve versions as needed. The feature will enhance users' confidence in using the Version Recovery Assistant, knowing that their document versions are safe from unauthorized access or data loss. This requirement will involve collaboration with security experts to establish best practices for storage and retrieval processes, maintaining the confidentiality and integrity of stored data.

Acceptance Criteria

User requests to recover a specific version of a document using the Version Recovery Assistant.

Given the user has the necessary permissions, When they issue a voice or text command to retrieve a previous version, Then the system must return the correct version of the document within 5 seconds, ensuring the version's integrity and content is visible.

A user attempts to access a document version that they do not have permission to view.

Given the user does not have access to the requested version, When they issue a request for that version, Then the system must deny access and provide an appropriate error message indicating insufficient permissions.

All document versions are securely stored and accessible only to authorized users.

Given the document versions are stored in the secure storage system, When an authorized user accesses version information, Then the system must confirm that retrieval adheres to established encryption and access control protocols, ensuring that data integrity and confidentiality are maintained.

A security audit is conducted to evaluate the effectiveness of the secure version storage system.

Given the security audit is performed on the version storage system, When the audit report is generated, Then it must demonstrate compliance with industry standards for data protection, highlighting any vulnerabilities and recommendations for improvements.

Users can view an audit trail of all access requests made to document versions.

Given the user has permission to view the audit trails, When they access the audit log, Then they must see a comprehensive list of all access requests, including timestamps, user details, and whether access was granted or denied, ensuring accountability and traceability.

Users receive notifications for critical actions taken on document versions (e.g. recovery, deletion).

Given a critical action is performed on a document version, When the action is completed, Then the appropriate users must receive a notification detailing the action taken, the document affected, and the person who performed the action within 10 minutes.

The system maintains a backup of all document versions in case of data loss.

Given the backup process operates on a scheduled basis, When a user requests a backup recovery, Then the system must successfully restore the document from the most recent backup within a predetermined time frame of 30 minutes, ensuring no data loss has occurred.

Change Summary Digest

The Change Summary Digest feature provides users with concise summaries of all changes made since the last version. Users can inquire about specific modifications and receive a clear, straightforward recap from the chatbot, enabling quick understanding and reducing confusion about document evolution.

Requirements

Change Summary Generation

"As a team member, I want to receive a concise summary of all changes made to a document since the last version, so that I can quickly understand what has been modified without having to review the entire document myself."

Description

The Change Summary Generation requirement enables the InnoDoc platform to automatically compile a concise and clear summary of all changes made to a document since the last version. This feature will utilize an advanced algorithm to analyze the document's revision history and produce a digest that outlines key modifications, including additions, deletions, and edits. By providing a quick overview of changes, this functionality will enhance transparency and ensure that users are kept informed of the document's evolution, thereby reducing potential misunderstandings and confusion. This summary should be easily accessible through the user interface and able to be viewed or exported based on user preferences. Integration with the existing real-time editing and AI-powered tools ensures seamless updates and consistent user experience, fostering effective collaboration across remote teams.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Change Summary Digest feature after making multiple edits to a document.

Given that the user has made changes to a document and saved it, when the user clicks on the Change Summary Digest button, then the system should display a summary listing all changes made since the last version, including additions, deletions, and edits.

User requests a specific summary of changes through the chatbot interface.

Given that the user is in the document interface, when the user types a request for 'changes since last version' in the chatbot, then the chatbot should provide a clear and concise summary of documented changes in a user-friendly format.

User exports the Change Summary Digest to a PDF format.

Given that the user views the Change Summary Digest, when the user selects the 'Export as PDF' option, then the system should generate and download a PDF file containing the complete summary of changes made to the document.

User checks the visible changes in the summary match the document revision history.

Given that the user has accessed the Change Summary Digest, when they compare the displayed changes with the document’s revision history, then all changes such as additions, deletions, and modifications should accurately reflect the document history.

Multiple users are collaborating on the same document and each saves their changes.

Given that multiple users make changes and save a document, when a user accesses the Change Summary Digest, then it should include all changes made by every user since the last version.

User seeks clarification on specific modifications noted in the summary.

Given that the Change Summary Digest has been generated, when the user clicks on a specific change entry, then the system should provide a detailed explanation of that modification to enhance user understanding.

Chatbot Query for Change Details

"As a user, I want to ask the chatbot about specific changes in the document, so that I can quickly get the information I need without digging through the entire revision history."

Description

The Chatbot Query for Change Details requirement integrates a conversational AI within the InnoDoc platform that allows users to inquire about specific modifications made during document revisions. Users can ask the chatbot questions like 'What changes were made last week?' or 'What was removed in the last update?', and the chatbot will respond with a detailed yet digestible explanation based on the Change Summary Digest generated. This capability enhances user engagement and interactivity, facilitating a smoother workflow and ensuring that users can easily access information about document changes with minimal effort. This feature is crucial for streamlining the process of document review and editing through natural language queries that relate directly to recent changes, thereby improving user satisfaction and efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User inquires about changes made in the last week using the chatbot during a team meeting to prepare for a document review.

Given a user asks the chatbot 'What changes were made last week?', when the chatbot processes the request, then it should return a summary of all changes made within the last week, accurately reflecting the content and context of those changes.

A user asks the chatbot for details on what was removed in the last update after receiving the Change Summary Digest.

Given a user inquires 'What was removed in the last update?', when the user submits this question, then the chatbot must provide a clear and concise list of items that were removed in the last update, with corresponding reasons for each removal if available.

A user wants to quickly understand the document changes before a presentation, so they access the chatbot for a digest of recent modifications.

Given a user asks for a summary of changes since the last document version, when the question is asked, then the chatbot should summarize the changes in a user-friendly format that includes additions, deletions, and modifications, along with timestamps of updates.

During an online collaboration session, a freelance writer requests clarification on alterations made by an editor in a shared document.

Given the user asks, 'Can you tell me what modifications were made by the editor?', when the chatbot receives this inquiry, then it should accurately identify and explain the specific modifications made by the editor, including who made each change and when.

A project manager is reviewing historical changes to verify compliance with client requests and needs details about recent updates.

Given the project manager asks the chatbot about recent changes for a compliance check, when they inquire 'What updates have there been since January 1st?', then the chatbot should provide a chronological list of all changes made since that date, along with references to the original documents affected.

A user is seeking a recap of the entire document evolution over time and queries the chatbot accordingly.

Given a user requests an overview of all changes made to the document, when they ask 'Can you recap all changes made?', then the chatbot must provide a structured recap detailing changes by version, making it easy to track the document's evolution.

An employee is confused about the state of revisions and asks about changes made during a specific project iteration.

Given a user inquires 'What changes were made in the last project iteration?', when this question is inputted, then the chatbot should return a specific list of modifications that occurred within the defined timeframe of that project iteration, ensuring accuracy and relevancy.

Notification System for Change Summaries

"As a user, I want to receive notifications when new change summaries are generated, so that I am always up-to-date with the latest document changes and can respond quickly."

Description

The Notification System for Change Summaries requirement outlines the implementation of a notification mechanism that alerts users when a new Change Summary Digest is available. Users will receive automatic notifications via email or in-app messages, ensuring they are promptly informed about significant changes, upgrades, or document updates relevant to their work. The system will allow users to customize their notification preferences, ensuring they receive updates based on relevancy and urgency. This feature will not only keep team members informed but also encourage timely collaboration by making sure everyone is aware of the latest document changes, reducing delays in feedback and decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an email notification for a new Change Summary Digest after a document update.

Given a user has opted in for email notifications, when a new Change Summary Digest is generated for a document, then the user should receive an email within 5 minutes of the digest being created, containing a link to access the digest.

User receives an in-app notification for a newly available Change Summary Digest.

Given a user is logged into the InnoDoc app, when a new Change Summary Digest is generated, then the user should receive an in-app notification alerting them of the new digest immediately after it is created.

User customizes their notification preferences for Change Summary Digests.

Given a user visits the settings page for notification preferences, when they select their preferred notification methods for Change Summary Digests (email, in-app, or both), then those preferences should be saved and applied correctly for future notifications.

User accesses the Change Summary Digest from the email notification.

Given the user receives an email notification about a new Change Summary Digest, when they click the link provided in the email, then they should be directed to the specific Change Summary Digest page within the InnoDoc platform.

User can view past Change Summary Digests easily.

Given a user navigates to the Change Summary section of a document, when they check the list of past Change Summary Digests, then they should see an organized list with clickable links to each digest, including timestamps and brief descriptions of changes made.

User can disable notifications for Change Summary Digests.

Given a user is in their notification preferences, when they choose to disable email or in-app notifications for Change Summary Digests, then the system should confirm that notifications are disabled and no further notifications should be sent until re-enabled.

User receives timely notifications that reflect their urgency preferences for Change Summary Digests.

Given a user has set their urgency preferences for notifications (high, medium, low), when a new Change Summary Digest is generated, then the system should evaluate the document changes and send notifications based only on the specified urgency level set by the user.

Export Change Summary to PDF

"As a user, I want to export the Change Summary Digest to PDF, so that I can share it with others who don’t have access to the InnoDoc platform and ensure they are informed of the document updates."

Description

The Export Change Summary to PDF requirement enables users to generate a downloadable PDF containing the Change Summary Digest. This functionality allows users to easily share important document changes with stakeholders or team members who may not have direct access to the InnoDoc platform. The PDF will maintain a structured format that includes all relevant details regarding the changes made in the document and enhance professional communication. By providing an easy export feature, this capability empowers users to effectively disseminate information regarding document edits and ensure alignment among all parties involved and make the overall communication around document changes efficient.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the export process of the Change Summary Digest to PDF after reviewing changes in the document.

Given the user is on the Change Summary Digest page, when the user clicks on the 'Export to PDF' button, then a PDF file containing the summary of changes made since the last version should be generated.

The exported PDF should display the change summary in a structured format that is easy to understand.

Given the PDF has been generated, when the user opens the PDF, then it should display all modifications with dates, authors, and a summary of each change in a clear layout.

User shares the exported PDF with stakeholders who do not have access to the InnoDoc platform.

Given the PDF is downloaded, when the user attaches it to an email and sends it to stakeholders, then the stakeholders should be able to open and view the PDF without any access issues.

User wants to confirm that the content of the PDF matches the latest changes made in the document.

Given the user has both the Change Summary displayed in InnoDoc and the exported PDF open, when the user compares both documents, then the changes in the PDF should match exactly with the change summary displayed in InnoDoc.

Multiple users access the Change Summary feature and attempt to export different summaries simultaneously.

Given multiple users are on the Change Summary Digest page, when they each click the 'Export to PDF' button, then each user should receive their own correctly generated PDFs without conflict or error messages.

User encounters an error while generating the PDF and wants to understand the reason.

Given the user clicks the 'Export to PDF' button but an error occurs, when the error is triggered, then a user-friendly error message should be displayed indicating the issue and suggesting next steps for resolution.

User needs to verify that the PDF export retains the style and branding of their organization.

Given the user has generated the PDF, when reviewing the exported document, then it should reflect the organization's branding elements, such as logo placement, font styles, and color scheme, consistent with the InnoDoc platform.

Change Summary Snapshot History

"As a user, I want to have access to a history of all change summaries for a document, so that I can track the evolution of the document and refer back to earlier modifications if needed."

Description

The Change Summary Snapshot History requirement allows users to view a chronological list of all Change Summaries generated during the lifetime of a document. This feature will provide a visual timeline where users can access previous summaries, enabling retrospective analysis of how the document has evolved over time. Users will have the ability to click on any specific snapshot to retrieve past change summaries, which can aid in tracking document progress and understanding historical changes. This requirement enhances the ability to manage documents by providing transparency and ongoing insight into document revisions that may affect current workflows.

Acceptance Criteria

Viewing Change Summary Snapshots Over Document's Lifetime

Given a user has accessed the Change Summary feature, When the user clicks on 'View Snapshot History', Then they should see a chronological list of all Change Summaries generated for the document.

Accessing Specific Change Summaries

Given a user is viewing the Change Summary Snapshot History, When the user clicks on a specific date in the timeline, Then the respective Change Summary should be displayed clearly.

Understanding Document Evolution Through Snapshots

Given a user selects a Change Summary from the Snapshot History, When they view the summary details, Then the user should see a clear and concise list of modifications made in that version.

Navigating Between Change Summaries

Given a user has opened a Change Summary from the Snapshot History, When the user wishes to return to the Snapshot History page, Then they should be able to navigate back without losing their progress.

Filtering Change Summaries by Date Range

Given a user is viewing the Change Summary Snapshot History, When the user applies a date filter, Then only those Change Summaries within the specified date range should be displayed.

Displaying Change Summary Snapshot Details

Given a user selects a snapshot from the history, When the user clicks on it, Then detailed data points of the changes should be accessible and presented in a user-friendly format.

User Activity Insights

Through analyzing user interactions and edits, the User Activity Insights feature empowers the chatbot to provide tailored feedback on who has contributed the most, what changes are most common, and how historical changes affect current document performance. This insight fosters better collaboration and accountability within teams.

Requirements

User Contribution Tracking

"As a team leader, I want to track each team member's contributions to a document so that I can assess engagement levels and ensure accountability within the team."

Description

The User Contribution Tracking requirement entails creating a comprehensive tracking system that logs user edits, comments, and interactions within documents. This functionality will provide a clear audit trail of contributions, enabling teams to understand who modified what and when. With this feature, users can easily reference past edits, fostering accountability among team members. This requirement is crucial for increasing transparency in document collaboration, ensuring that all contributors are recognized for their input, and enhancing collaboration through clearer communication. The data collected will also serve as a foundation for generating insightful analytics on team dynamics and document usage patterns.

Acceptance Criteria

Tracking user edits in a collaborative document environment.

Given a user edits a document, When they save their changes, Then the system should log the user's name, the timestamp of the edit, and a summary of the changes.

Viewing a detailed audit trail of document contributions.

Given a document with multiple contributions, When a user accesses the contribution logs, Then they should see a chronological list of edits with user names, timestamps, and details of each edit.

Receiving insights on contributions during team meetings.

Given a user opens the User Activity Insights feature, When they choose a specific document, Then the system should generate and display a report detailing the top contributors and the types of changes made.

Ensuring all comments made in a document are tracked and logged.

Given that a user makes a comment on a document, When they submit the comment, Then the system should log the comment along with the user's name and timestamp in the activity log.

Generating analytics on historical document performance based on user contributions.

Given a document with various user interactions, When the analytics report is generated, Then it should include trends and statistics on user contributions and the types of edits made.

Displaying contribution data in a user-friendly format for team reviews.

Given a user accesses the contribution data, When viewing the report, Then it should be presented in an easily digestible format with visual representations of data (charts, graphs, etc.).

Ensuring data accuracy and integrity for logged user activities.

Given a user performs multiple edits and comments on a document, When the activity is logged, Then there should be no discrepancies between the user actions and the logged data in the audit trail.

Activity Insights Dashboard

"As a project manager, I want to view a dashboard of user activity insights so that I can identify contributors and optimize collaboration strategies."

Description

The Activity Insights Dashboard requirement focuses on the development of a centralized dashboard that aggregates and visualizes user activity data. This dashboard will display key metrics, such as the most active contributors, common types of edits, and historical trends in document performance. It will be designed to provide immediate and interpretable insights at a glance, aiding teams in determining how collaboration may be improved. By integrating with existing document functionalities, the dashboard ensures that recorded insights are relevant and actionable, ultimately driving more efficient teamwork and enhancing productivity across projects.

Acceptance Criteria

Activity Insights Dashboard displays user activity data aggregates in real-time for team members during an ongoing document collaboration session.

Given a user is accessing the Activity Insights Dashboard during a collaboration session, when they view the dashboard, then it displays real-time updates of user contributions and edits, with metrics refresh occurring every 5 seconds.

Project managers analyze historical trends in document performance on the Activity Insights Dashboard to improve collaboration for a future project.

Given a project manager is examining the Activity Insights Dashboard, when they select a specific document, then the dashboard shows historical trends over the last 30 days including peak activity times and edit frequency rank of contributors.

Users interact with the dashboard to gain insights on the most active contributors and common edits in a shared project.

Given a user is logged into the Activity Insights Dashboard, when they navigate to the 'Contributor Activity' section, then it lists contributors ranked by the number of edits made, showing the top 5 active contributors per document.

Team leads utilize the insights provided by the dashboard to facilitate a discussion on collaboration efficiency in their weekly team meeting.

Given a team lead accesses the Activity Insights Dashboard before a meeting, when they compile insights on user activity for presentation, then they can export the data summary as a PDF without any errors.

A user assesses the impact of previous edits on document performance through the Activity Insights Dashboard.

Given a user views the 'Edit Impact' section on the dashboard, when they select an edit made within the last week, then it displays metrics on document engagement before and after the edit was made.

New users are onboarded with a tutorial on how to use the Activity Insights Dashboard for better understanding.

Given a new user accesses the Activity Insights Dashboard for the first time, when they start the onboarding tutorial, then they are guided through the key features and functionalities of the dashboard with a completion indicator at the end.

Common Edits Analysis

"As an editor, I want to understand the most common edits made in documents so that I can streamline my review process and maintain consistency in our documentation standards."

Description

The Common Edits Analysis requirement involves creating a feature that identifies and categorizes the most frequent types of edits made by users within documents. This functionality will analyze user inputs to distinguish common changes, such as formatting adjustments, content revisions, and annotation additions. By understanding these trends, teams can streamline the document editing process and address repetitive issues. This requirement supports the overall enhancement of user experience by making it easier for users to identify standard operating procedures and improving document consistency across contributions.

Acceptance Criteria

User engagement with the Common Edits Analysis feature to review document edit trends after a collaborative session.

Given a user accesses the Common Edits Analysis feature, When the user requests an analysis of document edits, Then the system should display a list of the top five most common edits made by all users in the past month.

Team leaders utilizing the Common Edits Analysis feature to identify training needs based on user editing patterns.

Given a team leader reviews the Common Edits Analysis, When they examine the categories of edits, Then they should be able to see which types of edits are most frequent and suggest targeted training for those areas.

Users analyzing their own editing habits to improve their document contributions.

Given a user reviews their personal Common Edits Analysis report, When the report displays their top five edited categories, Then the user should gain insights to enhance their future document contributions based on their most common edits.

Collaboration during a project where members use the Common Edits Analysis to align on document edits before submission.

Given a team is nearing a project deadline, When they consult the Common Edits Analysis feature, Then they should be able to confirm that the most common edits align with the project objectives and requirements for submission.

A quality assurance check ensuring the accuracy of the Common Edits Analysis results across multiple document versions.

Given a document has undergone several edits, When the Common Edits Analysis is conducted on the final version, Then the analysis should accurately reflect the edits made compared to the historical versions of the document.

Stakeholders looking for insights on document performance impacted by user edits over time.

Given stakeholders access the Common Edits Analysis, When they request insights on historical edits' impact, Then the analysis should provide a clear correlation between types of edits and document performance metrics, such as time spent editing and frequency of revisions.

Smart Revision Suggestions

With Smart Revision Suggestions, the chatbot offers intelligent recommendations for necessary revisions based on past edits and user feedback. By analyzing patterns in updates and modifications, users get real-time suggestions that encourage more effective and informed document editing decisions.

Requirements

Real-time Revision Tracking

"As a document collaborator, I want to see real-time updates of changes made to the document so that I can understand the contributions of other team members and streamline our collaborative editing process."

Description

Real-time Revision Tracking enables users to seamlessly monitor and view changes made to documents in real-time. This feature allows users to see who made what changes and when, fostering transparency and accountability within a collaborative editing environment. By integrating this functionality into InnoDoc, users will benefit from clear visibility of edits, thereby eliminating confusion and improving coordination among team members. The expected outcome is enhanced collaboration, as team members can easily track revisions and make informed decisions based on the most current document state.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Monitoring of Document Edits by Teams During Collaboration Sessions

Given multiple users are editing a document concurrently, when a change is made by any user, then all other users should see the change reflected in real-time with the editor's name and timestamp.

Historical Revision Tracking for Accountability in Team Projects

Given a document with prior revisions, when a user requests to view the revision history, then the system should display a chronological list of all changes made, including user names and timestamps for each edit.

User Notifications for Document Changes During Active Editing Sessions

Given a user is editing a document, when another user makes changes, then the editing user should receive a notification indicating the changes along with details on who made them.

Visibility of Revisions to External Stakeholders

Given a shared document with external stakeholders, when any team member makes a change, then external stakeholders should have the option to view the revisions along with contributors' details in a read-only mode.

Integration of Revision Tracking into Workflow Automation

Given a document that is part of an automated workflow, when changes occur, then the revision tracking should seamlessly update relevant workflow statuses reflected in the project management tool in real-time.

User Ability to Filter Revisions by Date and Author

Given a document's revision history, when a user applies filters for date range and author, then the displayed revisions should correspond accurately based on the selected criteria.

AI-Powered Contextual Suggestions

"As a writer, I want to receive contextual suggestions while editing my document so that I can enhance the quality and coherence of my writing without getting overwhelmed."

Description

AI-Powered Contextual Suggestions provide users with relevant recommendations and insights based on the content of the document and previous edits. This feature utilizes machine learning algorithms to analyze document content and user behavior, offering suggestions for improvements in language, structure, and tone. By integrating this functionality, InnoDoc enhances the editing experience, ensuring that documents maintain consistency and quality. The expected outcome is a more polished and professional final product, with users receiving actionable suggestions tailored to their specific document needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives contextual suggestions while editing a document containing various styles and formats, enabling them to enhance and refine content in real-time.

Given a user is actively editing a document, when the user makes changes, then the AI should provide at least three relevant suggestions for improvements based on the context.

A user revisits a document with prior edits and wants to see how suggestions align with previous changes to ensure consistency across revisions.

Given a user opens a previously edited document, when the user requests suggestions, then the system should show suggestions that align with past revisions and highlight any deviations.

A collaborative team is working on a document and each member needs tailored suggestions that cater to their specific contributions and editing styles.

Given multiple users are editing the same document, when a user edits, then the AI should provide suggestions tailored to that user's editing behavior and document contributions.

The user wants to enhance the document's tone based on the target audience, requiring context-specific suggestions that reflect an appropriate level of formality.

Given a user indicates the target audience, when they request suggestions, then the AI should analyze the document and offer tone modifications suitable for that audience.

A user aims to improve the overall structure of their document and requests suggestions for the organization of content and flow.

Given a user selects the document for structural improvement, when they ask for suggestions, then the AI should provide actionable advice on reordering content and enhancing flow.

The user is editing a marketing document and needs consistent branding elements across all sections, requiring suggestions that reflect brand guidelines.

Given a user is editing a marketing document, when they request suggestions, then the AI should provide feedback that ensures adherence to brand guidelines throughout the document.

Version Comparison Tool

"As a team lead, I want to compare different versions of our document to see significant changes and decide which edits to incorporate so that our document remains accurate and high-quality."

Description

The Version Comparison Tool allows users to compare different versions of a document side-by-side, highlighting the differences between them. This feature is essential for users needing to review and evaluate changes made over time, ensuring they can easily spot inconsistencies or important edits. InnoDoc's integration of this functionality benefits users by providing a clear visual representation of document evolution, making it easier to make informed decisions about which changes to accept. The expected outcome is improved revision management and a more efficient editing workflow.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Version Comparison Tool to analyze the changes between two document versions prior to finalizing edits.

Given two versions of a document, when the user initiates the Version Comparison Tool, then the tool displays both versions side-by-side highlighting all differences in text, formatting, and comments.

User utilizes the Version Comparison Tool to identify critical changes made by team members before approving a document for submission.

Given a document with multiple revisions, when the user views the comparison results, then all additions, deletions, and modifications are clearly indicated with color coding to differentiate types of changes.

User needs to share the comparison results with a team member for collaborative decision-making on document edits.

Given the highlighted changes in the Version Comparison Tool, when the user selects the option to export or share the comparison view, then a formatted report of the differences is generated and can be easily shared via email or link.

User strives to understand the timeline of changes made to a document over a period of time.

Given multiple versions of a document, when the user uses the Version Comparison Tool, then they are provided with a chronological list of edits alongside the side-by-side comparison for easy reference.

User receives notification alerts for suggested revisions from the Smart Revision Suggestions feature related to document comparisons.

Given the user is analyzing a comparison, when the Smart Revision Suggestions are triggered, then relevant suggestions appear alongside the comparison for immediate review and action.

Feedback Loop for Suggestions

"As a user, I want to give feedback on the revision suggestions I receive so that the system improves and adapts to my editing style and preferences."

Description

The Feedback Loop for Suggestions feature allows users to provide ratings and comments on the Smart Revision Suggestions they receive. This input will help the AI system improve its recommendation engine by learning from users' interactions and preferences. By integrating this functionality, InnoDoc ensures that the revision suggestions are continuously refined, aligning more closely with user needs over time. The expected outcome is a more intuitive and personalized editing experience as the system evolves in response to user feedback.

Acceptance Criteria

User provides feedback on suggested revisions after implementing changes in a document during a team review session.

Given the user receives a Smart Revision Suggestion, when they apply the suggestion and provide a rating and comment, then the system should record the feedback accurately.

User accesses the feedback section for previously submitted suggestions and views all ratings and comments they provided.

Given the user navigates to the feedback history, when they select a specific suggestion, then they should see their rating and comments for that suggestion as displayed in a clear format.

User interacts with the AI chatbot during a document editing session, offering feedback and observing subsequent suggestion adjustments.

Given the user provides feedback on a Smart Revision Suggestion, when they request further suggestions, then the new suggestions should incorporate their feedback effectively according to the specified patterns.

An administrator reviews overall user feedback on Smart Revision Suggestions to identify common improvement areas for the AI system.

Given the administrator accesses the analytics dashboard, when they generate a feedback report, then the report should display aggregated feedback data clearly, along with user satisfaction metrics.

A user revisits a document after providing feedback to review if their suggestions have led to improvements in future Smart Revision Suggestions.

Given the user evaluates a Smart Revision Suggestion based on a previously provided feedback, when they check subsequent suggestions, then they should notice adjustments made that reflect their input.

User completes a survey related to the feedback system after implementing the revision suggestions for a project.

Given the user finishes the editing session and submits the feedback survey, when they provide a rating and comments, then all responses should be recorded precisely in the system for future enhancements.

Integration with Third-party Editing Tools

"As a document editor, I want to integrate InnoDoc with the editing tools I commonly use so that I can maintain my productivity and streamline my workflow without switching platforms."

Description

The Integration with Third-party Editing Tools requirement facilitates seamless communication between InnoDoc and popular editing software, allowing users to easily import and export documents without losing formatting or content integrity. This feature ensures that users can leverage their existing tools while benefiting from InnoDoc’s collaborative environment. The expected outcome is a smoother user experience where document edits can be managed across platforms, minimizing disruption to established workflows.

Acceptance Criteria

User imports a document from Microsoft Word into InnoDoc and expects the formatting and content to remain intact.

Given that a user is importing a Microsoft Word document into InnoDoc, when the import is completed, then the document should display all formatting such as headings, bullet points, images, and tables as they appear in the original Word document.

User exports a collaborative InnoDoc document to Google Docs for further editing and expects the changes to be synchronized without issues.

Given that a user is exporting an InnoDoc document to Google Docs, when the export is completed, then the document should be accurately reflected in Google Docs with no loss of content or formatting integrity.

A user edits a document in InnoDoc after importing it from an external tool and wants to ensure all revisions are tracked accurately.

Given that a user has made edits to an imported document in InnoDoc, when the user reviews the revision history, then all changes should be properly logged and display timestamps and the user who made the edits.

User collaborates on a document that was originally created in InnoDoc and is accessed through an external editing tool, expecting smooth transitions between editing environments.

Given that a user is editing a document in an external tool and saves the changes, when the document is reopened in InnoDoc, then all updates should be visible without any formatting issues or missing content.

The system handles a simultaneous edit where two users are working on the same document imported from a third-party tool.

Given that two users are editing the same imported document in InnoDoc, when both users save their changes simultaneously, then the system should merge the changes without conflicts and provide a user-friendly notification of the updates made.

User queries support to learn how to integrate third-party editing tools with InnoDoc effectively.

Given that a user requests integration guidance for third-party editing tools, when the support team provides a detailed integration guide, then the user should be able to successfully integrate and start using the tools with InnoDoc without further assistance.

The performance of document import/export functionality is under evaluation during peak usage hours.

Given that multiple users are simultaneously importing and exporting documents during peak hours, when performance is tested, then the response time for import and export actions should be within acceptable limits of under 5 seconds, ensuring usability.

Version Comparison Tool

The Version Comparison Tool enables users to request side-by-side comparisons of different document versions via the chatbot. Users can easily visualize changes by asking for specific comparisons, allowing for a quick assessment of edits and ensuring clarity in collaborative projects.

Requirements

Request Comparison via Chatbot

"As a team member, I want to use the chatbot to request a comparison of different document versions so that I can quickly see the changes made and understand the evolution of the document without manual searching."

Description

The Request Comparison via Chatbot requirement allows users to initiate version comparisons by interacting with a chatbot integrated within InnoDoc. Users can simply input commands or questions to compare specific versions of documents, facilitating a user-friendly and efficient way to visualize changes side by side. This feature not only streamlines the comparison process but also ensures users can quickly assess edits made by collaborators. By integrating this functionality within a chatbot interface, users can work seamlessly without navigating away from their current tasks, promoting productivity and clarity in collaborative efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User interaction with the chatbot to request a version comparison of document edits made by a team member in a previous version.

Given a user is in a document, when they ask the chatbot for a comparison between version 1 and version 2, then the chatbot provides a side-by-side comparison of changes with clear indications of additions and deletions.

A user asks the chatbot to compare two versions of a document using specific version numbers or timestamps.

Given a user provides specific version numbers, when the chatbot receives the request, then it retrieves and displays the comparison accurately reflecting the requested versions.

Users require the ability to view a visually distinct representation of changes between document versions through the chatbot interface.

Given a user requests a version comparison, when the changes are displayed, then they should be clearly highlighted using different colors or formatting styles for added, removed, and modified text.

A user inquires about the ability of the chatbot to handle complex document comparisons involving multiple versions.

Given a user asks about comparing three or more versions, when the chatbot explains the process, then it outlines the capability to view differences in an aggregated manner for enhanced understanding.

A user requests to compare documents with varying formats or files, testing the chatbot's flexibility in handling different document types.

Given a user requests a comparison between a PDF and a Word document, when the chatbot processes the request, then it successfully identifies changes and generates a comparison despite the differing formats.

A user requests the version comparison at a specific date and time to see all changes made until that point.

Given a user specifies a date, when they ask the chatbot for a comparison, then the chatbot retrieves and displays changes made up to that specific date, accurately reflecting the document's history.

A user wants to ensure that the chatbot provides explanations for changes made in the document when requesting a comparison.

Given a user uses the request comparison feature, when the changes are highlighted, then the chatbot also provides brief explanations or reasons for each significant edit made in the document.

Visual Change Highlights

"As a project manager, I want to see changes highlighted when comparing document versions so that I can quickly identify critical edits and communicate these changes to my team effectively."

Description

The Visual Change Highlights feature provides users with the ability to see changes highlighted in a comprehensive and intuitive manner when comparing document versions. This requirement ensures that any edits, additions, or deletions are clearly marked, allowing for an easy and quick identification of modifications. By incorporating color coding and annotations, users can focus on key changes, fostering better communication among team members and reducing the potential for misunderstanding project updates. This visual aid is crucial for maintaining clarity and precision during document reviews.

Acceptance Criteria

User requests a side-by-side comparison of two document versions through the chatbot.

Given that the user has requested a comparison of two versions, when the versions are compared, then all edits should be clearly highlighted, including additions, deletions, and modifications, using distinct colors for each type of change.

Team members review the highlighted changes in a collaborative session to ensure all modifications are understood.

Given that the changes have been highlighted, when the team reviews the document, then users should be able to toggle between highlighted and original versions seamlessly to assess the modifications without confusion.

A user wants to provide feedback on the changes using annotations directly on the highlighted comparison.

Given the highlighted comparison, when the user clicks on a highlighted change, then an annotation box should appear allowing the user to provide feedback or comments, which should save with the document.

Users need to export the comparison view along with the highlights for record-keeping.

Given that the user wants to export the comparison, when the export option is selected, then the document must export in PDF format including all highlighted changes and annotations.

A user accidentally clicks on an incorrect version during the comparison request.

Given that a user selects an incorrect version, when the options are shown in the chatbot, then there should be a clear indication to switch versions easily without losing the selected comparison context.

A user needs to understand how the color coding for changes is defined before starting the review process.

Given that users may need guidance, when the comparison tool is accessed, then a legend providing descriptions of the color coding used for additions, deletions, and modifications should be easily accessible.

Different user roles (admin, editor, viewer) need different visibility of changes in the comparison.

Given the different user roles, when they access the comparison feature, then each user should see changes that are relevant to their role, with sensitive edits hidden from viewers.

Version Comparison History Tracking

"As a content creator, I want to access a history of my version comparison requests so that I can review past changes and understand the context of edits made during the collaborative process."

Description

The Version Comparison History Tracking requirement enables users to maintain a record of all comparison requests made within a specified time frame. This functionality allows users to refer back to previous comparisons, ensuring that decisions made during document editing and reviews can be tracked and evaluated over time. The feature is essential for accountability and improves the collaborative process by enabling team members to understand the rationale behind changes and feedback during the document lifecycle.

Acceptance Criteria

User requests a comparison of two document versions through the chatbot after editing sessions to view the changes made over the last week.

Given a user has accessed the Version Comparison Tool, when they enter a request for a comparison of specific versions, then the tool should retrieve and display a side-by-side comparison of the identified document versions, including change highlights.

A team member wants to review the history of version comparisons made during a project to ensure they understand the progression of changes before a meeting.

Given a user is within the Version Comparison Tool interface, when they select the 'History' option, then the tool should present a chronological list of all previous comparison requests made within the last 30 days, including timestamps and document names.

A user has made multiple comparison requests and wishes to refer back to the most recent one to align with necessary changes before final document approval.

Given a user is reviewing their previous comparison requests, when they select a specific comparison from the history, then the tool should allow them to view the details of that comparison in a clear layout with visual edits, comments, and suggestions noted.

A user wants to ensure that the comparison tool accurately logs each comparison for future reference during audits of document edits.

Given the user has completed a comparison request, when the tool logs the request, then the system should store each request with relevant metadata such as user ID, timestamp, and document version details in the comparison history.

A project manager requires assurance that all comparison histories are accessible for team members to utilize during reviews of the document.

Given the user is a project manager, when they access the comparison history feature, then they should confirm that all team members have access rights to view the complete history of all comparison requests made, ensuring transparency and accountability.

A user is frustrated with previous comparisons not being easily searchable, impacting their efficiency while trying to review changes during editing.

Given a user is within the comparison history interface, when they utilize the search feature with keywords or dates, then the tool should quickly filter and return relevant comparison requests that match the user's query, enhancing usability.

A user needs to track the frequency of changes in document versions to evaluate team engagement with the document.

Given a user accesses the comparison history, when they review the logged comparisons, then the tool should display statistics indicating the number of comparisons made by each team member over the specified period, highlighting active users.

Export Comparison Reports

"As a freelancer, I want to export comparison reports of document versions so that I can share detailed insights on changes with my clients in an easy-to-read format."

Description

The Export Comparison Reports requirement allows users to generate and download reports detailing the differences between document versions. This feature is beneficial for users who need to share feedback, or communicate edits with stakeholders and clients outside of the InnoDoc platform. By providing the ability to export comparisons in various formats, this requirement facilitates transparency, enhances communication, and assists in documentation when presenting changes made to collaborative documents.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully generates a comparison report after comparing two versions of the document via the Version Comparison Tool.

Given a user has accessed the Version Comparison Tool, when they select two document versions for comparison and choose the option to export a report, then a download link for the report should be generated and provided to the user in a supported format (PDF, DOCX, or TXT).

User downloads a comparison report in the desired format.

Given the user has generated a comparison report, when they click on the download link, then the report should download successfully in the selected format without any errors.

User shares a comparison report with stakeholders via email.

Given a user has downloaded the comparison report, when they attempt to attach the report to an email and send it, then the email should be sent successfully with the report attached without any issues related to file size or format.

User requests a specific format for the comparison report.

Given a user is on the comparison report export screen, when they select their desired format from a dropdown menu and submit the request, then the system should generate and export the report in the selected format without any discrepancies in the content detailed in the report.

User reviews the content of the generated comparison report for accuracy.

Given the user has received and opened the comparison report, when they review the contents, then the report should accurately reflect all changes made between the two document versions, highlighting additions, deletions, and modifications clearly.

User accesses help documentation on the export feature.

Given the user is on the export comparison report page, when they click on the help documentation link, then they should be redirected to relevant support material that explains how to use the export feature effectively.

Real-Time Collaboration Notifications

"As a designer, I want to receive real-time notifications on changes made to the document versions I'm reviewing so that I can respond and adapt my work based on the latest updates more effectively."

Description

The Real-Time Collaboration Notifications feature sends alerts to users whenever actions, such as edits or comments, are made on the document versions being compared. This requirement ensures that all collaborators are kept informed in real-time, enhancing the responsiveness and interaction among team members. By providing immediate feedback on changes, users can adapt their reviews and contributions to the document, leading to more effective teamwork and higher quality outputs.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives real-time notifications when a colleague edits a document they are collaborating on.

Given a user is viewing a document with another collaborator, when the collaborator makes an edit, then the user should receive a notification within 3 seconds of the change occurring.

Users are notified of comments added by another collaborator in real-time while viewing the document version comparison.

Given a user is comparing two document versions, when another collaborator adds a comment, then the user should see a real-time alert of the new comment within 5 seconds.

Users can choose to mute notifications for specific collaborations based on their preferences.

Given a user has the option to mute notifications for a specific document, when the user selects to mute notifications, then they should not receive alerts for edits or comments made on that document until they unmute it.

Notification settings can be customized by the user to determine the types of alerts they want to receive.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, when they configure their preferences for notifications (edits, comments, etc.), then those preferences should be saved and reflected accurately during collaboration sessions.

Notifications should provide information about the nature of the change made by collaborators.

Given that a user receives a notification about a document edit, when they view the notification, then it should include details about what was changed (e.g., 'Paragraph 3 was edited.') and who made the change.

Users can access a history of real-time notifications for a specific document to review past changes and comments.

Given a user wants to review past notifications for a document, when they access the notification history interface, then they should see a chronological list of all notifications related to edits and comments made on that document.

Users are able to respond to comments directly through the notification they receive.

Given a user receives a notification about a comment on a document they are collaborating on, when they click on the notification, then they should be able to reply directly within the notification interface without navigating away from their current view.

Change Approval Workflow

The Change Approval Workflow feature allows the chatbot to facilitate a structured process for version approvals. Users can submit changes through the chatbot, and it will manage notifications for stakeholders who need to approve or provide feedback on the adjustments, streamlining document governance.

Requirements

Version Change Submission

"As a document collaborator, I want to submit my changes through the chatbot so that I can provide suggestions efficiently without losing track of my input."

Description

This requirement enables users to submit proposed changes to documents directly through the chatbot interface. It will support the uploading of change requests accompanied by relevant comments and files. This feature is vital for maintaining an organized record of all suggested amendments and facilitates smoother collaboration by providing a structured means for users to propose enhancements, thus fostering clarity and accountability in the change process.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a proposed document change through the chatbot interface.

Given a user is authenticated and has access to the relevant document, when they upload a proposed change with accompanying comments and files, then the system should save the submission and notify relevant stakeholders.

User uploads multiple change requests for different documents via the chatbot.

Given a user has multiple document changes to submit, when they upload change requests for each document sequentially, then all requests should be logged separately with individual statuses and notifications sent to the stakeholders for each change.

Stakeholder receives and reviews submitted change requests.

Given a stakeholder has been notified of a new change request, when they access the changes through the notification, then they should be able to view the proposed change details, comments, and any attached files within a structured format.

User edits an existing change request submitted via the chatbot.

Given a user wants to modify a previously submitted change request, when they access the change request and make the necessary edits, then the system should save the changes and log the modification history while notifying stakeholders of the updates.

User seeks status updates on their submitted change requests.

Given a user has submitted change requests through the chatbot, when they request the status of their submissions, then the system should provide a clear summary of each request's current approval status and any feedback received.

Notifications are sent to stakeholders upon change request submission.

Given a user submits a change request, when the submission is successful, then all designated stakeholders should receive an automated notification containing a summary of the change request.

Stakeholder Notification System

"As a stakeholder, I want to receive notifications of change requests so that I can review and respond to proposals without delay."

Description

This requirement outlines the mechanism for notifying all relevant stakeholders when a change request is submitted. It will ensure that notifications are sent promptly and include comprehensive details about the change, allowing stakeholders to review changes as they are proposed. This improves communication efficiency and keeps all parties aligned on updates, enhancing the approval process and minimizing confusion.

Acceptance Criteria

Notification Trigger on Change Request Submission

Given a user submits a change request through the chatbot, when the request is processed, then all relevant stakeholders receive a notification within 5 minutes of submission containing details of the change request.

Comprehensive Notification Details

Given a change request notification is sent out, when stakeholders receive the notification, then it must include the document name, a brief description of changes, and a link to review the change request in InnoDoc.

Acknowledgment from Stakeholders

Given stakeholders receive a notification for a change request, when they open the notification, then they should be prompted to acknowledge receipt, and their response should be recorded in the system.

Multiple Stakeholder Notifications

Given multiple stakeholders are relevant to a change request, when a change request is submitted, then notifications are sent to each stakeholder individually without duplication.

Escalation for Unacknowledged Notifications

Given that a notification for a change request has been sent, when a stakeholder does not acknowledge receipt within 24 hours, then an escalation notification should be sent to a designated project manager.

User-Friendly Notification Format

Given stakeholders receive notifications about change requests, when they view the notification, then the format must be clear, user-friendly, and compatible with mobile and desktop devices.

Approval Tracking Dashboard

"As a user, I want to see the status of my submitted changes on a dashboard so that I can know if I need to follow up with stakeholders."

Description

This requirement focuses on the development of a dashboard that permits users to track the status of submitted change requests. The dashboard will provide a visual representation of which proposals are pending approval, approved, or rejected, along with comments from stakeholders. This feature promotes transparency within the document management process, enabling users to stay informed and take necessary actions promptly.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Approval Tracking Dashboard after submitting a change request and wants to see the current status of their submission.

Given the user has submitted a change request, When the user accesses the Approval Tracking Dashboard, Then the dashboard displays the status of that request as 'Pending Approval' along with the timestamp of submission.

A stakeholder receives a notification through the chatbot regarding a change request that requires their approval.

Given the stakeholder has been notified of a pending change request, When the stakeholder accesses the dashboard, Then the dashboard shows the request as 'Pending Approval' and allows the stakeholder to approve or reject it.

User wants to see historical data regarding change requests they submitted previously.

Given the user exists in the system, When the user accesses the Approval Tracking Dashboard, Then the dashboard displays a list of all their past change requests with their statuses (approved, rejected, or pending).

A user wishes to see comments made by stakeholders on a specific change request.

Given the user selects a specific change request on the dashboard, When the user views the details of that request, Then the dashboard shows all comments made by stakeholders linked to that request.

A user wants to filter change requests by their current status on the dashboard.

Given the user is on the Approval Tracking Dashboard, When the user selects a status filter (e.g., Pending, Approved, Rejected), Then the dashboard updates to only show change requests matching the selected status.

A stakeholder wants to provide feedback on a change request they are reviewing.

Given the stakeholder is viewing a specific change request on the dashboard, When the stakeholder enters comments and submits them, Then the dashboard saves the comments and associates them with the change request.

Feedback Integration

"As a stakeholder, I want to leave feedback on change requests so that I can contribute to improving document quality without miscommunication."

Description

This requirement involves creating a feature that allows stakeholders to leave feedback directly on the change request submission. This will enable real-time comments and suggestions to be associated with each proposal, facilitating ongoing conversation and ensuring that all input is gathered in one place. This encourages collaborative decision-making and ensures all perspectives are considered before approval.

Acceptance Criteria

Stakeholders submitting feedback on a proposed change in the document through the chatbot interface.

Given that a user has submitted a change request, when the chatbot interface is open, then stakeholders should be able to leave feedback or comments directly associated with that change request.

Notifications sent to stakeholders for new feedback on changes they are involved with.

Given that feedback has been submitted on a change request, when a stakeholder is listed as a participant, then that stakeholder should receive a notification about the new feedback within 5 minutes.

Visibility of feedback on change requests in the workflow view.

Given that a change request has received feedback, when the user opens the change approval workflow, then the feedback should be clearly visible next to the corresponding change request with timestamps and user details.

Stakeholders responding to feedback on change requests to promote discussion.

Given that feedback exists for a particular change request, when a stakeholder views the feedback, then they should have the option to reply to that feedback, and their response should be logged and visible to all participants.

Tracking the status of feedback within the change approval workflow.

Given that a change request is in the approval process, when a stakeholder checks the status, then they should see the feedback status as 'Pending', 'Reviewed', or 'In Discussion' based on recent activity.

Filtering feedback by stakeholders in change requests for enhanced visibility.

Given that multiple feedback entries exist for a change request, when a user applies a filter by stakeholder name, then only the feedback provided by that stakeholder should be displayed.

Reporting and Analytics for Changes

"As an admin, I want to access reports on change requests so that I can analyze trends and improve our document approval workflow."

Description

This requirement entails the development of analytic tools that provide insights into the frequency and type of changes submitted. This feature will allow administrators to view trends in document adjustments, approval times, and stakeholder engagement levels. These insights will be valuable for understanding usage patterns and identifying areas for process improvement, thus enhancing overall document governance.

Acceptance Criteria

Reporting Change Frequency and Types Submitted by Users

Given the administrator has access to the reporting dashboard, When they select the time period for the report, Then they should see a detailed list of all change types submitted along with their frequencies.

Approval Time Metrics for Changes

Given the administrator wants to analyze approval times, When they generate a report on document change approvals, Then the report should include average, median, and maximum approval times for each change request.

Stakeholder Engagement Insights

Given the report on stakeholder involvement in document changes, When the administrator views the engagement level report, Then it should display the number of times each stakeholder engaged in the approval process across all documents.

Identifying Trends in Document Adjustments

Given the analytics tool is functional, When the administrator selects a range of documents, Then they should receive a visual representation of trends in document adjustments over time, categorized by change type.

User Activity Log for Document Changes

Given the analytics feature is in use, When an administrator views the user activity log, Then it should include timestamps, types of changes made by each user, and their approval status.

Feedback Collection on Change Approvals

Given a change approval workflow is in process, When stakeholders provide feedback on the changes, Then this feedback should be recorded and made accessible in the reporting analytics dashboard for review.

Exporting Reports for External Review

Given the administrator needs to share insights on document changes, When they request a report export, Then a downloadable version of the report should be generated in CSV or PDF format, capturing all relevant data.

Feedback Loop Tracker

The Feedback Loop Tracker enables users to track comments and suggestions made on different versions of the document. By querying the chatbot, users can view all feedback associated with various iterations, ensuring that valuable insights are not lost between versions and enriching the collaborative process.

Requirements

Version Comment History

"As a document collaborator, I want to access the comment history of each version so that I can understand how feedback has shaped the document and ensure no valuable insights are lost during revisions."

Description

The Version Comment History requirement allows users to access a comprehensive archive of comments and suggestions made on each version of the document. This feature enhances transparency by ensuring all feedback is easily traceable to specific iterations, allowing users to revisit previous discussions, track the evolution of ideas, and ensure valuable insights are preserved. By integrating seamlessly with the Feedback Loop Tracker, this functionality enriches collaborative efforts and enables informed decision-making throughout the document's lifecycle.

Acceptance Criteria

User reviews the comment history of a previous version of a document during a team meeting to discuss prior suggestions and decisions.

Given the user selects a specific version of the document, when the user accesses the comment history, then all comments and suggestions for that version should be displayed in chronological order, including the author's name and timestamps.

A user queries the chatbot for feedback associated with all document versions to gather insights for finalizing the current draft.

Given the user types a query in the chatbot, when the query is for feedback on all versions, then the chatbot should return a complete list of comments and suggestions for each version, organized by version number.

A user edits a document and wants to ensure that changes are traceable back to previous comments before finalizing the new version.

Given the user is editing a new version, when the user accesses the version comment history, then the history should show all previous comments related to that section of the document for reference.

A team lead needs to compile feedback for a document before a client presentation based on comments from the last three versions of the document.

Given the team lead selects the last three versions of the document, when accessing the comment history, then all comments from those versions should be collated into a single, accessible report that highlights key insights.

A user wants to view comments associated with the latest document iteration to understand recent feedback trends.

Given the user selects the latest version of the document, when they view the comment history, then all comments should highlight changes in feedback sentiment from the previous versions to the latest.

An administrator wants to ensure the comment history integration with the Feedback Loop Tracker is functioning correctly after updates to the platform.

Given that the platform has undergone updates, when the administrator tests the comment history retrieval feature, then it should correctly integrate with the Feedback Loop Tracker without missing any comments from any version.

Real-time Feedback Notifications

"As a team member, I want to receive instant notifications for new feedback so that I can quickly engage with team discussions and make necessary changes to the document without delay."

Description

Real-time Feedback Notifications enable users to receive immediate alerts when comments or suggestions are added to any version of the document. This feature fosters a proactive environment, allowing teams to respond to feedback instantaneously and fostering a collaborative atmosphere. By combining this with the existing notification system in InnoDoc, users will stay informed of all comments and suggestions in real-time, ensuring no important insights are overlooked and communication remains fluid across teams, regardless of geographical location.

Acceptance Criteria

Receiving Notifications for New Feedback on a Document Version

Given a user is actively editing a document, when a new comment or suggestion is added to any version, then the user should receive a real-time notification alerting them of the new feedback.

Viewing Feedback History through Notifications

Given a user has received notifications about feedback, when they click on the notification, then it should direct them to the relevant comments section in the document where the feedback was given.

Managing Notification Preferences

Given a user accesses the notification settings, when they customize their preferences for feedback notifications, then the changes should be saved and applied to their user account immediately.

Alerts for Feedback on Previous Document Versions

Given a user has accessed an earlier version of the document, when a new comment is added to that version, then the user should receive a notification specifically related to that document version.

Real-time Notifications Across Different Devices

Given a user is logged into InnoDoc from multiple devices, when a new suggestion is made, then the user should receive a notification on all devices simultaneously.

Feedback Summary Notification at Regular Intervals

Given a user is working on a document, when using the feedback loop tracker, then the user should receive a summary notification of all feedback received after a defined period (e.g., every hour).

Escalation Notifications for Critical Feedback

Given a user has designated critical feedback flags, when such feedback is received, then the user should receive an immediate and prominent notification to prioritize their attention.

Feedback Insights Dashboard

"As a project manager, I want to see a summary of feedback trends across all document versions so that I can identify common issues and areas for improvement in the document's development process."

Description

The Feedback Insights Dashboard provides users with visual analytics and summaries of feedback trends across document versions. This requirement emphasizes the need for a centralized location where users can track common themes, issues, and suggestions raised during the collaboration process. By visualizing this data, users can glean actionable insights that inspire more focused editing efforts and drive collaborative improvement. This dashboard will be integrated with the existing analytics tools in InnoDoc, further enhancing the platform's value proposition.

Acceptance Criteria

Dashboard User Analytics Overview

Given a user accesses the Feedback Insights Dashboard, when they select a specific document version, then they should see a visual representation of feedback trends associated with that version, including a summary of common themes and suggestions in a clear and concise format.

Feedback Trend Identification

Given that multiple versions of a document have feedback logged, when the user views the trends section within the dashboard, then they should be able to identify at least three common feedback themes across the selected document versions.

Integration with Existing Analytics Tools

Given the Feedback Insights Dashboard is integrated with existing analytics tools, when the user attempts to analyze feedback data, then the dashboard should successfully pull and display data from these tools without any errors or data discrepancies.

Search Functionality for Feedback Queries

Given the user inputs specific keywords or tags related to feedback, when they perform a search on the Feedback Insights Dashboard, then the system should return relevant feedback entries from all document versions that match the search criteria.

User Customization Options for Dashboard

Given the Feedback Insights Dashboard is displayed, when the user selects customization options for the view (e.g., sorting by date or frequency of comments), then the dashboard should reflect these changes immediately in the displayed analytics.

Real-Time Interaction with Feedback Data

Given a user is interacting with the Feedback Insights Dashboard, when they click on a feedback entry, then the system should display additional details such as the timestamp, user who provided the feedback, and associated document version in real-time.

Exporting Feedback Data

Given the user wants to share feedback insights, when they select the export option on the Feedback Insights Dashboard, then they should successfully download a report in CSV or PDF format that includes all visible feedback data as presented on the dashboard.

Multi-Document Feedback Aggregation

"As a team coordinator, I want to aggregate feedback from various documents in a project so that I can develop a holistic view of input and ensure consistency across all materials."

Description

Multi-Document Feedback Aggregation allows users to collate comments, suggestions, and insights across multiple documents within a project. This functionality is vital for managing extensive projects with several related documents, helping users see how feedback relates across different materials. By centralizing this feedback, teams can create a more cohesive approach to their projects, enhancing overall quality and ensuring that all relevant input is considered rather than confined to individual documents.

Acceptance Criteria

User views feedback across multiple documents in the Feedback Loop Tracker dashboard.

Given a user is logged into InnoDoc and has access to multiple documents, when they navigate to the Feedback Loop Tracker, then they are able to see aggregated feedback from all selected documents.

User searches for specific feedback related to a keyword across multiple documents.

Given a user enters a keyword in the search bar of the Feedback Loop Tracker, when they initiate the search, then the system displays a list of all feedback containing that keyword from all associated documents.

User exports the aggregated feedback from multiple documents into a report.

Given a user is in the Feedback Loop Tracker and has selected multiple documents, when they choose to export the feedback, then a report is generated in a specified format (e.g., PDF, DOCX) and contains all feedback from the selected documents.

User receives notifications for new feedback on any related document.

Given a user is monitoring multiple documents, when new feedback is added to any of the related documents, then the user receives a notification indicating which document received the feedback and a brief summary of the comment.

User can filter feedback by document version.

Given a user is viewing feedback in the Feedback Loop Tracker, when they apply a filter to show feedback by specific document versions, then only comments related to those document versions are displayed.

User can categorize feedback by type (comment, suggestion, insight) across multiple documents.

Given a user is reviewing feedback, when they select to categorize the feedback, then they can see feedback grouped by their types, allowing for more streamlined review and discussions.

User integrates feedback loop with task management within documents.

Given a user is within a document that has feedback, when they create a task from the feedback, then the feedback is linked to the task management, showing a direct correlation and enabling follow-up actions.

Feedback Status Tracking

"As a document editor, I want to track the status of each piece of feedback so that I can manage my workflow and ensure that all suggestions are adequately addressed in the document revisions."

Description

The Feedback Status Tracking feature allows users to categorize and manage feedback based on its current status (e.g., reviewed, addressed, pending). This functionality enhances accountability within teams as users can easily see how feedback is being managed and follow up on outstanding comments. It will be integrated within the Feedback Loop Tracker to boost efficiency, enabling users to prioritize which feedback requires immediate attention while also showcasing completed tasks to maintain motivation and accountability.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to categorize feedback based on its status, so I can easily track what has been reviewed, addressed, and what is still pending.

Given the user has feedback in various statuses, when they access the Feedback Status Tracking feature, then they should see a categorized list of feedback showing the statuses: reviewed, addressed, and pending.

As a project manager, I want to prioritize feedback that requires immediate attention, so the team can focus on critical comments first.

Given the user has categorized feedback, when they filter feedback by status, then they should see all 'pending' feedback at the top of the list, allowing for prioritized viewing.

As a team member, I want to mark feedback as 'addressed' after implementing changes, to ensure accountability and track progress.

Given there is feedback marked as 'pending', when the user marks feedback as 'addressed', then the status should update to 'addressed' and no longer appear in the 'pending' category.

As a user, I want to see a visual representation of the feedback lifecycle, so I can understand the status of different pieces of feedback at a glance.

Given the user has feedback in different categories, when they view the Feedback Status Tracking dashboard, then they should see a visual indicator (like a progress bar or pie chart) showing the distribution of feedback statuses.

As a team lead, I want to receive notifications when feedback is marked as 'addressed', so we can acknowledge the changes and maintain team motivation.

Given feedback status changes have been made, when feedback is marked as 'addressed', then a notification should be sent to relevant team members about the change.

As a user, I want to retrieve historical feedback data across different document versions, to ensure insights are maintained over time.

Given the user is viewing previous document versions, when they access the Feedback Loop Tracker, then they should see all relevant historical feedback linked to those document versions.

As a user, I want to filter feedback by user contributions to see who has contributed what, for accountability and tracking.

Given the user is in the Feedback Loop Tracker, when they apply a filter for feedback based on user contributions, then they should see only the feedback associated with the selected user.

Live Mind Map Editing

Empower teams to collaboratively edit mind maps in real-time, ensuring everyone can contribute their ideas simultaneously. This feature enhances communication and brainstorming efficiency, allowing for seamless interaction as thoughts evolve during discussions.

Requirements

Real-time Collaboration

"As a remote team member, I want to edit mind maps collaboratively in real-time so that we can brainstorm efficiently and ensure that everyone's ideas are captured without confusion."

Description

This requirement focuses on enabling multiple users to edit the mind maps simultaneously in real time. It will integrate with the existing editing engine to ensure any changes made by one user are instantly reflected for all other participants. This functionality is essential for enhancing teamwork, allowing users to brainstorm and develop ideas without delay, thus increasing efficiency and promoting active engagement during discussions. It is imperative that this feature seamlessly incorporates version control and notifications to prevent conflicts and ensure a smooth collaborative experience.

Acceptance Criteria

Simultaneous Editing by Multiple Users

Given multiple users are editing a mind map at the same time, when one user makes changes to the content, then all other users should see those changes reflected in real-time without any delays or manual refresh actions.

Version Control During Real-time Collaboration

Given a mind map is being edited by multiple users, when changes are made by any user, then version control should automatically save the previous states of the mind map, allowing users to revert to earlier versions if needed.

Notification of Changes in Real-time

Given that users are collaborating on a mind map, when a user makes an edit, then all other users should receive a notification about the edit immediately, ensuring everyone is aware of the current changes.

Conflict Resolution Mechanism

Given two or more users edit the same section of the mind map simultaneously, when a conflict arises, then the system should provide a clear conflict resolution interface allowing users to choose which changes to keep or merge.

Performance Under Load

Given a mind map with multiple users (up to 50), when simultaneous edits are made, then the application should maintain performance with no noticeable lag in rendering changes or user interactions.

Cross-Platform Functionality

Given users are accessing the mind map from different devices (desktop, tablet, mobile), when they collaborate in real-time, then the changes made should be consistent across all platforms without discrepancies.

User Access Management

Given a mind map is shared among a team, when a team member is granted or revoked access, then the system should reflect these changes immediately, ensuring only authorized users can edit or view the mind map.

Version Control Management

"As a project manager, I want to view the revision history of the mind maps so that I can track contributions and revert changes if necessary to maintain the clarity of our collaborative work."

Description

This requirement entails the implementation of a robust version control system for the mind maps. It will allow users to track changes, see revision histories, and revert to previous versions if needed. This functionality is important to ensure that all contributions are acknowledged and that the integrity of the ideas can be maintained over time. It will boost user confidence during the collaboration process, knowing they can manage changes effectively, and will also foster a reliable editing environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to track changes made to a mind map during a collaborative editing session.

Given multiple users are editing a mind map, when a change is made by any user, then the change is recorded with a timestamp and the user's ID in the version history log.

A team member wants to view the revision history of a mind map to understand past edits.

Given a user selects the 'Revision History' option for a mind map, when the history is retrieved, then the user sees a chronological list of all changes made, including user IDs, timestamps, and descriptions of each change.

User needs to revert to a previous version of a mind map after a collaborative session.

Given a user is in the mind map and accesses the revision history, when the user selects a previous version, then the current mind map reflects the selected version's content and any subsequent changes are flagged as 'pending review'.

A project manager wants to ensure that all edits are logged for accountability.

Given a user modifies a mind map, when the edit is made, then a notification should be displayed confirming the change has been saved and logged appropriately in the version control system.

An admin wants to ensure that users cannot delete significant revisions from the history.

Given an admin accesses the version control settings, when the admin tries to delete previous versions, then the system should only allow deletion of versions older than a predetermined threshold (e.g., 30 days).

User needs to compare two different versions of a mind map to analyze changes.

Given a user selects two versions from the revision history for comparison, when the comparison interaction is initiated, then the user sees a side-by-side view of the mind maps highlighting differences in content and structure.

A user wants to receive alerts for significant edits made to a mind map after they've disconnected from the session.

Given that a user has left the mind map session, when a significant edit is made (e.g., addition or deletion of key nodes), then the user receives an email notification summarizing the changes made to the mind map.

Integrated Commenting System

"As a team member, I want to leave comments on specific parts of the mind map so that I can provide targeted feedback and engage in discussions without disrupting the flow of our brainstorming session."

Description

This requirement involves adding an integrated commenting system to the mind maps. It will allow users to leave comments on specific branches or nodes within the mind map. This feature is crucial for providing feedback and facilitating discussions around specific ideas without cluttering the mind map itself. The comments will be threaded to encourage dialogue and keep discussions organized, ensuring that team members can communicate efficiently while maintaining focus on the visual representation of ideas.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can easily view and interact with the integrated commenting system on the mind map branches during a live collaboration session.

Given a user is in a live mind map collaboration session, when they click on a specific branch or node, then they should see an option to add a comment that is visible to all other participants.

Users are able to leave threaded comments on specific branches or nodes without disrupting the visual layout of the mind map.

Given that a user has added a comment to a branch, when they or another user replies to this comment, then the reply should appear as a nested or threaded response under the original comment.

Users have the ability to edit or delete their own comments in the integrated commenting system.

Given a user has posted a comment, when they select the edit or delete option next to their comment, then they should be able to modify the comment or remove it entirely without affecting other comments.

Participants in the mind map can view comments in real-time as they are added by any user during collaborative sessions.

Given multiple users are collaborating on the mind map, when one user adds a comment, then all other participants should see the new comment appear in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Users receive notifications for new comments or replies on the branches or nodes they are following in the mind map.

Given a user has commented on a branch, when another user replies to their comment, then the original user should receive a notification alerting them of the new reply.

Users can filter comments to view only those relevant to specific branches or nodes within the mind map.

Given a user is viewing the mind map, when they choose to filter comments by branch or node, then only comments related to that selected branch or node should be displayed.

Users can assign priority levels to comments to highlight important discussions or feedback.

Given a user adds a comment, when they select a priority option (e.g., high, medium, low), then the comment should be visibly marked in the mind map accordingly to indicate its priority level to all users.

User Permissions Management

"As a team lead, I want to manage user permissions for the mind maps so that I can ensure that only the appropriate team members have editing access, maintaining the confidentiality and quality of our collaborative work."

Description

This requirement establishes a user permissions system to control access and editing rights for different users involved in mind map collaboration. Admins will have the ability to set who can view, edit, or comment on each mind map. This is essential for ensuring that sensitive information is protected and that only authorized users can make significant changes. It will also support a structured approach to collaboration, allowing for various levels of involvement depending on team members' roles and responsibilities.

Acceptance Criteria

As an admin, I want to set user permissions for mind maps, so that I can control who can view, edit, or comment on each mind map based on their roles.

Given I am logged in as an admin, when I navigate to the user permissions settings of a mind map, then I should be able to assign view, edit, or comment permissions to individual users or user groups successfully.

As a regular user, I want to request editing access to a mind map, so that I can propose changes and contribute to the collaborative process.

Given I am a regular user, when I click on the 'Request Editing Access' button on a mind map, then an access request should be sent to the admin, and I should receive a confirmation message indicating my request has been submitted.

As an admin, I want to review access requests from users, so that I can grant or deny editing permissions effectively.

Given I am logged in as an admin, when I receive an access request notification for a mind map, then I should be able to view the details of the request and either approve or deny the request, with the user being notified of my decision.

As a user with editing rights, I want to see which users have access to a mind map, so that I know who I can collaborate with and their respective roles.

Given I have editing rights for a mind map, when I view the user permissions section, then I should see a list of all users with their roles (view, edit, comment) clearly displayed.

As a user, I want to receive notifications when permissions are changed on a mind map I am involved with, so that I am kept informed about my access rights.

Given I am a user with viewing, editing, or commenting rights to a mind map, when the admin changes my permissions, then I should receive an email notification detailing the changes made.

As an admin, I want to set default permissions for new mind maps, so that the access process is streamlined for future projects.

Given I am logged in as an admin, when I create a new mind map, then the default user permissions I set should automatically apply to that mind map and be editable afterward.

Real-time Notifications

"As a user, I want to receive real-time notifications when changes are made to the mind maps so that I can stay updated on our brainstorming sessions and respond quickly to new ideas."

Description

This requirement encompasses the implementation of a real-time notification system that alerts users when changes are made to the mind maps. Users will receive notifications for edits, comments, and replies. This feature is important to keep all collaborators informed about ongoing discussions, ensuring that no important updates are missed. It supports the flow of communication and enhances teamwork, as team members can stay engaged and respond promptly to changes and contributions made by others.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives real-time notifications when a team member makes an edit to the mind map while they are active in the application.

Given a user is actively editing a mind map, when another team member makes an edit, then the user should receive a real-time notification of the changes made.

User receives notifications for comments added to their contributions on the mind map.

Given a user has made a contribution to the mind map, when another user adds a comment to that contribution, then the original user should receive a notification about the new comment.

User receives notifications for replies to their comments on the mind map.

Given a user has commented on the mind map, when another user replies to that comment, then the original commenter should receive a notification about the reply.

Users can opt in or opt out of receiving real-time notifications for changes, comments, and replies on the mind map.

Given a user is on their notification settings page, when they select or deselect notification preferences for changes, comments, and replies, then their preferences should be saved and reflect the user's choices accurately.

Notification includes details about the specific change, comment, or reply made by team members.

Given a user receives a real-time notification, when they view the notification, then the notification should contain clear details about the changes, including who made the edit/comment/reply and what the content is.

System handles notifications efficiently without performance issues when multiple changes occur simultaneously on the mind map.

Given multiple users are editing and commenting on the mind map at the same time, when changes are made, then the system should notify all relevant users promptly without performance degradation.

Users can access a notification log to view past notifications related to the mind map.

Given a user is viewing their notifications panel, when they look for past notifications, then they should see a log of all changes, comments, and replies associated with the mind map within a specified timeframe.

Mobile Compatibility

"As a mobile user, I want to edit mind maps on my smartphone so that I can contribute to discussions and ideas whenever I'm not at my desk."

Description

This requirement involves ensuring that the live mind map editing feature is fully compatible with mobile devices. Users will be able to access and edit mind maps on their smartphones and tablets without loss of functionality. Mobile compatibility is crucial for enabling teams to collaborate from anywhere and at any time, significantly improving flexibility and accessibility for users on the go. This will empower users to contribute to brainstorming sessions even when they are away from their desks.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members are in a remote brainstorming session using smartphones to collaboratively edit a live mind map while traveling.

Given that users are logged into the InnoDoc app on their mobile devices, when they access the live mind map editing feature, then they can add, edit, or delete nodes in real-time without losing any changes or functionality.

A project manager needs to review updates made to a mind map during a team meeting, using a tablet to check changes made by team members in real-time.

Given that the project manager is using a tablet to view the live mind map, when they refresh the mind map view, then they can see all updates made by other team members instantly without any lag or delay.

A freelancer is working on a mind map for a client while commuting and needs to switch between different mobile devices to continue editing.

Given that the freelancer is logged into their InnoDoc account on multiple mobile devices, when they switch from one device to another, then the mind map should synchronize changes made in real-time across all devices without any data loss.

A user with limited internet access is attempting to load and edit a mind map on their smartphone while in a low-bandwidth area.

Given that the user is in a low-bandwidth area, when they open the live mind map, then the application should load the mind map efficiently, allowing basic editing functions to work offline and syncing changes once the connection is restored.

A team conducting a brainstorming session together while on a video call using their mobile devices to edit a shared mind map.

Given that users are on a video call using their mobile devices, when they simultaneously add their ideas to the mind map, then the changes should be reflected in real-time for all users without any discrepancies or delays.

A user wants to give feedback on the mind map using their mobile device during a presentation.

Given that the user is viewing the mind map on their mobile device, when they provide feedback, then the feedback should be saved and visible to all other users in real-time without requiring page refresh.

A user navigates to various sections of the mind map using touch controls on their mobile device to better visualize content during collaborative editing.

Given that the user is editing the mind map on a smartphone, when they use touch gestures to zoom in and out or pan across the mind map, then the map should respond fluidly to touch interactions, maintaining clarity and usability of all elements.

Intuitive Drag-and-Drop Interface

Provide users with an easy-to-use drag-and-drop interface that simplifies the creation and arrangement of mind map elements. This user-friendly design minimizes the learning curve and encourages creativity, enabling users to focus on idea generation without technical distractions.

Requirements

Drag-and-Drop Functionality

"As a creative professional, I want to drag and drop elements in my mind maps so that I can visually organize my ideas quickly and efficiently."

Description

The drag-and-drop functionality should allow users to easily move and arrange elements within the mind map interface. This feature must support various document types and integrate seamlessly with existing templates, enabling users to create personalized layouts. Users will benefit from increased flexibility and creativity, as they can rearrange thoughts and ideas without needing extensive technical expertise. The functionality must be responsive, ensuring smooth interactions on both desktop and mobile versions of InnoDoc, thereby streamlining the document optimization process.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to move an element within the mind map to a different location for clearer organization.

Given a user is on the mind map interface, When they drag and drop an element to a new location, Then the element should move to the new location without losing any information.

User needs to rearrange multiple elements quickly to brainstorm ideas effectively.

Given multiple elements are selected, When the user drags and drops them to a new location, Then all selected elements should move simultaneously to the new location.

User is working on a mobile device and intends to rearrange mind map elements.

Given the user is on the mobile interface, When they touch and drag an element to a new position, Then the element should be responsive to touch, moving smoothly to the new position without lag.

User has created a mind map and wants to save the changes to reflect the new arrangement of elements.

Given elements have been rearranged in the mind map, When the user saves the document, Then the new arrangement should be saved accurately in the document template.

User wants to undo the last drag-and-drop action to revert to the previous arrangement of elements.

Given an element has been moved using the drag-and-drop feature, When the user clicks the undo button, Then the element should return to its original position before the last drag-and-drop action.

User is applying a template to their mind map after rearranging elements.

Given a user has rearranged elements, When they apply a pre-existing template, Then the rearranged elements should adapt to the structure of the new template without losing their position or format.

Real-Time Collaboration Support

"As a team member, I want to collaborate in real-time on mind maps so that I can discuss and refine ideas with my colleagues instantly, no matter where they are."

Description

Real-time collaboration must be implemented to enable multiple users to edit and interact with the mind map concurrently, providing instant updates and visual feedback. This feature is crucial for teams working across different locations and time zones, enhancing communication and cooperation in the brainstorming process. Users should be able to see others' changes in real-time, fostering teamwork and reducing version control issues. It should include presence indicators and comment threads for discussing ideas directly within the interface, reinforcing collective creativity.

Acceptance Criteria

User collaborates on a mind map during a team meeting, editing nodes and adding comments simultaneously with colleagues across different time zones.

Given multiple users are connected to the mind map, When one user makes an edit or adds a comment, Then all users see the changes reflected in real-time within 2 seconds.

A user wants to highlight important ideas on the mind map while other users are working on their respective sections.

Given a user selects a node, When they apply an emphasis feature (like color or bold), Then all users see the emphasis applied instantly on their screens.

Users want to discuss specific ideas within the mind map without changing the content directly, using the comment feature.

Given a user adds a comment to a node, When other users view the node, Then they can see the comment with timestamps and contributor names, and can respond to it in real-time.

Team members are participating in a brainstorming session where new ideas are added continuously.

Given the presence indicators are active, When a user joins the mind map, Then all users can see their presence indicator immediately, along with the specific edits being made by the new user.

Several users are working on different branches of the same mind map and want to keep track of who edited what.

Given the mind map has version control enabled, When a user edits a branch, Then the edit history logs the user's name, timestamp, and nature of the edit for each change.

In a collaborative session, a user wants to revert to a previous version of the mind map.

Given multiple versions of the mind map exist, When a user selects a previous version, Then the mind map restores to that version while notifying all users of the change.

Customizable Templates

"As a freelance designer, I want to access customizable mind map templates so that I can quickly get started on my projects without having to create a layout from scratch."

Description

The platform must offer a variety of customizable templates that users can choose from when creating their mind maps. Templates should include different styles and structures to fit various workflows or project requirements, providing users with a starting point tailored to their needs. This feature will enhance user experience by reducing setup time, making it easier for users to begin brainstorming. Additionally, users should have the flexibility to modify templates to better align with their unique preferences and project demands, further promoting creativity and engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a customizable template to create a mind map for a project during a brainstorming session.

Given a user is on the mind map creation page, when they click on the 'Templates' section, then they should see a list of available customizable templates categorized by style and structure.

User modifies a selected template to better fit their project needs.

Given a user has selected a template, when they make modifications to the template elements (like adding nodes or changing colors), then the changes should be saved in real-time and reflected in the user's mind map.

User needs to start a new mind map from a selected template.

Given a user has chosen a template, when they click on 'Use this Template', then a new mind map should be created based on that template with editable fields available for input.

User sorts through templates to find the most relevant one for their project.

Given a user is in the templates section, when they use the search bar or filters, then the available templates should dynamically update to show only those relevant to the input criteria.

User retains their customized template for future projects.

Given a user has modified a template, when they click 'Save as New Template', then the new template should be saved to the user's personal template library for future use.

User can provide feedback on a template's usability.

Given a user has used a template, when they select the 'Feedback' option, then they should be able to submit a rating and comments about the template's effectiveness and usability.

User demonstrates the ease of use of the drag-and-drop interface while customizing templates.

Given a user is using the drag-and-drop interface, when they attempt to rearrange elements of the template, then the elements should move smoothly, and the layout should automatically adjust without any performance lags.

Integrated AI Suggestions

"As a user, I want AI to suggest relevant ideas while I create mind maps so that I can enhance my brainstorming sessions with fresh insights and perspectives."

Description

Integrated AI suggestions should provide users contextual recommendations for ideas and content while they create mind maps. The AI should analyze user input, recognize patterns, and suggest related concepts or keywords, simplifying the ideation process and enhancing brainstorming effectiveness. This functionality must be designed to help inspire creativity without overwhelming users, giving straightforward, relevant suggestions based on current trends and user-specific needs. It should also learn from user interactions to improve suggestions over time, ensuring relevance and adaptability.

Acceptance Criteria

User interacting with the Integrated AI Suggestions while creating a new mind map for a marketing campaign.

Given a user is in the process of creating a mind map, when they start typing a keyword, then the AI should display at least three relevant suggestions based on current trends and user input within 2 seconds.

User refining a mind map with the help of Integrated AI Suggestions during a brainstorming session with colleagues.

Given a user has entered initial ideas in their mind map, when they request suggestions, then the AI should offer contextual recommendations that are directly relevant to the current mind map topics and should not exceed five suggestions at a time.

User reviewing AI suggestions generated in a previous mind map session and assessing their relevance.

Given a user accesses a previously created mind map, when they view the AI-generated suggestions, then the suggestions presented should align with the user’s past entries and preferences without being outdated by more than one month.

User interacts with Integrated AI Suggestions for a complex mind map on project management.

Given a user is developing a mind map covering multiple project management aspects, when they click for AI suggestions, then the suggestions must accurately categorize ideas under correct project management phases such as planning, execution, and closure.

User utilizing Integrated AI Suggestions to write a report based on the mind map created.

Given a user transitions from the mind map to report writing, when they select ideas from the map, then the AI should continue to provide relevant content suggestions that enhance the narrative corresponding to the selected ideas.

Export and Share Options

"As a project manager, I want to easily export and share mind maps in different formats so that I can present my team's ideas to clients effectively."

Description

The feature must allow users to export and share their mind maps in various formats, such as PDF, PNG, or directly to collaborative platforms, ensuring ease of sharing and presentation. This capability is essential for clients and stakeholders who may not be familiar with the InnoDoc platform but need to access the final outputs of their collaborative efforts. Export options should include customizable settings like page orientation and image resolution to accommodate different sharing needs.

Acceptance Criteria

A user wants to export their mind map as a PDF file to share with stakeholders during a presentation.

Given the user has created a mind map, when they select the export option and choose PDF format, then the system should generate a PDF file that accurately reflects the mind map layout, including all elements and annotations, with options for page orientation set to Portrait or Landscape.

A user needs to share their mind map directly to a collaborative platform for team review.

Given the user has finalized their mind map, when they select the share option and choose a collaborative platform, then the application should successfully send a shareable link that allows team members to access the mind map without requiring them to sign in to InnoDoc.

A user wants to export their mind map as a PNG image to use in a report.

Given the user is on the export screen, when they select the PNG option and specify the desired image resolution, then the system should generate and download a PNG file that meets the specified resolution and accurately represents the mind map with clear visibility of all elements.

A user requires customizable export settings for their mind map before sharing.

Given the user selects the export option, when they access customizable settings, then they should be able to modify page orientation, image resolution, and file format (PDF, PNG) before finalizing the export process.

A user wants to ensure the shared mind map maintains formatting across different devices.

Given the user has exported their mind map and shared it, when an external user opens the shared file on different devices, then the file should maintain consistent formatting and layout as intended by the original user.

A user wants to review the export options available for their mind map.

Given the user accesses the export function, when they click on the export dropdown menu, then the system should display all available formats (PDF, PNG, collaborative platforms) and their corresponding customizable settings clearly.

Integrated Task Assignment

Allow users to convert mind map branches into actionable tasks with integrated assignment features. Team members can easily assign responsibilities, set deadlines, and track progress directly from the mind map, transforming brainstorming sessions into actionable project plans.

Requirements

Task Branch Conversion

"As a project manager, I want to convert mind map branches into actionable tasks so that my team can easily understand their responsibilities and deadlines and we can progress quickly from brainstorming to execution."

Description

The Task Branch Conversion requirement enables users to seamlessly convert branches of a mind map into actionable tasks. This feature is crucial for transitioning brainstorming ideas into tangible project components, allowing team members to assign specific tasks based on the discussion outcomes. By facilitating easy assignment of responsibilities, deadlines, and progress tracking within the mind map, this functionality enhances collaboration and ensures clarity in task ownership and timelines. The integrated approach not only streamlines workflow but also empowers teams to efficiently move from ideas to execution without the need for separate task management tools.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully converts a mind map branch into an actionable task during a brainstorming session.

Given a mind map with branches representing ideas, when the user selects a branch and converts it to a task, then an actionable task is created with the correct title and can be assigned to users.

User assigns a deadline to a task created from a mind map branch.

Given a task created from a mind map branch, when the user sets a deadline for the task, then the task reflects the assigned deadline in its details.

Multiple team members collaborate on assigning tasks derived from mind map branches.

Given a mind map, when multiple users are editing at the same time and converting branches to tasks, then each user can independently assign tasks without conflicts and see real-time updates.

User tracks progress of tasks created from mind map branches.

Given a task created from a mind map branch, when the user updates the progress of the task (e.g., 'In Progress', 'Completed'), then the task status is accurately reflected in the mind map interface.

User utilizes the integrated task assignment feature to manage responsibilities.

Given a mind map with converted tasks, when the user views the task assignments, then the responsibilities and assigned members are clearly displayed alongside their respective deadlines.

User receives notifications for tasks created from mind map branches.

Given tasks created from mind map branches, when actions are taken (such as assignments or deadline changes), then users assigned to those tasks receive notifications via the platform.

User cancels a task conversion from a mind map branch.

Given a task conversion pending from a mind map branch, when the user cancels the task creation, then the task is not created and the mind map remains unchanged.

Deadline Setting

"As a team member, I want to set deadlines for tasks derived from mind map branches so that I can manage my time effectively and ensure we meet our project deadlines."

Description

The Deadline Setting requirement provides users the ability to assign deadlines to tasks created from mind map branches. This function is vital for ensuring that team members are aware of their time constraints and can prioritize their work accordingly. By integrating deadline functionality directly into the task assignment process, users can ensure that all tasks are aligned with project timelines and milestones. This feature enhances accountability and encourages timely project delivery, making it an essential component of effective task management within InnoDoc.

Acceptance Criteria

As a project manager, I want to set deadlines for specific tasks derived from mind map branches so that my team can prioritize their workloads effectively and ensure timely delivery of projects.

Given that a task has been created from a mind map branch, when I select the task, then I should see an option to set a deadline and successfully save it.

As a team member, I need to view all assigned tasks with their respective deadlines within the mind map interface to understand my time constraints and manage my schedule.

Given that I am viewing the mind map, when I hover over a task, then the deadline should be displayed clearly next to the task title.

As a team lead, I would like to ensure that deadlines are enforced so that if a task's deadline surpasses the project timeline, I can be alerted for necessary adjustments.

Given that a task has an approaching deadline, when the deadline is less than 2 days away, then I should receive a notification alerting me about the impending deadline.

As a user, I want to modify the deadline of an existing task assigned from a mind map branch, ensuring flexibility in my project management.

Given that I have a task with an assigned deadline, when I select the task and change the deadline, then it should successfully save the new deadline without errors.

As a team member, I want to be able to filter tasks by their deadlines in the task management view so I can prioritize my work effectively.

Given that I am in the task management view, when I apply the deadline filter, then tasks should be displayed based on the selected deadlines accurately.

As a project manager, I want to see a summary of all tasks along with their deadlines to evaluate the team's progress and ensure timely completion.

Given that I am on the project dashboard, when I view the task summary, then I should see a list of all tasks with their corresponding deadlines clearly displayed.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As a team leader, I want to access a progress tracking dashboard for tasks created from mind maps so that I can monitor our progress and address any issues promptly."

Description

The Progress Tracking Dashboard requirement features a visual representation of task status derived from mind map tasks. This dashboard will allow users to monitor who is responsible for each task, track its completion status, and quickly identify any delays or issues. The incorporation of this feature directly within the InnoDoc platform promotes transparency and aids in team coordination by providing real-time insights into project progress. This means that any team member can quickly assess the status of their assignments and identify if they require assistance.

Acceptance Criteria

Accessing the Progress Tracking Dashboard after task assignments have been made

Given a user has assigned tasks using the mind map feature, When the user navigates to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, Then the dashboard should display a visual representation of all assigned tasks including their responsible team members and current status.

Updating the progress of an assigned task from the dashboard

Given a task is assigned to a user, When the user updates the task status from the Progress Tracking Dashboard, Then the change should be reflected in real-time for all users viewing the dashboard.

Identifying overdue tasks in the Progress Tracking Dashboard

Given a user accesses the dashboard, When there are tasks with deadlines that have passed without completion, Then those tasks should be visually highlighted to prominently indicate they are overdue.

Filtering tasks by assigned user on the Progress Tracking Dashboard

Given a user is viewing the Progress Tracking Dashboard, When the user selects a specific team member from the filter options, Then the dashboard should refresh to show only tasks assigned to that user.

Receiving notifications for task status changes

Given a user is assigned tasks, When any status of their tasks is updated on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, Then the user should receive a notification informing them of the change.

Integrating the Progress Tracking Dashboard with calendar features

Given a user interacts with the dashboard, When the user clicks on a task with a set deadline, Then the option to add the task deadline to their calendar should be available and function correctly.

Integrated Notifications

"As a user, I want to receive notifications for task assignments and updates so that I am always aware of changes and can adjust my priorities accordingly."

Description

The Integrated Notifications requirement will notify team members of new task assignments, deadline changes, and task completions directly through the platform. This functionality is essential for keeping every team member informed and engaged with the evolving project landscape. By ensuring that updates are communicated effectively, this feature reduces the risk of miscommunication and reinforces a collaborative environment within InnoDoc. Notifications will be customizable, allowing users to select their preferred method of receiving alerts, whether through email, in-app alerts, or additional channels.

Acceptance Criteria

Notification of New Task Assignments

Given a user is assigned a new task from the mind map, When the task assignment is saved, Then an in-app notification is sent to the assigned user and an email alert is received if email notifications are enabled.

Deadline Change Notifications

Given an existing task has its deadline changed, When the change is saved, Then all assigned team members receive an in-app notification and an email alert if email notifications are enabled.

Task Completion Notifications

Given a user marks a task as completed, When the status is updated, Then all team members associated with that task receive an in-app notification and an email alert if email notifications are enabled.

Custom Notification Preferences

Given a user accesses their notification settings, When they configure their preferences for notification methods (in-app or email), Then the user's preferences are saved and applied to future notifications.

Notification for Multiple Task Changes

Given a user edits multiple tasks within the mind map, When the changes are saved, Then notifications are sent out for all affected tasks to the respective users in a single batch notification.

History of Notifications

Given a user wants to review notifications, When they access the notification history, Then they can see a log of all notifications sent related to task assignments, deadline changes, and completions.

Accessibility of Notifications

Given a visually impaired user, When they receive notifications, Then they should be accessible through the screen reader, ensuring clarity of the transmitted information.

Collaboration Links

"As a team member, I want to invite others to collaborate on tasks derived from mind maps so that I can gather diverse insights and improve our project outcomes."

Description

The Collaboration Links requirement allows users to invite additional team members to specific tasks created from mind maps. This facilitates collaborative efforts by enabling team members to share insights, feedback, and resources directly within the context of a task. This feature enhances teamwork by ensuring that relevant stakeholders can easily contribute to task progress, thus fostering a more inclusive and communicative atmosphere during project execution. The ability to create links directly from mind maps simplifies the process of collaboration and ensures that all necessary input is captured.

Acceptance Criteria

User invites another team member to join a specific task directly from the mind map interface.

Given a user is viewing a mind map with actionable tasks, when they select a task and click on the 'Invite' button, then a modal should open allowing them to enter the email of the team member to invite.

User successfully sends an invitation to a team member for a task from a mind map.

Given a user has entered a valid email address in the invitation modal, when they click 'Send Invitation', then a confirmation message should be displayed and an email should be sent to the invited team member with a link to the task.

User invites multiple team members to a task from the mind map in a single action.

Given a user is viewing a mind map task, when they enter multiple valid email addresses in the invitation modal separated by commas and click 'Send Invitations', then all invited team members should receive an email invitation for the task.

User receives feedback from an invited team member on a task from the mind map.

Given a team member has accepted the invitation to the task, when they leave a comment or feedback on the task, then the original user should receive a notification of the new comment within the application.

User views the list of team members assigned to a task from the mind map.

Given a user clicks on the task in the mind map, when the task details are displayed, then the user should see a section listing all team members assigned to that task including those invited and their current status (accepted or pending).

Customizable Templates

Offer a variety of pre-built mind map templates tailored to different projects and industries. Users can select templates to jumpstart their brainstorming sessions, ensuring consistency and saving time while fostering creativity and strategic thinking.

Requirements

Template Selection Interface

"As a user, I want to easily browse and select from a variety of customizable mind map templates so that I can kickstart my brainstorming sessions without wasting time on formatting."

Description

The Template Selection Interface allows users to browse, select, and customize from a variety of pre-built mind map templates designed for different projects and industries. This feature should streamline the user's workflow by providing an intuitive and visually appealing interface, enabling seamless selection and modification of templates. This integration will enhance productivity by allowing users to focus on brainstorming rather than formatting, ensuring a consistent look across documents and fostering creativity and strategic thinking within remote teams and individuals.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Template Selection Interface to choose a mind map template for a new project.

Given the user is on the Template Selection Interface, when the user views the available templates, then they should see at least 10 different templates categorized by project type and industry.

User selects a mind map template for customization.

Given the user has chosen a specific mind map template, when the user clicks on 'Select' to customize it, then the template should open in the editor with all editable elements active.

User modifies elements within a selected mind map template.

Given the user is in the editor with a selected mind map template, when the user changes the text of a node and saves the changes, then the updated text should be reflected immediately in the mind map display.

User saves a customized mind map template for future use.

Given the user has customized a mind map template, when the user clicks the 'Save' button, then the customized template should be saved in the user's profile under 'My Templates'.

User previews a mind map template before selection.

Given the user is browsing templates, when the user hovers over a template thumbnail, then a preview modal should display an enlarged view of the selected template with a description.

User searches for mind map templates using keywords.

Given the user is on the Template Selection Interface, when the user enters a keyword in the search bar, then only templates related to that keyword should be displayed in the results list.

Template Customization Options

"As a user, I want to customize the templates to match my branding and project needs so that I can create documents that reflect my style and requirements."

Description

The Template Customization Options will provide users with the ability to modify existing templates to suit their specific needs. Users should be able to change colors, fonts, shapes, and layout configurations, offering the flexibility to tailor templates for individual projects. This functionality is essential for ensuring that each user's unique branding and content requirements are met, ultimately leading to higher satisfaction and better collaboration outcomes among team members with diverse needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a pre-built mind map template for a marketing project and customizes it according to their brand guidelines.

Given the user has selected a marketing template, When they change the color scheme to match their branding, Then the template should update immediately with the new colors applied throughout the document without any visible rendering issues.

A user needs to adjust the font style in a template to fit their company's branding standards.

Given the user is editing a mind map template, When they select a specific text element and change the font type to 'Arial', Then all instances of that font in the template should reflect the new selection unless overridden in specific sections.

User is working on a collaborative document and needs to tailor the layout of the template to better fit their content flow.

Given multiple users are collaborating on a document, When one user modifies the layout configuration by rearranging sections of the template, Then all users should see the updated layout in real-time without the need to refresh the document.

A freelancer customizes a mind map template for a client presentation and saves the changes for future use.

Given the user has customized a template, When they save the changes as a new template, Then the newly saved template should be stored in the user's personal template library, accessible for future use.

User wants to change shapes used in the mind map to better represent information.

Given the user is customizing a template, When they select a specific shape and replace it with a different shape from the library, Then the new shape should maintain all connected lines and relationships with adjacent elements in the template.

Team members review a shared customized template to verify it meets all branding requirements before finalization.

Given the team is reviewing a customized template, When they check for branding compliance against company standards, Then the template should pass compliance checks for colors, fonts, shapes, and layout settings as defined in the brand guidelines.

Template Usage Analytics

"As an admin, I want to view analytics on template usage so that I can understand user preferences and improve our offerings based on data-driven insights."

Description

The Template Usage Analytics feature will track how frequently each template is used and provide insights into user preferences and effectiveness. This data will help the development team identify which templates resonate most with users, facilitating future updates and enhancements. Understanding usage patterns will also allow for better template recommendations based on individual user behavior, thereby optimizing user experience and engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Template Usage Analytics dashboard to view statistics on template usage after a week of implementation.

Given that the user has used at least one template in the past week, when they access the Template Usage Analytics dashboard, then they should see a summary table showing the number of times each template was used, organized by date.

Admin reviews the template usage report to make decisions on future template development.

Given that the admin has access to the template usage data, when they generate a report based on template usage over the last month, then the report should include the most popular templates with usage counts and user feedback ratings.

User receives personalized template recommendations based on their usage behavior.

Given that the user has a defined usage pattern, when they log in to the platform, then they should see recommended templates on their dashboard that reflect their past selections and preferences, along with usage statistics for those templates.

Development team evaluates template effectiveness based on user engagement metrics.

Given that the development team accesses the analytics data, when they analyze template usage over a three-month period, then they should be able to identify templates that have less than 10 uses per month for possible removal or redesign.

User accesses analytics to view the time spent on each template.

Given that the user has selected a specific template, when they access the detailed analytics view, then they should see the average time spent on that template along with a comparative analysis against other templates.

User exports the template usage data for external analysis.

Given that the user is on the Template Usage Analytics dashboard, when they choose the export data option, then they should be able to download the usage statistics in a CSV format without any errors.

Support team resolves user queries related to template usage analytics.

Given that a user submits a query regarding template analytics, when the support team reviews the query, then they should be able to provide a response based on the analytics data within two business days.

Collaboration Features with Templates

"As a team member, I want to collaborate with my colleagues on mind map templates in real time so that we can brainstorm ideas efficiently and reduce the back-and-forth communication delays."

Description

The Collaboration Features with Templates will enable multiple users to work on a selected template concurrently in real time. This includes chat functionality, comments, and version control, ensuring that all team members can communicate effectively while brainstorming. By integrating these collaborative tools within the template environment, users can maximize creativity and productivity, reducing delays and misunderstandings that often occur in remote teamwork.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Collaboration on a Selected Template with Multiple Users in Different Locations

Given multiple users are logged into InnoDoc and have selected the same template, when one user makes an edit, all other users should see the changes reflected in real-time without delays. Acceptance is measured by the visible updates occurring within 2 seconds of the edit being made.

In-app Chat Functionality During Collaboration

Given users are collaborating on a template, when a user sends a message via the in-app chat, all participants should receive the message instantly in their chat window. Acceptance is measured by all users confirming receipt of messages within 1 second of sending.

Adding Comments to Template Elements by Users

Given a user has selected a template element to discuss, when they add a comment, then the comment should be visible to all other users in real-time. Acceptance is validated by all users being able to view the new comment within 2 seconds of it being posted.

Version Control and Document History Tracking

Given multiple users are collaborating on a template, when a user saves a change, the system should create a new version and allow users to access the version history. Acceptance is verified if users can view and revert to previous versions within 3 clicks.

Notifications for New Comments and Messages

Given a user is actively collaborating on a template, when a new comment or message is posted by another user, then the active user should receive a notification alerting them of the new content. Acceptance is measured by the notification appearing within 2 seconds of the post.

Content Locking for Editing Conflicts

Given users are collaborating on a template, when one user is editing a specific section, then other users should be notified if they attempt to edit the same section simultaneously. Acceptance is validated if the user receives a warning message about the content being locked by another user.

Template Sharing Capabilities

"As a user, I want to share my customized templates with other team members so that we can leverage each other's work and improve our brainstorming sessions."

Description

The Template Sharing Capabilities will allow users to easily share their customized templates with other users or teams within the platform. This feature should support various sharing options, including direct sharing links, email invitations, and integration with other collaboration tools, enhancing teamwork and fostering a culture of shared resources. By enabling easy access to effective templates, users can leverage one another’s work, improving overall efficiency and collaboration.

Acceptance Criteria

User sharing a customizable template with their team via a direct link.

Given the user has created a template, when they select the 'Share' option and generate a direct sharing link, then the link should be accessible to any user who receives it without further authentication.

User sharing a customizable template through email invitations.

Given the user has a customizable template, when they choose to share via email, then the invited users should receive an email with a link to access the shared template directly within InnoDoc.

User integrating template sharing with an external collaboration tool like Slack.

Given a user wants to share a template through Slack, when they select the 'Share via Slack' option, then the template link should be posted in the selected Slack channel with appropriate access permissions, allowing team members to use it immediately.

A user checks if their shared template has been accessed by others.

Given a user has shared a template, when they view the sharing statistics, then they should see the number of times the template has been accessed along with the names of the users who accessed it.

User customizing the access level for a shared template.

Given a user is sharing a customizable template, when they set specific permissions (view/edit) for the users they are sharing with, then those users should only be able to access the template as per the set permissions.

User re-sharing a previously shared template.

Given a user has previously shared a template, when they select the option to re-share it with additional users, then the new users should receive the same access as the initial users were granted without needing to create a new link.

Offline Template Access

"As a user, I want to access and edit my templates offline so that I can continue working without being dependent on a stable internet connection."

Description

The Offline Template Access feature allows users to download selected templates for offline use, ensuring uninterrupted access during brainstorming sessions regardless of internet connectivity. Users should be able to edit the templates offline, with changes syncing once connectivity is restored. This capability enhances the tool's usability in various environments, particularly for users working in areas with unreliable internet, thereby promoting flexibility and continuous productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

User needs to download a selected template for offline brainstorming during a train commute where internet connectivity is unreliable.

Given a user is logged into InnoDoc, when they select a template for offline use and click the download button, then the template should download successfully and be accessible in the offline section of the app.

User makes edits to a downloaded template while offline and wants to sync changes once the internet is restored.

Given a user has edited a downloaded template while offline, when they reconnect to the internet, then the changes should automatically sync to the cloud without any errors.

User wishes to access and edit offline templates in an area with no internet access after previously using them online.

Given a user has previously downloaded templates, when they open InnoDoc in offline mode, then they should be able to view and edit all previously downloaded templates.

User wants to ensure that only certain templates are available for offline access to manage storage space effectively.

Given a user is in the template selection interface, when they choose specific templates and initiate the offline access feature, then only the selected templates should be available for offline use.

User attempts to download a template while offline and ensure appropriate messaging is displayed.

Given a user is in offline mode, when they try to download a new template, then a notification should inform them that internet connection is required for downloading templates.

User accesses the help section to understand how offline template access works.

Given a user is in the help section, when they search for 'offline template access', then they should see a clear explanation of how to download, edit, and sync templates when internet connectivity is restored.

Comment and Feedback Tools

Incorporate commenting and feedback functionality within mind maps, enabling team members to share insights, suggestions, and questions. This feature facilitates iterative improvement and deeper collaboration, ensuring everyone’s voice is heard during the brainstorming process.

Requirements

Real-time Commenting

"As a project manager, I want to leave real-time comments on the mind map so that my team can instantly see my feedback and we can collaborate more effectively during our brainstorming sessions."

Description

The real-time commenting feature enables users to leave comments on specific parts of the mind map, which are instantly visible to all collaborators. This enhances communication and allows for immediate feedback, ensuring discussions are timely and relevant. Additionally, users can tag team members in comments, creating direct notifications that prompt action, further facilitating collaboration. The functionality should be seamlessly integrated into the existing user interface, allowing for easy access and usability without disrupting the flow of work. Users benefit from a dynamic and interactive experience that promotes constructive discussions and enhances group ideation sessions.

Acceptance Criteria

User leaves a comment on a mind map node during a collaborative brainstorming session.

Given a user is viewing a mind map, when they click on a specific node and enter a comment, then the comment is stored in the system and displayed in real-time to all other collaborators viewing the mind map.

A collaborator receives a notification for a comment they've been tagged in.

Given a user has been tagged in a comment by another collaborator, when the comment is posted, then the tagged user receives a notification in their dashboard indicating the specific comment and the mind map it pertains to.

Multiple users leave comments simultaneously on different nodes of the mind map.

Given multiple users are collaborating in real-time, when each user leaves comments on different nodes, then all comments are displayed immediately without any lag or delay to all users.

User edits an existing comment they have made on a mind map node.

Given a user has previously left a comment on a node, when they select the comment and make changes, then the updated comment is saved and immediately reflected on all collaborators' views of the mind map.

User deletes a comment from the mind map.

Given a user has left a comment on a node, when they choose to delete the comment, then the comment is removed from the mind map and no longer visible to any collaborators.

Users are able to filter comments based on authors or tagged users.

Given multiple comments are present on the mind map, when a user applies a filter to view comments by a specific author or tagged user, then only the relevant comments are displayed in the interface.

Comments are displayed in chronological order by time of posting.

Given a user is viewing comments on a mind map, when they open the comments section, then the comments are sorted by the time they were posted, with the most recent comments appearing first.

Comment Threading

"As a team member, I want to participate in threaded discussions on comments, so that I can easily track conversations and find relevant feedback about specific ideas on the mind map."

Description

Implement a comment threading feature that allows users to create sub-conversations under main comments within the mind map. This will help organize feedback and discussions surrounding specific points, making it easier for team members to follow conversations and address relevant ideas. The threaded discussion must be easily navigable, with visual indicators to highlight the hierarchy of comments. This feature aims to improve clarity in communication, allowing for richer dialogue and ensuring that no suggestions or questions go unnoticed during the collaborative process.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a main comment on a mind map node.

Given a user is viewing a mind map, when they add a main comment, then the system must display this comment in the correct location under the relevant node with a timestamp and the user's name.

User replies to a main comment to initiate sub-conversations.

Given a user is viewing a main comment, when they click the reply button and add a response, then the system must create a threaded response beneath the parent comment, visually indicating the hierarchy with indentations.

User views and navigates through threads of comments seamlessly.

Given a user has navigated to a mind map with multiple comments, when they click on a threaded comment, then the system must expand the thread, allowing the user to view all replies without losing context of the main comment.

User can delete their own threaded comments.

Given a user has posted a threaded comment, when they select the delete option, then the system must remove the comment and all associated replies without affecting other main comments.

Team members receive notifications for new replies in their threads.

Given a user is watching a thread they participated in, when a new reply is posted, then the system must notify the user with an alert showing the updated comment count and a link to view it.

User can edit their own comments within a thread.

Given a user posted a comment, when they choose to edit their comment, then the system must allow for editing and display the updated comment with an 'edited' tag next to it.

User views visual indicators for comment hierarchy on the mind map.

Given a mind map with multiple threads, when a user views the map, then the system must provide visual indicators (like arrows or lines) to effectively show the hierarchy and relationships between main comments and their threaded replies.

Feedback Resolution Tracking

"As a team lead, I want to track whether comments have been resolved or still require attention, so that I can ensure all team input is addressed before finalizing our project plan."

Description

Introduce a feedback resolution tracking system that allows users to mark comments as 'resolved' or 'pending'. This feature would help teams manage suggestions and ensure that all feedback has been addressed appropriately. The integration should provide a visual representation of feedback status within the mind map and allow users to filter comments by their resolution status. Users will benefit from a clearer overview of unresolved points, reducing the risk of overlooking important feedback and enhancing overall accountability within team interactions.

Acceptance Criteria

Feedback Tracking and Management within a Team Brainstorming Session

Given a feedback comment on a mind map, when a user marks it as 'resolved', then the comment should visually change in the mind map to indicate it is resolved and no longer count towards unresolved feedback.

User Filtering Options for Feedback Visibility

Given a user is viewing comments in the mind map, when they apply a filter for 'pending' comments, then only comments marked as 'pending' should be displayed, allowing users to focus on unresolved feedback.

Visual Representation of Feedback Status

Given a user is accessing the mind map, when they view the feedback section, then a visual indicator (such as colored markers) should clearly represent the status of each comment (resolved or pending).

Multiple Users Collaborating on Feedback Resolution

Given multiple users are collaborating on a mind map, when one user resolves a comment, then all users should see the updated status in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Incorporating User Notifications for Feedback Status Changes

Given a user has commented on a mind map, when the comment status changes from 'pending' to 'resolved', then the user should receive a notification confirming the resolution.

Audit Trail for Feedback Management

Given a user marks a comment as resolved, when they access the feedback history, then there should be an audit trail showing the original comment, the user who resolved it, and the date of resolution.

Admin Controls for Feedback Management

Given an admin user, when they access the feedback management console, then they should have the ability to delete comments or force resolutions on unresolved feedback if necessary.

Comment Notifications

"As a user, I want to receive notifications about new comments and mentions, so that I can stay updated on discussions and contribute my thoughts in a timely manner without having to constantly check the mind map."

Description

Create a notification system that alerts users when they are mentioned in comments or when new comments are made in their area of focus on the mind map. This functionality should include options for real-time notifications as well as daily summaries, allowing users to choose their preferred level of engagement. By enhancing awareness of comments, users can participate actively in discussions and respond promptly to ideas and feedback, improving collaboration speed and effectiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

User is notified through an in-app alert when they are mentioned in a comment on the mind map while actively collaborating with the team.

Given the user is logged into InnoDoc, When a team member mentions their username in a comment, Then the user receives an in-app alert immediately notifying them of the mention.

User opts for daily summary notifications and receives a compiled list of comments and mentions at the end of the day.

Given the user selects the daily summary option in notification settings, When the day ends, Then the user receives an email containing a list of all comments and mentions relevant to them received throughout the day.

Users can enable or disable real-time notifications based on their preferences without requiring a page refresh.

Given the user is in the notification settings menu, When they toggle real-time notifications on or off, Then the changes apply instantly without needing to refresh the page.

Users can view a list of all recent comments on the mind map in a separate comments panel.

Given the user accesses the mind map, When they open the comments panel, Then they see a list of all recent comments, including the commenter’s name, time of comment, and the comment text.

Users receive notifications about comments in their specific area of focus on the mind map to streamline their engagement during discussions.

Given that the user has defined an area of focus on the mind map, When a comment is made in that area, Then the user receives an immediate notification regarding the new comment.

Comment Editing and Deletion

"As a user, I want to edit or delete my comments, so that I can keep the feedback relevant and accurate as our conversations progress."

Description

Implement a comment editing and deletion feature that allows users to modify or remove their comments after posting. This ensures that users can correct mistakes or update their feedback as discussions evolve, promoting clarity and accuracy in communication. The feature should include a version history for comments to track changes made over time, maintaining transparency in the collaborative process. By enabling users to manage their commentary, the platform fosters a more responsive and participatory culture among team members.

Acceptance Criteria

User edits their comment in a mind map to correct a spelling mistake after it has been posted.

Given a user has posted a comment, when they select the 'edit' option, then they can modify their comment and save the changes.

User deletes their comment in a mind map after realizing it is no longer relevant to the discussion.

Given a user has posted a comment, when they select the 'delete' option, then the comment should be removed from the mind map without error.

The system maintains a version history for comments to track all edits and deletions made by users.

Given multiple edits have been made to a comment, when the user views the comment's history, then all previous versions should be listed with timestamps and the editor's name.

User wants to ensure clarity by updating their feedback on a previously submitted comment in a mind map.

Given a user has edited a comment, when they save their changes, then the updated comment should reflect immediately in the mind map, and prior versions should be archived in the history.

User needs to confirm the deletion of a comment to prevent accidental removal.

Given a user selects the 'delete' option for a comment, when prompted for confirmation, then they must explicitly confirm before the comment is deleted.

User views a comment's edit history to understand the evolution of discussions in a collaborative session.

Given a user accesses the edit history of a comment, when they review the log, then they should see a complete chronological list of changes made to that comment.

Team members are notified when comments are edited to keep everyone updated on the conversation.

Given a comment has been edited, when the change is saved, then all team members should receive a notification indicating that the comment has been updated.

Comment Analytics

"As a project manager, I want to analyze comment data to identify engagement patterns and areas that need more focus, so that I can improve our team's collaboration processes."

Description

Develop a comment analytics dashboard that aggregates data on comments such as the number of comments made, active discussions, and unresolved feedback. This dashboard will provide insights into user engagement and areas that need more attention within the product’s collaborative process. By utilizing analytics, team leaders can identify bottlenecks in feedback loops and optimize collaboration practices based on real data trends, enhancing overall team productivity and project outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

Dashboard displays key metrics for user engagement with the comments feature.

Given that the comment analytics dashboard is accessed, When a user navigates to the dashboard, Then it should display the total number of comments made, the number of active discussions, and the number of unresolved feedback.

Users can filter comment analytics based on specific time frames.

Given that the comment analytics dashboard is open, When a user selects a time range from the filter options, Then the dashboard should update to display comment metrics only for the selected time period.

The dashboard provides insights into user participation in discussions.

Given that the comment analytics dashboard is accessed, When a report is generated, Then it should display metrics related to the number of unique users who commented and participated in discussions.

Alerts for unresolved feedback are generated for team leads to take action.

Given that there are unresolved comments, When the dashboard is reviewed by a team leader, Then an alert should be displayed notifying the team leader of the unresolved feedback needing attention.

User engagement trends over time are visually represented in the dashboard.

Given that the comment analytics dashboard is accessed, When a user reviews the graphical representation of comments over time, Then it should show trends indicating increases or decreases in comment activity.

Export functionality is available for comment analytics data.

Given that the comment analytics dashboard is accessed, When the user clicks on the export button, Then it should allow downloading of the comment analytics data in CSV format.

The dashboard integrates seamlessly with other InnoDoc features.

Given that the comment analytics dashboard is utilized, When it is used in conjunction with other InnoDoc tools, Then it should function properly without performance issues or errors across the platform.

Export and Share Options

Provide users with flexible export options to save mind maps in various formats (PDF, PNG, etc.) and easily share them with external stakeholders. This feature enhances collaboration beyond the platform, ensuring ideas are accessible and can be integrated into other documents or presentations.

Requirements

Multi-Format Export

"As a project manager, I want to export mind maps in multiple formats so that I can share them easily with stakeholders who may not be using InnoDoc, ensuring clarity and alignment in our discussions."

Description

The Export and Share Options feature will allow users to export their mind maps in various file formats, including PDF, PNG, and TXT, ensuring users can choose the most suitable format for their needs. This functionality is crucial for enhancing overall collaboration among team members and stakeholders, as it caters to varying presentation and integration needs across different platforms. By offering flexible export options, users can easily integrate mind maps into other documents or presentations and share them with clients or colleagues outside of InnoDoc, streamlining the workflow and improving communication. This feature enhances the product's capabilities by making it more versatile and user-friendly, ultimately contributing to enhanced user satisfaction and productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

Exporting a mind map as a PDF file for a presentation.

Given a user has created a mind map, When the user selects the export option and chooses PDF format, Then the mind map should be successfully downloaded as a PDF file without any loss of data or formatting.

Sharing a mind map as a PNG image with external stakeholders via email.

Given a user has created a mind map, When the user selects the export option and chooses PNG format, Then the mind map should be successfully downloaded as a PNG file and ready to be attached to an email without resolution loss.

Exporting a mind map to a TXT file for integration into a report.

Given a user has created a mind map, When the user selects the export option and chooses TXT format, Then the mind map should be successfully downloaded as a TXT file with all nodes and text correctly represented in plain text format.

Validating file compatibility of all exported formats across different devices.

Given a user has exported a mind map in PDF, PNG, and TXT formats, When the user opens each exported file across different devices (Windows, macOS, and mobile), Then all formats should display correctly without any corruption or compatibility issues.

Exporting a mind map while retaining the original design and layout across formats.

Given a user has created a visually complex mind map, When the user exports it in various formats (PDF, PNG, TXT), Then the design elements such as colors, fonts, and layouts should be preserved correctly in each format.

Providing feedback on the export process and file quality.

Given a user has successfully exported a mind map, When the export process is completed, Then the user should receive a confirmation message indicating that the export was successful with an option to provide feedback on the file quality.

Direct Sharing Links

"As a freelancer, I want to create direct sharing links for my mind maps so that I can quickly send them to clients for review without requiring them to sign up for InnoDoc."

Description

This requirement enables users to generate secure, shareable links for exported mind maps, allowing stakeholders to access the files without needing to create an account on InnoDoc. This increases accessibility and enhances collaboration by ensuring that external partners can view the documents without barriers. The ability to share via a simple link streamlines the feedback process, making it easier for users to gather insights and inputs from various stakeholders in real-time, further promoting effective communication and collaboration.

Acceptance Criteria

Users generate a shareable link for a mind map during a team meeting to collaborate with external stakeholders who are not InnoDoc users.

Given a user has a mind map created in InnoDoc, when they select the 'Generate Shareable Link' option, then a secure link should be produced that can be copied.

A team leader needs to share mind maps with clients directly via an email for review purposes without requiring them to sign up for InnoDoc.

Given a user generates a shareable link for a mind map, when the link is sent via email, then clients should be able to open the link in a web browser and view the mind map without an account.

An external stakeholder tries to access a mind map using a shared link provided by a team member during a project discussion.

Given a valid shareable link for a mind map, when an external stakeholder clicks on the link, then they should be able to view the document without any login prompts or errors.

A user needs to confirm the security of the generated link before sharing it with external partners.

Given a user has generated a shareable link, when they click on the 'View Link Security' option, then they should receive a notification outlining the security measures of the link created.

Users want to revoke access to a mind map shared via a link after feedback has been received.

Given a user has shared a mind map via link, when they select the 'Revoke Link Access' option, then the link should become invalid, and users attempting to access it should receive an error message.

A user demonstrates the embedded functionality of the shareable link feature in a training session for new team members.

Given a user shares a mind map link during the training session, when new team members access the link, then they should successfully load the mind map and receive instructions on how to provide feedback.

Customization Options for Exported Files

"As a marketing executive, I want to customize the design of my exported mind maps so that they align with our brand guidelines and enhance our presentations."

Description

Users should have the ability to customize the appearance of their mind maps before exporting, including options for changing colors, fonts, and layout styles. This will allow users to tailor their documents to better fit their branding guidelines or presentation requirements. Providing customization options enhances the overall user experience by giving users the tools they need to produce high-quality, branded content that meets their specific needs, leading to higher user satisfaction and better engagement with external audiences.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Mind Map Appearance Before Exporting

Given a user is creating a mind map, when they access the export options, then they can select customization settings for colors, fonts, and layout styles before exporting the map.

User Checks Customization Preview

Given a user applies customization options to their mind map, when they preview the customization, then the changes should reflect accurately in the preview window before exporting.

User Successfully Exports Customized Mind Map

Given a user has finished customizing their mind map, when they click the export button, then the mind map should be saved in the selected format (e.g., PDF, PNG) with all customization retained.

User Shares Exported Mind Map with Stakeholders

Given a user successfully exports their customized mind map, when they share the exported file with external stakeholders, then the stakeholders should be able to view the document with all applied customizations intact.

User Reverts Customization Changes

Given a user has applied customization options, when they choose to revert to default settings, then all customization changes should be cleared, and the mind map should return to its original appearance.

User Saves Customized Settings for Future Exports

Given a user customizes a mind map's appearance, when they choose to save these settings, then the settings should be saved for future use in subsequent mind map exports.

User Receives Feedback on Exported Mind Map

Given a user shares their exported mind map with team members, when the team members review the customized document, then they should provide feedback on its clarity and branding consistency.

Batch Export Functionality

"As a team lead, I want to export multiple mind maps at once so that I can save time and avoid repetitive tasks, allowing me to focus on project delivery."

Description

To improve efficiency, the feature should allow users to select multiple mind maps and export them simultaneously in their desired formats. This batch export functionality is vital for users managing numerous projects or collaborating with multiple teams, saving time and reducing the effort involved in exporting each document individually. By streamlining this process, users can focus on their core tasks and enhance overall productivity when working with various documents and stakeholders.

Acceptance Criteria

Batch Export Mind Maps for Project Management

Given I have selected multiple mind maps, when I choose the batch export option, then all selected mind maps should begin exporting simultaneously to the specified formats.

Export Mind Maps in Different Formats

Given I have multiple mind maps selected, when I specify export formats (PDF, PNG, etc.), then the system should export each mind map in the chosen format according to my selections.

Notification of Export Completion

Given that I have initiated a batch export, when the export process is complete, then I should receive a notification confirming the successful export of all selected mind maps.

Error Handling During Export

Given I have selected multiple mind maps to export, when an error occurs during the export of any mind map, then the system should provide an error message detailing the issue and allow me to retry the export for the problematic mind map.

Progress Indicator for Batch Export

Given that a batch export is in progress, when I initiate the export, then I should see a progress indicator showing the percentage of completion for the export process.

Integration with Document Sharing Options

Given that I have completed a batch export, when I choose to share the exported files, then I should be able to easily share the files with external stakeholders using various channels (email, direct link, etc.).

Verification of Exported Files

Given that the batch export has been completed successfully, when I access the exported files, then I should verify that each file corresponds to the selected mind maps and is in the correct format and quality.

Integration with Cloud Storage Services

"As a busy professional, I want to export my mind maps directly to my cloud storage so that I can access them from any device without the hassle of manual uploads."

Description

Integrating the export feature with popular cloud storage services like Google Drive, Dropbox, and OneDrive will enable users to save their exported files directly to their preferred cloud platforms. This integration will enhance usability and accessibility, allowing users to manage their documents more efficiently without needing to download and manually upload files. By facilitating smoother workflows, this feature will boost the overall efficiency of team collaboration and information sharing.

Acceptance Criteria

Exporting a mind map to Google Drive during a collaborative meeting.

Given a user has created a mind map, when they select the 'Export' option and choose 'Google Drive', then the mind map should be successfully saved as a PDF in the user's Google Drive account.

Users exporting mind maps from InnoDoc to Dropbox after a project completion.

Given a user has completed a mind map, when they select 'Export' and choose 'Dropbox', then the mind map should be saved in the selected Dropbox folder without error.

Sharing an exported PNG mind map with external stakeholders via email.

Given a user has exported a mind map in PNG format, when they use the 'Share' option, then the video should successfully attach the PNG file to the email and send it to the specified external email address.

Integrating the OneDrive option for exporting and organizing mind maps.

Given a user opts to save a mind map to OneDrive, when they choose 'OneDrive' from the export options, then the mind map should be saved in the appropriate OneDrive folder selected by the user.

Testing the export functionality for error handling and user notifications.

Given a user attempts to export a mind map to an unavailable cloud service, when the export fails, then an error message should be displayed informatively, and the user should be presented with alternative options.

Allowing users to customize file formats for exported mind maps.

Given a user creates and exports a mind map, when they select the file format as 'PDF' or 'PNG', then the exported file should be in the chosen format without data loss or distortion.

Version History Tracking

Implement a version history feature that allows users to track changes made to mind maps over time. Users can revert to previous iterations, ensuring that valuable ideas and structures are not lost, fostering a secure and reliable brainstorming environment.

Requirements

Version History Interface

"As a user, I want to easily view and navigate through the version history of my mind maps so that I can find and revert to previous iterations when necessary."

Description

Create an intuitive interface for users to access and review the version history of documents and mind maps. This feature will allow users to view a chronological list of changes, complete with timestamps and user annotations. By making it easy to navigate through past versions, users can quickly locate the version they need to refer to or restore. The design will align with existing UI elements in InnoDoc to maintain a cohesive user experience, enhancing usability for all types of users.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the version history section of a document to review changes made by team members during a project.

Given that the user has access to the document, when they select the 'Version History' option, then they should see a chronological list of all changes made, including timestamps and user annotations for each version.

User wants to revert to an earlier version of a mind map after realizing that recent changes were not beneficial.

Given that the user is viewing the version history, when they click on a previous version and select 'Restore', then the mind map should successfully revert to that version without losing any data from that specific state or causing any conflicts.

Multiple team members are collaborating on a project and need to reference the changes made over time for accountability.

Given that the version history is displayed, when any team member hovers over a version entry, then a tooltip should appear, displaying user annotations for that version to clarify changes made.

A user is unfamiliar with the version history feature and needs guidance on how to use it effectively.

Given that a user is on the version history page, when they look for help, then there should be an easily accessible help tooltip or FAQ section that explains how to navigate the version history and restore previous versions.

A document has been edited several times, and the user needs to compare the current version with a specific previous iteration.

Given that the user is on the version history page, when they select a previous version to compare, then they should be able to see a side-by-side comparison of that version against the current document, highlighting all changes made.

A user wants to ensure that the version history displays the correct time zone information for their edits to maintain clarity across a remote team.

Given that the version history is displayed, when a user reviews the timestamps for each version, then they should see that the times are recorded in their local time zone correctly.

Revert Functionality

"As a user, I want to revert my mind map to a previous version quickly and easily so that I can recover important ideas I may have accidentally removed."

Description

Implement a feature that allows users to revert mind maps and documents back to any of their previous versions with a single click. This functionality will include a confirmation prompt to prevent accidental changes and ensure that users are aware of the action they are taking. It will provide a safety net for users, allowing them to restore valuable ideas and structures without losing any current work. This feature will enhance the overall document management experience within InnoDoc.

Acceptance Criteria

User needs to revert a mind map to a previous version after realizing that significant changes made recently are not aligning with their original ideas.

Given that the user has accessed the version history of their mind map, When the user selects a previous version and confirms the action, Then the mind map should revert to the selected version and reflect the changes accurately.

A user mistakenly reverts to an earlier version of a mind map and wants to ensure they don't lose any recent changes they made.

Given that the user is about to revert to a previous version, When the confirmation prompt appears, Then the prompt should clearly display the date and a brief description of the version being reverted to, along with options to proceed or cancel.

A project manager is conducting a review of the mind maps and wants to track changes made over time for auditing purposes.

Given that the user is reviewing the version history, When they view the list of versions, Then each version should display the timestamp and the name of the user who made the changes, providing a clear audit trail.

A user wants to test how the document looks at various points in time before finalizing it for presentation.

Given that the user is previewing different versions of the mind map, When the user selects a previous version to view, Then the document should load that specific version accurately without any delay or errors.

After reverting to a previous version, a user wants to ensure that they can return to the current version they were working on before the revert action.

Given that the user has just reverted to a previous version, When the user clicks on the 'Restore Current Version' button, Then the system should restore the mind map to the most recent version prior to the revert action.

A user is working with a collaborator who also uses the version history feature and they want to make sure their mind maps remain aligned post-revert.

Given that a user has reverted their mind map, When the collaborator refreshes their view of the mind map, Then they should receive a notification indicating that the mind map has been updated to a previous version.

Version Comparison Tool

"As a user, I want to compare two versions of my mind map side by side so that I can see how my thoughts have changed and ensure that all significant changes are intentional."

Description

Develop a tool that allows users to compare differences between two selected versions of a mind map or document. The tool will highlight changes made, showing additions, deletions, and modifications in a clear and visual format. This feature is crucial for users who wish to analyze how their ideas or structures have evolved over time, facilitating informed decision-making during collaborative sessions. Integration with the existing editing interface will streamline the user experience by allowing immediate access to comparison results.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a comparison between two versions of a mind map to understand how their ideas have changed over time.

Given a user has selected two versions of a mind map, when they click the 'Compare Versions' button, then the application displays a side-by-side comparison with all changes highlighted, including additions, deletions, and modifications.

User wants to revert to a previous version of the mind map after reviewing the changes made.

Given the user is viewing the comparison of two mind map versions, when they click on the 'Revert to Previous Version' option, then the application should restore the selected older version as the current working version and notify the user of the change.

User needs to identify any discrepancies between collaborative updates made by team members in different time zones.

Given two versions of the mind map exist with changes made by different users, when the user compares the two versions, then the tool highlights changes attributed to each user, providing clear identification of contributions.

User wants to save the results of a version comparison for future reference or sharing with team members.

Given a comparison has been made, when the user clicks 'Save Comparison Results', then the application should allow the user to save the results as a new document that can be easily shared or referenced later.

User is comparing earlier drafts of a document and needs to filter out certain changes from the view.

Given the user is in the comparison view, when they apply a filter to exclude specific types of changes (e.g., formatting changes), then the tool updates the comparison to only show relevant content changes.

User is unfamiliar with how to use the version comparison tool and requires guidance.

Given the user accesses the comparison tool for the first time, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then the application displays a tutorial or guidance pop-up that explains how to use the version comparison features effectively.

Notification System for Edits

"As a user, I want to receive notifications when my collaborators make changes to our shared mind maps so that I can stay updated on the progress and contributions of my team."

Description

Create a notification system that alerts users to changes made by collaborators in shared mind maps or documents. Users will receive real-time updates about modifications to their documents, including who made the change and when it occurred. This feature is designed to foster better communication among team members and ensures everyone is aware of alterations, reducing the chances of confusion and promoting cohesive collaboration.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when a collaborator makes changes to a shared mind map, ensuring they are updated in real-time about modifications.

Given a user is viewing a shared mind map, when a collaborator makes an edit, then the user should receive a notification indicating the change made, who made it, and the timestamp of the edit.

User wants to ensure they can easily identify which collaborator made edits to the shared document based on notifications received.

Given a user receives a notification of an edit, when they open the notification, then it should provide clear information on the name of the collaborator and the specific changes made.

A team member is concerned about missing important edits to a mind map and wants to verify the history of notifications they have received.

Given a user has received multiple notifications, when they access the notification history, then they should be able to view a chronological list of all notifications received, including details of changes and collaborators involved.

A user needs to turn off notifications for a specific shared mind map in order to avoid distractions while working on another project.

Given a user has access to shared mind maps, when they go to the settings for the mind map, then they should have an option to toggle notifications on or off for that specific document.

User wants to ensure that notifications for changes made to mind maps are delivered promptly and are not delayed.

Given that a change is made to a shared mind map, when the user receives the notification, then the notification should arrive within 5 seconds of the change being saved.

A user is interested in receiving different notification settings for different collaborators on the same mind map.

Given a user has access to a shared mind map, when they adjust notification settings for specific collaborators, then those settings should apply individually to changes made by each collaborator.

A user wishes to understand better the context of edits made by collaborators in notifications.

Given a user receives a notification of an edit, when they select the notification, then they should be redirected to the section of the mind map or document where the change occurred for better context.

Version Tagging System

"As a user, I want to tag important versions of my mind maps so that I can easily identify and access them later without sifting through every iteration."

Description

Introduce a version tagging system that allows users to label significant versions of their documents or mind maps with custom tags. This feature will enable users to highlight important iterations, making it easier to locate and revert to essential versions in the future. By allowing users to create tags such as 'Draft 1', 'Client Review', or 'Final Version', the feature enhances organization and efficiency in managing document revisions within InnoDoc.

Acceptance Criteria

User labels a document version as 'Client Review' after making significant changes.

Given the user is on the version history page, when they input a custom tag in the tagging field and click 'Save', then the new version tag should be displayed in the version history list.

A user retrieves and reverts to a previously tagged version of their mind map labeled 'Draft 1'.

Given the user is viewing the version history, when they select 'Draft 1' and click 'Revert', then the mind map should revert to the version labeled 'Draft 1' without losing any other existing versions.

Multiple users collaborate on a document and tag different versions with customized labels.

Given multiple users are accessing the same document, when each user adds their respective tags for important versions, then all tags must be visible in the version history with the correct username to indicate who tagged the version.

User attempts to tag a version with a duplicate tag name.

Given the user has tagged a previous version with 'Final Version', when they try to tag another version with 'Final Version', then a warning message should appear stating that duplicate tags are not allowed.

User needs to search for a specific version tagged 'Important Meeting'.

Given the user is on the version history page, when they enter 'Important Meeting' into the search bar, then only versions with that tag should be filtered and displayed in the results.

A user deletes a version tag from the version history.

Given the user is viewing the version history, when they select a tagged version and click 'Delete Tag', then the tag should be removed and no longer appear in the version history list.

User views the timestamps of each tagged version in version history.

Given the user is on the version history page, when they hover over a tagged version, then the exact date and time of the tag should be displayed in a tooltip.

Industry-Specific Templates

A diverse selection of pre-built templates tailored to specific industries such as marketing, healthcare, education, and technology. These customized templates not only provide relevant structural guidance but also include industry-specific examples and terminology, ensuring that users start their projects with a strong foundation that meets their sector's unique requirements.

Requirements

Customizable Template Library

"As a marketing professional, I want to customize templates to fit my brand's style so that I can create documents that reflect my organization's identity and appeal to my audience."

Description

The Customizable Template Library allows users to modify existing templates based on their specific needs. Users can add, remove, or edit components within each template, ensuring that the documents created not only meet industry standards but also align with the unique branding and requirements of their organization. This feature enhances the flexibility of InnoDoc, allowing teams to adapt templates for various projects while maintaining quality and consistency. The ability to customize templates significantly reduces the time spent on formatting and design, enabling users to focus on content creation and collaboration.

Acceptance Criteria

User modifies a healthcare template by adding unique branding elements before sharing it with a team member for feedback.

Given a user accesses the healthcare template, when they add custom branding elements, then these elements should be saved and retained when the document is re-opened.

A marketing team member removes an irrelevant section from an industry-specific template they are editing for a campaign.

Given a user removes a section from a marketing template, when they save the document, then the removed section should not be visible in the saved version.

A user duplicates an existing technology template to create a new project document, customizing it with project-specific details.

Given the user duplicates the technology template, when they customize the new document with project-specific information, then all changes should reflect correctly in the newly created document without altering the original template.

A user creates a report based on an education template, adding new components and training sessions specific to their institution.

Given the user adds new components to the education template, when they save the document as a new file, then all new components should be included in the saved document while the original template remains unchanged.

A user edits an existing template to comply with updated compliance regulations in their industry before sharing with stakeholders.

Given a user accesses a compliance-specific template, when they make the necessary updates and save, then the revised template should meet all compliance criteria outlined in regulations.

A user previews their customized template to ensure all edits and branding are displayed correctly before finalizing the document.

Given the user requests to preview their customized template, when the preview displays, then all changes made should be accurately represented in the preview without errors.

Collaborative Review Process

"As a project manager, I want to invite my team to review our proposals collaboratively so that we can incorporate their feedback and finalize documents faster and more efficiently."

Description

The Collaborative Review Process enables users to invite team members and stakeholders to review documents in real-time. This feature includes commenting, version history, and approval workflows, allowing users to gather feedback efficiently and make necessary adjustments. By facilitating a structured review process, InnoDoc ensures that all relevant parties can contribute their insights and approvals seamlessly. This capability streamlines document finalization, reduces back-and-forth communication, and enhances overall document quality, ensuring alignment with team goals and standards.

Acceptance Criteria

Inviting team members to review a document using the Collaborative Review Process.

Given a document is ready for review, when the user invites team members via email, then those members should receive an invitation link to join the review process within 5 minutes.

Team members add comments during the document review process.

Given a document under review, when a team member adds a comment, then the comment should be visible to all invited users within the document interface in real-time.

Version history is tracked while users collaborate on a document.

Given a document has been edited by multiple users, when the user accesses the version history, then all changes made with timestamps and user names should be displayed clearly.

Approval workflows are initiated after all comments have been addressed.

Given all comments have been resolved, when a user submits the document for approval, then an approval request should be sent to designated stakeholders, and they should receive a notification within 10 minutes.

Users can easily navigate the review comments and version history.

Given a document with multiple comments and version histories, when users navigate through the review interface, then they should be able to filter comments and versions by user or date.

Finalization of a document after the review process.

Given all stakeholders have approved the document, when the final document is generated, then it should be sent automatically to all team members and saved in the document's final state.

Real-time editing functionality during the review process.

Given the document is being reviewed, when multiple users edit the document simultaneously, then all changes should reflect in the document for each user in real-time without any conflicts.

AI-Powered Content Suggestions

"As a writer, I want to receive AI-generated suggestions while I work on my documents so that I can improve the clarity and impact of my writing without extensive manual editing."

Description

AI-Powered Content Suggestions analyze user-generated content and provide contextual recommendations to improve document quality and coherence. This feature leverages machine learning algorithms to suggest relevant phrases, terminology, and structural changes based on the specific industry and document type. By enhancing the writing process, this capability not only ensures that users maintain brand consistency but also boosts productivity by reducing the time spent on revisions and edits. This feature is integral to reinforcing InnoDoc’s focus on high-quality document creation and collaboration.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a document type specific to the healthcare industry and utilizes the AI-Powered Content Suggestions feature to receive recommendations for medical terminology and phrases relevant to their document.

Given a healthcare document is open, when the user enables AI-Powered Content Suggestions, then relevant medical terminology and contextual recommendations are displayed within 5 seconds.

A user is drafting a marketing proposal and receives suggestions from the AI-Powered Content Suggestions feature to enhance engagement and brand consistency.

Given a marketing document is being edited, when content suggestions are applied, then the resulting document must reflect at least 80% of the suggested terminology successfully incorporated.

An education professional is working on a lesson plan and seeks to use the AI-Powered Content Suggestions feature to improve the structure and content quality.

Given an educational document is being created, when the AI-Powered Content Suggestions feature analyzes the document, then it should provide at least 10 specific structural or content suggestions relevant to educational standards.

An engineering team member is writing a technical report and uses the AI-Powered Content Suggestions for understanding industry-specific norms.

Given a technical document is open, when the AI aspects are running, then it should suggest phrases that are verified and frequently used within the engineering field, with at least a 90% accuracy rate according to database resources.

A freelancer is developing a project proposal and checks for consistency using the AI-Powered Content Suggestions tool.

Given a project proposal document is being edited, when the user checks for brand consistency, then the AI should identify and suggest corrections for at least 5 instances of inconsistent terminology or style.

Document Security Options

"As a compliance officer, I want to set specific access controls on sensitive documents so that I can protect our proprietary information from unauthorized access while enabling collaboration."

Description

Document Security Options provide users with various security protocols to safeguard their sensitive information. This includes password protection, customizable access controls, and encrypted document sharing. By implementing robust security measures, InnoDoc ensures that users can collaborate on confidential documents without fear of unauthorized access. These options are crucial for industries that handle sensitive data, as they enhance trust and compliance with regulatory standards, ultimately enhancing user confidence in the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

As a healthcare professional, I want to securely share sensitive patient documents with my colleagues using InnoDoc's document security options, ensuring that only authorized personnel can access the information.

Given that the user is logged into InnoDoc with valid credentials, When the user applies password protection and custom access controls to a document, Then only those with the correct password and granted access can view or edit the document.

As a marketing manager, I need to share a campaign proposal with external partners while ensuring that the document remains confidential and secure against unauthorized access.

Given that a document is marked for encrypted sharing, When the user sends the document to external partners, Then the document should only be accessible by those partners with the correct decryption key provided by the sender.

As a project lead, I want to ensure that sensitive project documents are protected from unauthorized access by implementing role-based access controls (RBAC) within InnoDoc.

Given that different team members have different access roles, When a document is shared with the team, Then only members with appropriate roles can access, edit, or comment on the document, according to the predefined permissions.

As a freelance consultant, I want to be able to set expiration dates on document access to maintain control over when my clients can view sensitive documents I’ve shared.

Given that a document is shared with an expiration date set, When the expiration date is reached, Then the document should no longer be accessible to the recipients, and they should be notified they no longer have access.

As a compliance officer, I am required to audit document access to ensure that sensitive information is only accessed by authorized users in the organization.

Given that audit logging is enabled for the document, When a user accesses the document, Then an entry is recorded in the audit log that includes the user’s identity, timestamp, and type of access (view/edit), allowing for tracking of document access over time.

As an IT administrator, I need to configure organization-wide security settings in InnoDoc to ensure that all documents are compliant with industry regulations for document sharing.

Given that I have administrator privileges, When I modify the organization’s default document security settings, Then these settings should apply to all newly created documents, ensuring consistent security protocols across the platform.

Version Control and History Tracking

"As a content manager, I want to access previous versions of our documents so that I can track changes and ensure we are maintaining accurate information throughout the editing process."

Description

Version Control and History Tracking allows users to automatically save changes made to documents and review previous versions at any time. This feature is critical for understanding the evolution of a document and for recovering earlier versions if necessary. By providing detailed history tracking, users can ensure that all updates can be justified and approved as needed, enhancing accountability and transparency in collaborative projects. This capability minimizes risks associated with shared editing, as users can revert changes and review collaboration history.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the document editing interface and modifies text, images, and formatting, requiring them to track the changes made, specifically looking for a way to revert to a previous version after several edits.

Given a user has modified a document multiple times, when they access the version control feature, then they should see a list of all saved versions with timestamps and the option to restore any version.

A team member wants to view the history of changes made to a project document to track contributions and ensure accountability amongst collaborators.

Given a team member selects the history tracking option, when they request to view the change log, then they should see a detailed list of edits including who made the changes and when.

The document editor has multiple users collaborating simultaneously; one user makes a significant change that others might want to revert without losing their own subsequent edits.

Given multiple users are collaborating in real-time, when a user initiates the version control feature after a significant edit, then they should be able to save the current version under a new label while retaining access to the original version.

A writer completes a draft of the document and wants to ensure that they can access the original draft without any over-edits from other collaborators.

Given the writer completed initial edits, when they use the version control functionality, then they should be able to access and restore the original draft prior to any collaborative changes.

A document that has undergone multiple revisions is ready for final review, requiring the team to compare all changes made before final approval.

Given the document has several versions, when the final review process begins, then the team should be able to generate a comparison report highlighting all significant changes made across different versions.

A user realizes they made an erroneous edit that needs to be reverted, requiring them to utilize the history tracking feature effectively.

Given a document exists with multiple saved versions, when the user identifies an error, then they can restore the document to the most recent correct version prior to the erroneous edit without losing any subsequent changes.

Drag-and-Drop Workflow Builder

An intuitive drag-and-drop interface that allows users to customize their workflows easily. Users can add, remove, or reorder tasks within a template, making it simple to adapt processes to fit evolving project needs. This feature enhances user engagement by providing a visual representation of workflows, ensuring clarity and efficiency in project management.

Requirements

Intuitive Drag-and-Drop Interface

"As a project manager, I want an intuitive drag-and-drop interface so that I can quickly customize workflows to match my team's evolving project needs without requiring technical assistance."

Description

The requirement involves developing an intuitive drag-and-drop interface that allows users to easily create and modify their workflows. This interface will enable users to add, remove, and reorder tasks within existing templates, adapting them to their project needs seamlessly. The design must prioritize user engagement and clarity, ensuring that users can visualize their workflows effectively. The implementation of this feature is crucial as it enhances user control over their processes, reduces the learning curve, and streamlines project management, ultimately improving productivity across teams.

Acceptance Criteria

User can drag and drop tasks within a predefined workflow template to rearrange the order of operations.

Given a loaded workflow template, when the user drags a task and drops it in a different position, then the task's order should be updated in the workflow.

User can add a new task to an existing workflow by dragging it from the task palette.

Given the workflow interface is open, when the user drags a new task from the task palette into the workflow area, then the task should be added to the workflow at the drop location.

User can remove a task from the workflow using drag-and-drop functionality.

Given a populated workflow, when the user drags a task out of the workflow area, then the task should be removed from the workflow completely.

User can undo and redo actions done in the drag-and-drop interface.

Given a user has made changes to the workflow through drag-and-drop, when they click 'undo', then the last action should be reverted; and when they click 'redo', the undone action should be reapplied.

The drag-and-drop interface should provide visual feedback during task manipulation.

Given a user is dragging a task, when the task is hovered over a drop zone, then the drop zone should visually indicate it is ready for receiving the task.

Workflow Template Customization

"As a team lead, I want to create and customize workflow templates so that I can ensure that our document collaboration aligns with our unique project requirements."

Description

This requirement entails the ability for users to create and customize workflow templates according to their specific requirements. Users will be empowered to design templates from scratch or modify existing ones, applying different criteria, task types, and sequencing to suit their organizational workflows. This capability will enhance the flexibility and adaptability of the InnoDoc platform, enabling teams to tailor their document collaboration processes effectively. Through implementing this feature, users can ensure that their collaborative efforts remain aligned with their operational strategies, leading to increased efficiency and productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user creating a new workflow template, I want to start from scratch and define each task so that I can customize the workflow according to my team's needs.

Given a user is on the workflow template customization page, when they select 'Create New Template', then they should be able to add tasks to the template using the drag-and-drop interface, customize task details, and save the template successfully.

As a user modifying an existing workflow template, I want to reorder tasks within the template to better reflect the project’s requirements.

Given a user has an existing workflow template, when they drag and drop tasks to reorder them, then the changes should be saved and reflected in the template when viewed or edited later.

As a user defining criteria for tasks in a workflow template, I want to apply different task types (e.g., approval, review, edit) so that my team knows the specific nature of each task.

Given a user is adding tasks to a workflow template, when they select a task type from the available options, then the task should display the selected type correctly and be represented accurately in the task list.

As a user who has created a workflow template, I want to view all available templates to choose one that best fits my needs, whether new or modified.

Given a user navigates to the templates dashboard, when they view the list of templates, then they should see both new and modified templates with clear indications of their type and last modified dates.

As a user wishing to delete a task from a workflow template, I want to be able to remove individual tasks without affecting the rest of the template.

Given a user is editing a workflow template, when they select a task and click 'Delete', then the task should be removed without altering the other tasks or the overall template structure.

As a user using the workflow builder, I want to ensure that all changes I make can be undone if needed, so that I can feel confident in my customization efforts.

Given a user is customizing a workflow template, when they make changes and then click 'Undo', then the last change should be reverted, and this should be applicable for multiple steps.

As a user creating a workflow template, I want to preview my workflow before saving, so that I can ensure it meets my expectations.

Given a user has added tasks to a workflow template, when they click 'Preview', then a visual representation of the workflow should be displayed, showing all tasks and their sequence accurately.

Real-Time Collaboration Features

"As a freelancer, I want real-time collaboration features so that my team and I can work together on workflow tasks simultaneously, ensuring we're all on the same page without delays."

Description

The requirement focuses on integrating real-time collaboration features into the drag-and-drop workflow builder. This includes functionalities that allow multiple users to edit workflows simultaneously, add comments, and see changes in real-time. By incorporating these features, the platform will enhance teamwork and communication among remote teams; thus preventing version control issues and enabling better project alignment. This integration is vital as it supports the core functionality of InnoDoc by ensuring that all team members can engage actively and effectively with one another while working on shared tasks.

Acceptance Criteria

Multiple users are working on a workflow template for an upcoming marketing campaign in InnoDoc. Each team member is expected to make changes simultaneously to various tasks in the workflow, ensuring that the roles and responsibilities are clear. Users need to see real-time updates as each member edits the document to maintain alignment and avoid duplication of efforts.

Given that users are logged into the InnoDoc platform, when multiple users are editing the same workflow simultaneously, then all changes made by each user are reflected in real time for all participants without delay.

A project manager wants to communicate specific task adjustments within the workflow template. While working on the workflow, the manager adds comments to the tasks to provide feedback and instructions. Other team members should be able to view these comments instantaneously.

Given that a user has added comments to specific tasks in a workflow, when other users access the same workflow, then all comments should be visible in real time without the need to refresh the page.

A freelancer is using the workflow builder to adjust his tasks. He wants to add a new task and reorder existing tasks while ensuring that other team members can view these changes on their dashboards as they happen.

Given that a user has added or reordered tasks in the drag-and-drop workflow builder, when the action is completed, then all other team members currently viewing the workflow should see the updated structure immediately.

During a team meeting, members are discussing changes to a project workflow. They are making changes to the workflow in real-time, necessitating clear visibility of who is making each change and when it occurred, to ensure accountability and clarity in process.

Given that multiple users are making real-time edits, when changes are made, then each edit should be timestamped and attributed to the specific user in the workflow's version history for accountability.

A team is working asynchronously on a shared workflow, where users are in different time zones. They need to be able to see previous changes made to the workflow along with the comments left by others before they make their own edits.

Given that a user accesses a workflow they are collaborating on, when they open the document, then they should have seamless access to the full revision history and comments left by all users for context before making new edits.

The design team is collaborating on a workflow for a new project launch. They need to ensure that any version conflicts are immediately resolved and that all members are working on the latest version of the workflow template.

Given that a user attempts to edit a task that is currently being modified by another user, when a version conflict is detected, then the system should alert the user and provide options to either wait or to view the latest version before proceeding.

Automated Workflow Notifications

"As a team member, I want to receive automated notifications about workflow updates so that I can stay informed and respond promptly to changes and assignments."

Description

This requirement involves developing an automated notification system that alerts users to updates made to workflows, including task assignments, changes, and comments. Users will receive notifications through their preferred channels (e.g., email, in-app messages) to stay informed about their workflows and deadlines. Implementing this feature will enhance accountability and communication within teams, ensuring that everyone is aware of the current status and any modifications made to their collaborative tasks. It is crucial for fostering collaboration and keeping project timelines on track.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an automated notification for a new task assignment in a workflow when a team member assigns a task.

Given a user logged into InnoDoc, when a task is assigned to them in a workflow, then they receive an email and in-app notification alerting them of the new task assignment.

User is notified about changes made to an existing task within a workflow, ensuring timely updates.

Given a user is assigned to a task in a workflow, when a change is made to that task, then they receive an email and in-app notification detailing the changes made.

Users receive notifications for comments added to tasks they are involved in, keeping them engaged and informed.

Given a user is involved in a task within a workflow, when a comment is added to that task by any team member, then the user receives an email and in-app notification regarding the new comment.

Users can choose their preferred notification channels for receiving updates on workflow changes.

Given a user settings page, when they select their preferred notification channels (email, in-app, or both), then the notifications should be sent according to their selection for all relevant updates.

Notifications include actionable buttons that allow users to quickly navigate to the updated task.

Given a notification received by the user, when they open the notification, then it contains actionable buttons that direct them to the relevant task or workflow in InnoDoc.

Users can opt-out of receiving notifications for specific workflows or tasks to reduce notification overload.

Given a workflow settings option, when a user opts-out of notifications for a specific workflow, then they should not receive any future notifications related to that workflow until they opt-in again.

System logs and tracks all notifications sent to users for auditing purposes.

Given the workflow notification system is in operation, when notifications are sent, then all sent notifications should be logged with timestamps and relevant user details in the system for auditing.

Workflow Analytics Dashboard

"As a project analyst, I want a workflow analytics dashboard so that I can track our progress and identify areas for improvement in our collaboration processes."

Description

The requirement encompasses the development of a workflow analytics dashboard that provides users with insights into their workflow performance metrics, such as task completion rates, bottlenecks, and team member contributions. This feature will enable users to track progress, identify areas for improvement, and optimize their processes based on data-driven insights. The implementation of this analytics dashboard is essential to empowering users to make informed decisions, ultimately enhancing the effectiveness of their workflow management within InnoDoc.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the workflow analytics dashboard for the first time after the feature is implemented.

Given the user is logged into InnoDoc, when they access the workflow analytics dashboard, then the dashboard should load within 3 seconds displaying the initial performance metrics including task completion rates and bottlenecks.

User filters the workflow performance metrics by a specific team member.

Given the user is viewing the analytics dashboard, when they select a team member from the filter options, then the dashboard updates to show only the metrics associated with that team member's tasks.

User identifies bottlenecks within the workflow by analyzing the dashboard data.

Given the user is using the workflow analytics dashboard, when they view the bottleneck section of the dashboard, then it should visually highlight tasks that exceed the average completion time by 20% or more.

User downloads the analytics report for further offline analysis.

Given the user is on the workflow analytics dashboard, when they click the 'Download Report' button, then a CSV file containing the current analytics data should be generated and downloaded successfully.

User shares the workflow analytics dashboard with a team member.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they select the 'Share' option, then the selected team member should receive an email with a link to view the dashboard without needing to log in depending on their access rights.

User receives insights on workflow optimization based on analytics data.

Given the user is viewing the analytics dashboard, when they click on the 'Insights' tab, then the system should provide actionable recommendations based on the workflow performance metrics analyzed.

Automated Task Assignment

Streamlined task assignment capabilities integrated within the templates, allowing users to automatically assign responsibilities based on user roles and deadlines. This functionality minimizes manual overhead, promotes accountability, and ensures that team members are aware of their responsibilities from the outset, enhancing overall workflow efficiency.

Requirements

Role-Based Task Assignment

"As a project manager, I want tasks to be automatically assigned to team members based on their roles and deadlines so that I can ensure accountability and efficiency in our project management."

Description

This requirement allows automated task assignments based on defined user roles within document templates. It ensures tasks are allocated to the right individuals according to their expertise and responsibilities, which increases accountability and promotes efficient collaboration. This feature will streamline workflow processes by notifying team members of their assigned tasks automatically, eliminating the need for manual assignment and reducing the potential for oversight.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated assignment of tasks based on user roles when a document template is created.

Given a document template with predefined user roles, when the template is activated, then tasks should be automatically assigned to users based on their roles without manual intervention.

Notification system for users after task assignments have been made.

Given that tasks are automatically assigned based on user roles, when tasks are assigned, then all assigned users should receive an email notification detailing their specific responsibilities.

Verification of accountability by tracking task assignments within the document.

Given a document where tasks have been automatically assigned, when a user views the document, then they should see their assigned tasks clearly indicated alongside their role, along with deadlines.

Ensuring that non-assigned users cannot see tasks designated to other roles.

Given a document where tasks have been assigned, when a non-assigned user accesses the document, then they should not be able to view tasks that are assigned to other roles.

Automatic re-assignment of tasks if a user is removed from their role.

Given that a user is removed from their role in the document, when tasks are assigned to that role, then those tasks should automatically be re-assigned to the next designated user or role.

Integration with existing communication tools for task reminders.

Given that tasks have been assigned, when the deadline approaches, then users should receive reminders via integrated communication tools (e.g., Slack, Teams) pertaining to their assigned tasks.

Deadline Notifications

"As a team member, I want to receive notifications about my task deadlines so that I can prioritize my work effectively and meet project timelines."

Description

This requirement involves integrating deadline notifications within the automated task assignment system. Team members will receive reminders and alerts about their assigned tasks and upcoming deadlines, which will prevent missed deadlines and improve accountability. The notifications can be customized to suit individual preferences, ensuring that users are kept informed in a manner that best supports their productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members are notified about their assigned tasks and impending deadlines during the weekly project cycle.

Given a team member is assigned a task with a deadline, When the deadline approaches (e.g., 3 days before), Then the team member receives an automated notification via their preferred communication channel.

Users customize their notification preferences for their assigned tasks and deadlines during the onboarding process.

Given a new user is setting up their notification preferences, When they select their preferred channels and times for notifications, Then the system saves these preferences and applies them to their task assignments.

A project manager reviews the alert history for team members regarding task deadlines within the project management dashboard.

Given a project manager accesses the task management dashboard, When they view the alert history for team members, Then they can see a comprehensive list of notifications sent and their status (delivered/read) for all team members in the last month.

Users receive reminders at customizable intervals before their task deadlines.

Given a user has an upcoming task deadline set, When the user has chosen to be reminded 2 days before the deadline, Then the user receives a reminder notification exactly 2 days prior.

Notifications provide actionable options for users to address their tasks directly from the alert.

Given a notification is sent to a user regarding a task deadline, When the user clicks on the notification, Then they are redirected to the task detail page where they can update the status or add a comment.

The system ensures that notifications are not sent during do-not-disturb hours set by the user.

Given a user has set do-not-disturb hours in their preferences, When a deadline notification is triggered during these hours, Then the notification is postponed until the next available hour outside of do-not-disturb settings.

Team members can report issues related to missed notifications or other alerts.

Given a team member identifies an issue with receiving notifications, When they navigate to the help section of the application and submit a report, Then the report is successfully logged, and the user receives an acknowledgment of their submission.

Template Customization for Task Assignments

"As a team leader, I want to customize task assignment templates so that I can quickly set up new projects with defined roles and responsibilities, improving team coordination from the start."

Description

This requirement enables users to customize document templates with predefined task assignments based on project parameters. Users can create templates that automatically include specific roles and responsibilities, making it easier to start new projects without having to redefine tasks. This feature enhances team collaboration and ensures consistency across projects, thus saving time and improving project initiation efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Template with Task Assignments

Given a user is creating a new document template, when they add predefined task assignments to the template, then the tasks should automatically associate specific roles and deadlines based on the template's parameters.

Multiple Roles in Template Task Assignments

Given a user has a document template with multiple roles, when they select a role to assign tasks, then the tasks should be assigned to all specified roles without errors.

Editing Existing Template Task Assignments

Given a user is editing an existing document template, when they modify the task assignments, then the changes should be saved and reflected in all future documents created from that template.

User Notification of Task Assignments

Given a user has been assigned a task through the template, when the document is created, then the user should receive a notification about their assigned responsibilities via the platform's notification system.

Dynamic Adaptation of Task Assignments

Given a user is using a template with predefined tasks, when they change specific project parameters, then the task assignments should automatically adapt to reflect the changes in roles or deadlines.

Integration with Other Tools

Given a user has customized a document template with task assignments, when they save the template, then it should seamlessly integrate with project management tools like Trello or Asana for task tracking.

Consistency Across Multiple Projects

Given multiple projects are initiated from the same document template, when users create these projects, then the task assignments should remain consistent and accurate according to the predefined roles in the template.

Task Progress Tracking

"As a project coordinator, I want to track the progress of assigned tasks so that I can manage resources effectively and ensure project delivery aligns with deadlines."

Description

This requirement provides real-time tracking of task progress within the automated task assignment system. Users can easily visualize which tasks are completed, in progress, or overdue, allowing for better workload management and proactive adjustments. This feature will include dashboards or visual indicators that offer insights into overall project health, facilitating timely decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the dashboard to check the current status of all assigned tasks in the project.

Given the user is logged into InnoDoc and has access to the project dashboard, When the user navigates to the task progress tracking section, Then they should see a real-time overview of all tasks with visual indicators showing their statuses (completed, in progress, overdue).

A team member updates the status of a task they were assigned to.

Given a team member has access to their assigned tasks, When they update the status of a task from 'in progress' to 'completed', Then the task should reflect the new status instantly on the dashboard and other team members should receive an update notification.

The project manager reviews the overall project health using the task progress tracking feature.

Given the project manager is on the task progress dashboard, When they look at the visual indicators for each task category, Then they should be able to see the percentage of tasks completed, those in progress, and those overdue, allowing for immediate assessment of project health.

A user receives a reminder for overdue tasks via in-app notifications.

Given a user has overdue tasks assigned to them, When the system checks for overdue items daily, Then the user should receive an in-app notification alerting them to the overdue tasks, encouraging timely action.

The system logs task status changes for auditing purposes.

Given a task status has been changed by a user, When this change occurs, Then the system should log the change with the user's ID, the previous status, the new status, and a timestamp into the project audit history for future reference.

Users can filter tasks by status on the dashboard.

Given a user is on the task progress tracking dashboard, When they apply a filter to view only 'completed' tasks, Then only tasks that have been marked as 'completed' should be displayed, confirming that the filter functionality is working correctly.

Integration with Calendar Apps

"As a team member, I want my assigned tasks and deadlines integrated with my calendar app so that I can manage my time effectively and avoid scheduling conflicts."

Description

This requirement facilitates the integration of the automated task assignment system with popular calendar applications. Users can sync their assigned tasks and deadlines directly with their calendars, allowing for seamless scheduling and enhanced organization. This functionality will ensure that team members can view their tasks alongside other commitments, improving time management.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can successfully sync their tasks with their calendar when they have at least one task assigned with a deadline.

Given a user has assigned tasks with due dates, when they sync their tasks, then the calendar should reflect all assigned tasks along with their deadlines correctly in the user's calendar app.

Users receive notifications for synced tasks in their calendar app shortly before the deadlines.

Given a user has previously synced their tasks with their calendar, when a task deadline approaches, then the user should receive reminder notifications at predefined intervals (e.g., 1 day and 1 hour before the due date).

Users can view their calendar alongside their assigned tasks within the InnoDoc platform for better time management.

Given a user is logged into InnoDoc, when they navigate to the task management section, then they should see a view that integrates their calendar events with their assigned tasks, allowing for seamless visibility of all commitments.

Tasks are correctly updated in the user's calendar when changes are made in InnoDoc.

Given a task is modified in InnoDoc (e.g., deadline changed), when the user syncs their tasks, then the corresponding task in the calendar should also reflect the updated information accurately.

The integration allows for automatic assignment of calendar events based on task parameters such as deadlines and roles.

Given a new task is created with a deadline and an assigned user, when the task is saved, then an event should automatically be created in the user's calendar with all relevant details (title, date, time, and description).

Template Version Control

A robust version control system for templates that allows users to save and manage multiple versions of customized workflows. Users can track changes, revert to previous versions, and collaborate with team members to refine workflows, ensuring that all contributions are captured while maintaining the integrity of the overall project.

Requirements

Version History Tracking

"As a project manager, I want to track the version history of templates so that I can understand the changes made by my team and maintain control over workflow development."

Description

The Template Version Control feature will incorporate a comprehensive version history tracking system that allows users to view and manage all previous versions of a template. This system should log each modification with timestamps, author information, and a brief summary of changes made. Users will benefit from increased clarity regarding the evolution of their templates, enabling them to easily trace the development process and maintain control over their workflows. Tracking the version history ensures accountability and provides valuable insights into team contributions, paving the way for refined and effective template management within InnoDoc.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the version history tracking system to review past modifications of a specific template during a team meeting to discuss improvements.

Given a user has a template open, when they navigate to the version history tab, then they should see a list of all previous versions with timestamps, author names, and change summaries.

A user makes changes to a template and saves a new version, expecting the system to log the update properly.

Given a user modifies a template and clicks 'Save as New Version', when the action is completed, then the new version should be logged in the version history with the correct timestamp, author name, and summary of changes made.

A team member wants to revert to a previous version of a template during a project deadline crunch.

Given a user views the version history of a template, when they select a prior version and click 'Revert', then the system should restore that version and display a confirmation message indicating the successful reversion.

A user needs to track the contributions of different team members to a specific template over time for accountability.

Given the version history of a template is displayed, when the user looks at the list, then they can see contributions from all team members with their respective timestamps and change summaries.

A user logs into the system after recent updates and wants to ensure that the version history reflects their recent changes accurately.

Given a user logs in and opens a template, when they access the version history, then the latest changes they made should be present and correctly display all details as expected.

During a training session, an instructor demonstrates how to use the version history feature to a group of new users.

Given an instructor is conducting a training session, when they walk through the version history feature, then all functionalities must be clearly displayed and function as intended without errors.

Revert to Previous Version

"As a user, I want the ability to revert to a previous version of a template so that I can easily recover from mistakes without losing my progress."

Description

A crucial component of the Template Version Control feature is the ability for users to revert to any previous version of a template. This functionality will allow for a seamless restoration process, ensuring that in cases of incorrect modifications or unwanted changes, users can easily recover the original format or structure of the workflow. The revert function needs to be intuitive and straightforward, preventing any disruption in the collaborative workflow and enabling teams to feel confident in experimenting with changes, knowing they can easily roll back if needed. This will enhance the user experience by promoting a secure and responsive collaborative environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to revert to a previous version of a template after making several changes that they decide they no longer want.

Given the user has multiple versions of a template saved, when they select a previous version and click 'Revert', then the template should restore to that selected version without any data loss.

A team collaborates on a template and someone mistakenly deletes a crucial part of the workflow, requiring a revert to the last saved version.

Given the user is viewing the current version of the template, when they click on 'Version History', then they should see a list of previous versions with corresponding timestamps and restoration options.

A user decides to revert to an older version of a template but wants to verify what changes were made since the version they wish to revert to.

Given the user selects a previous version, when they view the change log for that version, then they should see a detailed list of modifications made since that version.

After reverting to an earlier version of a template, the user wants to ensure that the restore process does not disrupt other active collaborations.

Given the user has successfully reverted the template, when other team members access the template, then they should see the reverted version without any discrepancies.

A user is unsure how to revert to a previous template version and needs guidance.

Given the user is on the template editing page, when they access the help section, then they should find clear instructions and a video tutorial on how to revert to previous versions.

The user needs to experiment with a template and feels hesitant because they are not sure if they can revert any changes made.

Given the user is in the template editor, when they attempt to make changes, then there should be a clearly marked 'Revert to Previous Version' option available at all times, ensuring the user feels secure in their ability to revert changes.

A user reverts a version, but then realizes they want to go back to the latest version they just reverted from.

Given the user has recently reverted to an earlier version, when they click 'Restore Latest Version', then they should successfully return to the most recent version before the revert without losing any changes made after the revert.

Collaborative Annotations

"As a team member, I want to be able to add annotations to each version of a template so that I can provide feedback and engage in discussions with my colleagues about changes."

Description

This requirement introduces a collaborative annotations feature that allows users to add comments and suggestions on each version of a template. Users will be able to annotate changes and discuss improvements directly on the document, fostering a collaborative atmosphere where all voices are heard. This capability integrates seamlessly with the version control system, as annotations will be linked to specific versions, ensuring that team members can provide context and feedback that is directly related to the modifications made. This enhancement will significantly increase the quality of collaboration and information sharing among team members.

Acceptance Criteria

User adds a comment to a template version to suggest a change in wording for clarity.

Given a user is viewing a specific version of a template, when they add a comment suggesting a change, then the comment should be saved and linked to that version of the template, visible to all collaborators.

User reverts to a previous version of a template and wants to see annotations related to that version.

Given a user has reverted to a previous version of a template, when they view that version, then all annotations related to that version should be displayed to the user.

Multiple users add comments on the same version of a template during a team review session.

Given multiple users are collaborating on a specific version of a template, when each user adds their comments, then all comments should be displayed in the order they were added, along with the user's name and timestamp.

A user wants to filter annotations by specific contributors to the template version.

Given a user is reviewing comments on a template version, when they apply a filter for comments made by a specific contributor, then only comments made by that contributor should be displayed.

A user sees a notification for new annotations added to a template they are involved with.

Given a user is collaborating on a template version, when a new annotation is added by any team member, then the user should receive a real-time notification alerting them about the new comment.

Template Comparison View

"As a user, I want to compare different versions of a template side-by-side so that I can quickly evaluate changes and decide which version is best."

Description

The Template Version Control feature will include a comparison view that allows users to visually inspect changes between two versions of a template. This comparison will highlight differences in text, formatting, and other relevant attributes, offering users an efficient way to understand what changes have been made at a glance. This tool will improve decision-making regarding which version to adopt by providing a clear and concise visual representation of alterations. Integrating this capability will empower users to make informed decisions on template selection and facilitate more constructive discussions during collaborative review processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User compares two versions of a template to identify changes before finalizing a decision on which version to use.

Given two different versions of a template, When the user navigates to the comparison view, Then the system should display a side-by-side view highlighting differences in text, formatting, and attributes.

A user wants to revert to a previous version of a template after reviewing changes in the comparison view.

Given a user is viewing the comparison of two template versions, When the user selects the option to revert, Then the system should successfully revert to the chosen previous version of the template without losing any original content.

A team needs to discuss the differences between two template versions during a collaborative review meeting.

Given two template versions are being compared in the comparison view, When the user selects a difference, Then the system should provide details on the change, including the exact text changes and formatting alterations, facilitating discussion.

An enterprise user requires exporting the comparison results for documentation purposes.

Given a user accesses the comparison view, When the user selects the export option, Then the system should generate a downloadable report that includes details of differences noted, formatted in a clear and professional manner.

The system shows an error when the user attempts to compare three or more versions of a template.

Given the user selects multiple versions to compare, When the user attempts to initiate the comparison, Then the system should display an error message stating that only two versions can be compared at a time.

A freelance professional needs to update their template but ensure that previous versions are archived properly.

Given a user is updating a template version, When the user saves the new version, Then the system should automatically archive the previous version for future reference, ensuring no loss of data.

A user expects the comparison view to load efficiently with minimal delays regardless of template size.

Given a user accesses the comparison view for large template versions, When the comparison view is loaded, Then the system should complete loading and rendering in under 5 seconds to maintain user engagement and satisfaction.

User Permissions Control

"As a template owner, I want to control user permissions for each version of my template so that I can ensure only authorized team members can make changes or comments."

Description

To ensure a secure and organized workflow, the Template Version Control feature will include a user permissions control mechanism. This will allow template owners to specify who can access, edit, or comment on each version of a template. By assigning permissions based on user roles and project needs, this functionality will enhance collaboration while also safeguarding the integrity of templates. It ensures that only authorized users can make changes or provide input, which is crucial for maintaining the quality and consistency needed in professional workflows.

Acceptance Criteria

User Role Assignment for Template Editing Permissions

Given a template owner, when they assign editing permissions to specific users, then those users should be able to edit the template, while users without permission should be denied access to edit.

Version Access Restrictions Based on User Roles

Given a template with multiple versions, when a user accesses the template, then they should only see the versions they have permission to access based on their assigned role.

Reverting to Previous Template Version as a User

Given a user with permission to edit, when they select a previous version of a template and choose to revert, then the template should be updated to that selected previous version and all users notified of the change.

Audit Trail for Template Changes

Given multiple users collaborating on a template, when changes are made by any user, then an audit trail should be recorded that includes the user ID, timestamp, and nature of the change.

Notification System for Permission Changes

Given a template owner changes user permissions, when that change occurs, then all affected users should receive an automated notification specifying the change in their permissions.

Feedback Integration System

An integrated system that allows team members to provide feedback directly within the customizable templates. This feature promotes continuous improvement by enabling users to suggest modifications or enhancements in real-time, fostering a collaborative environment where feedback is utilized to optimize workflows and document effectiveness.

Requirements

Inline Feedback Submission

"As a team member, I want to provide feedback directly within the document so that my suggestions can be seen and considered in real-time, improving our collaboration and the document's quality."

Description

The Inline Feedback Submission requirement enables team members to provide feedback on documents in real-time while editing. This feature will allow users to add comments, suggest edits, and highlight sections of the document that require attention, directly within the customizable templates. The integration of this system within the existing document editing workflow fosters a collaborative environment, enhancing the ability for teams to address issues as they arise. Additionally, this feature will help track changes and feedback history, making it easier to revert or analyze modifications, ultimately optimizing the document effectiveness and workflow efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

Inline feedback submission by team members on documents during real-time editing sessions.

Given a team member is editing a document, when they add a comment on a specific section, then the comment should appear immediately in the feedback section of the document.

A team member suggesting edits to a document while another member is reviewing it.

Given a user suggests an edit while another is viewing the document, when the suggestion is submitted, then the edit suggestion should be tracked and displayed in the change history.

Highlighting sections of a document by team members to draw attention for feedback.

Given a user highlights a section of the document, when the highlight is saved, then the highlighted section should be visible to all team members involved in the document.

Retrieving feedback history after multiple comments have been added by team members.

Given multiple comments have been added to a document, when a user requests the feedback history, then all previous comments should be displayed chronologically along with their authors.

Reverting to a previous version of the document after feedback is gathered and assessed.

Given feedback has been collected on various edits, when a user selects to revert to an earlier version, then the document should revert to the state it was in before the latest edits and feedback were applied.

Recommendation of document improvements based on gathered feedback over time.

Given a document has multiple feedback entries, when the feedback is analyzed, then the system should suggest actionable improvements for the document based on the comments provided.

Feedback Categorization

"As a project manager, I want to categorize feedback so that my team can prioritize which suggestions to address first, thus making our document review process more efficient and organized."

Description

The Feedback Categorization requirement allows users to classify feedback based on predetermined categories such as 'Urgent', 'Minor Change', 'Content Suggestion', and 'Formatting Issue'. This categorization will help streamline the feedback process by enabling teams to prioritize responses and manage changes more effectively. The system should allow for easy filtering of feedback by category, ensuring that team members can focus on high-priority items first while maintaining a clean and organized feedback interface. This feature will enhance productivity by reducing the time spent sorting through comments and suggestions during document revisions.

Acceptance Criteria

A team member is reviewing document feedback and needs to categorize suggestions made by various users in the feedback interface.

Given the feedback interface is open, When a user selects a feedback comment, Then the user must be able to categorize it using predefined categories such as 'Urgent', 'Minor Change', 'Content Suggestion', and 'Formatting Issue'.

A project manager wants to prioritize feedback for an upcoming revision of a document based on customer and team suggestions.

Given feedback comments have been categorized, When the project manager filters feedback by category, Then the system must display only the comments that match the selected category, allowing the project manager to focus on those items first.

A user is collaborating on a document and wants to ensure that all feedback is visible for the entire team to discuss.

Given feedback has been categorized and comments have been made, When a user opens the feedback section, Then all categorized feedback must be visible in an organized manner, allowing users to access and discuss each item easily.

A team is conducting a review session to address feedback on a document before its final submission.

Given the feedback interface is open, When the team reviews categorized feedback, Then all urgent feedback items must be visibly highlighted to ensure they are addressed first during the discussion.

A user is trying to streamline the feedback collection process in preparation for a document update.

Given the feedback categorization feature is implemented, When a user categorizes feedback, Then the changes must be saved in real-time and reflected in the feedback interface without any delay or data loss.

An administrator wants to ensure that the feedback categorization system is functioning correctly and is user-friendly.

Given the feedback categorization feature is live, When an administrator reviews user reports, Then there must be no more than 5% of feedback categories reported as confusing or ineffective in usability surveys within the first month of launch.

Feedback Resolution Tracking

"As a contributor, I want to track the status of my feedback so that I know if and when my suggestions have been acted upon, fostering a sense of involvement and transparency within the team."

Description

The Feedback Resolution Tracking requirement provides a system for tracking the status of feedback submitted by users. This will allow users to see if their suggestions have been acknowledged, in review, implemented, or rejected. An intuitive dashboard should be created to display the overall status of feedback submissions, allowing team members to monitor progress and ensure that all suggestions are properly addressed. This tracking feature encourages accountability among team members and reinforces a culture of continual improvement, where feedback is actively integrated into the document development process.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on a document template through the integrated feedback system.

Given a user is viewing a document template, when they submit feedback, then the feedback should appear in the dashboard with a status of 'Acknowledged'.

A team lead reviews the feedback submitted and changes the status of the feedback based on its review outcome.

Given a team lead is reviewing feedback in the dashboard, when they change the status of a feedback item to 'In Review', then the system should update the status in real-time and notify the user who submitted it.

Users should be able to view the status of their submitted feedback through the feedback tracking dashboard.

Given a user accesses the feedback tracking dashboard, when they check the status of their feedback submissions, then they should see their feedback categorized into 'Acknowledged', 'In Review', 'Implemented', or 'Rejected'.

A user receives an email notification when their feedback status changes from 'In Review' to 'Implemented'.

Given a user has submitted feedback that is currently 'In Review', when the status changes to 'Implemented', then the user should receive an email notification about the status change.

The dashboard provides a summary of feedback submitted over the past month with detailed breakdowns.

Given a user accesses the feedback dashboard, when they select the summary view for the past month, then they should see graphical representations of total feedback submitted, categorized by status.

Feedback submissions are timestamped to track when they were made.

Given a user submits feedback, when the feedback is logged in the system, then it should display the submission date and time next to each feedback item in the dashboard.

Users can filter the feedback submissions by status on the dashboard.

Given a user is in the feedback tracking dashboard, when they filter submissions by status, then only the feedback items matching the selected status should be displayed.

AI-Powered Feedback Suggestions

"As a document editor, I want to receive AI-driven feedback suggestions so that I can enhance the quality of my documents without spending excessive time analyzing every detail myself."

Description

The AI-Powered Feedback Suggestions requirement involves integrating artificial intelligence to analyze document content and provide smart feedback options based on common issues, stylistic improvements, and best practices. This feature will assist users in refining their documents by offering suggestions for enhancement automatically, reducing the cognitive load associated with creating high-quality content. The intelligent feedback system should learn over time from user interactions to continually improve its suggestions, thereby supporting users in producing consistently high-quality documents and ensuring brand consistency.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives AI-powered feedback suggestions while editing a document to enhance content quality.

Given a user is editing a document, when the AI analyzes the content, then it should provide at least three specific feedback suggestions related to improvements like tone, grammar, and style.

Users can view suggested improvements in a user-friendly interface integrated within the editing tools.

Given a user opens the feedback panel, when they click on suggestions, then the system should display the suggestions clearly, along with explanations for each suggestion.

The AI system learns from user interactions to refine its feedback over time.

Given a user accepts or rejects feedback suggestions multiple times, when the user re-edits a document, then the suggestions should reflect the user’s preferences by adapting to style and content choices.

Feedback suggestions provide a historical context of changes made to the document.

Given a user reviews previous feedback, when they access the feedback history, then it should display a chronological list of all received suggestions and user actions taken on them.

The AI ensures that feedback suggestions maintain brand consistency by referencing a predefined style guide.

Given a document being edited, when the AI generates suggestions, then it should ensure that all suggested improvements align with the established brand voice and style guide.

Users can customize the feedback topics they wish to receive suggestions on based on their document type.

Given a user selects a document type from the settings, when they edit that document, then the AI should provide suggestions that are specifically tailored to the selected document type.

Customizable Feedback Templates

"As a team lead, I want customizable feedback templates so that our feedback process is standardized, making it easier for everyone to provide input while maintaining our organizational tone and style."

Description

The Customizable Feedback Templates requirement allows organizations to create specific templates that conform to their unique feedback processes and branding. These templates will include structured fields for different types of feedback inputs, making it easier for team members to provide consistent and relevant input. Additionally, having pre-defined templates will help onboard new users quickly, as they will have clear guidelines to follow for submitting feedback. This customization will enhance the feedback collection process and ensure that all feedback aligns with the organization's standards and practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a new customizable feedback template for their team in InnoDoc.

Given the user is logged in, When they select 'Create New Template', Then they should be able to choose from various fields and layout options, and save the template successfully.

Team members provide feedback using the newly created customizable feedback template.

Given that the feedback template is available, When team members fill in their feedback and submit it, Then the submitted feedback should reflect correctly in the feedback management system.

An organization wants to edit an existing feedback template to align with a new feedback process.

Given that the user has access to edit templates, When they modify the fields and save changes, Then the modified template should update without any errors and retain the previous feedback submissions.

A new team member is onboarding and needs to use the customizable feedback templates.

Given that the new team member accesses the feedback section, When they view the feedback templates, Then they should see clear instructions on how to use each template, as well as examples of completed feedback.

A team lead reviews feedback collected through customizable templates over a specified period.

Given that feedback submissions are collected, When the team lead accesses the analytics dashboard, Then they should see a summary of feedback trends and insights generated from the submitted data.

An organization wants to ensure that feedback from the templates is stored securely and complies with data protection regulations.

Given that feedback is submitted through the templates, When the data is analyzed, Then it should be encrypted and only accessible by authorized personnel in compliance with relevant data protection laws.

Analytics Dashboard for Workflow Performance

A comprehensive analytics dashboard that tracks the performance of workflows created from templates. Users can analyze metrics such as task completion rates, time spent on tasks, and team engagement levels, enabling them to identify bottlenecks and optimize processes effectively. This feature empowers users to make data-driven decisions to enhance productivity.

Requirements

Performance Metrics Tracking

"As a project manager, I want to track performance metrics of our workflows so that I can identify bottlenecks and optimize team efficiency."

Description

This requirement involves the development of robust tracking mechanisms for key performance metrics within the analytics dashboard. Users need the ability to monitor task completion rates, time spent on tasks, and team engagement levels to effectively visualize workflow performance. The implementation of real-time data processing enables users to receive immediate feedback, which can lead to timely adjustments in workflows. This feature is crucial for users to pinpoint inefficiencies and improve overall productivity, creating a more streamlined collaborative environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the analytics dashboard after completing a series of tasks using a workflow template.

Given a user has completed tasks in a workflow, when they access the analytics dashboard, then the task completion rate should display the percentage of tasks completed versus total tasks created, accurately reflecting their input.

User accesses the dashboard to analyze time spent on specific tasks within a project.

Given a user selects a specific workflow in the analytics dashboard, when they view the time tracking metrics, then the dashboard should display the total time spent on each task, updated in real-time without delay.

Manager reviews team engagement levels to assess productivity during a project.

Given a manager accesses the analytics dashboard, when they view the engagement metrics, then the dashboard should show metrics such as the number of comments, document edits, and active users during the workflow's timeline, quantifying team interaction accurately.

User identifies bottlenecks in workflow performance through the analytics dashboard.

Given a user has access to the performance metrics, when they filter the data by task completion rates and time spent, then the system should highlight the tasks that have exceeded average completion times or have low completion rates, allowing the user to pinpoint inefficiencies effectively.

User refreshes the analytics dashboard to get the latest performance data as three new tasks are completed.

Given a user is on the analytics dashboard, when they refresh the page, then the updated metrics should reflect the latest completion rates, time spent, and engagement levels in real-time without the need for a page reload.

Team leader wants to generate a report based on workflow performance over the last month.

Given a team leader opens the analytics dashboard, when they select the date range for the last month, then the dashboard should provide a downloadable report that includes key metrics such as average task completion rates, time spent on tasks, and engagement levels, formatted for presentation.

Customizable Dashboard Elements

"As a team lead, I want to customize the analytics dashboard so that I can easily access the metrics that are most relevant to my team’s projects."

Description

The requirement mandates the inclusion of customizable elements within the analytics dashboard. Users should be able to tailor the dashboard to showcase specific metrics and visualizations that are practically relevant for their unique workflows. Customization boosts user engagement and satisfaction by allowing individuals to focus on what matters most to their projects, leading to more informed decision-making. By implementing drag-and-drop features and widget settings, users can modify their dashboard layout effortlessly, enhancing their overall experience with the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customization of Dashboard Layout

Given a user is on the analytics dashboard, when they drag and drop elements to rearrange their layout, then the new layout should be saved and displayed upon the next login.

Selection of Metrics for Display

Given a user has access to the analytics dashboard, when they select specific metrics to display from a predefined list, then the dashboard should update in real-time to reflect those selected metrics without requiring a refresh.

Saving Custom Widget Settings

Given a user configures a widget on the dashboard with specific settings, when they click the save button, then their settings should persist and apply every time they access that widget thereafter.

Responsive Design for Dashboard Customization

Given a user is customizing the dashboard on a mobile device, when they adjust the dashboard elements, then the layout should automatically adapt to maintain usability and accessibility on smaller screens.

User Engagement Analytics Tracking

Given a user has customized their dashboard, when they interact with different elements over a week, then the system should record and display engagement metrics for each widget on the dashboard.

Undo and Redo Customization Actions

Given a user makes changes to their dashboard layout, when they use the undo or redo option, then the dashboard should reflect the previous state accordingly without loss of data.

Collaborative Dashboard Sharing

Given a user has customized their dashboard, when they share their dashboard with team members, then the shared dashboard should reflect the user's customizations for all team members accessing it.

Automated Insights Generation

"As a user, I want the system to provide automated insights on workflow performance so that I can quickly identify areas for improvement without manual analysis."

Description

This requirement involves creating an automated insights generation feature that analyzes workflow data and provides actionable recommendations to users. By leveraging AI algorithms, users can receive insights into performance trends, potential bottlenecks, and suggestions for process improvements without manually sifting through the data. This functionality not only saves time but also allows users to make data-driven decisions that enhance collaborative productivity, enabling teams to work smarter instead of harder.

Acceptance Criteria

As a project manager, I want to access the analytics dashboard to view the performance insights of my team's workflow so that I can understand how efficiently tasks are being completed and identify areas for improvement.

Given that I am logged into the InnoDoc platform, When I navigate to the analytics dashboard, Then I should see a summary of task completion rates for the selected workflow over the past month.

As a team lead, I request automated insights to identify potential bottlenecks in our current project workflow to ensure timely delivery and resource allocation.

Given that a workflow has been running for at least one week, When I trigger the automated insights generation, Then I should receive a report with key performance trends and identified bottlenecks within five minutes.

As a user, I want to receive actionable recommendations based on the analytics data so that I can implement changes to enhance team productivity.

Given that the automated insights have been generated, When I view the recommendations section, Then I should see at least three actionable suggestions for process improvements based on the analyzed data.

As a freelancer using InnoDoc, I aim to assess my engagement level in workflows to ensure I am contributing effectively to my teams.

Given that I am a user of the platform, When I access the analytics dashboard, Then I should see a detailed engagement metric specifically for my involvement in all active projects.

As a collaborative team, we want to compare performance metrics over different time periods to evaluate improvements in workflow efficiency.

Given that I have selected two time periods for comparison, When I generate the performance metrics report, Then I should see a side-by-side comparison of task completion rates and average time spent on tasks for both periods.

As an administrator, I want the analytics dashboard to aggregate data from multiple workflows to provide an overall performance summary for the organization.

Given that multiple workflows are active within my organization, When I access the consolidated analytics dashboard, Then I should see an organization-level performance summary including total task completion rates and average task durations.

Team Collaboration Features Integration

"As a team member, I want to discuss workflow analytics with my colleagues directly in the dashboard so that we can collaboratively improve our processes."

Description

To enhance the overall functionality of the analytics dashboard, integration of team collaboration features is essential. This requirement entails enabling team members to comment on and discuss specific metrics and reports within the dashboard. By fostering a collaborative environment directly within the analytics context, users can engage in dialogue about performance metrics, share observations, and collectively strategize on workflow enhancements, thereby promoting a culture of continuous improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a discussion within the analytics dashboard on a specific metric related to task completion rates.

Given a user is viewing the analytics dashboard, when they select a metric and click 'Discuss', then a comment box appears, allowing them to enter and submit their comments.

Multiple team members comment on the same metric within the analytics dashboard.

Given multiple users have access to the analytics dashboard, when one user submits a comment on a metric, then all other users viewing that metric can see the comment in real-time.

A user receives notification of new comments made on metrics they are following.

Given a user follows specific metrics in the analytics dashboard, when another user comments on any of those metrics, then the follower receives a notification alerting them to the new comment.

Users can reply to comments in the discussion thread for a specific metric.

Given a comment exists on a metric, when a user clicks 'Reply' and submits their response, then the reply is added below the original comment in the discussion thread.

Users can edit their own comments after submission.

Given a user has submitted a comment, when they click 'Edit' on their comment, then they can modify the content and save the changes, updating the comment in the discussion.

Users can delete their comments.

Given a user has submitted a comment, when they click 'Delete' on their comment, then a confirmation message appears and upon confirmation, the comment is removed from the discussion thread.

Metrics discussed in comments are easily accessible for future reference.

Given comments exist for a metric, when a user navigates back to that metric, then all associated comments and discussions are displayed clearly under the metric for review.

Real-Time Data Refreshing

"As a team manager, I want the analytics dashboard to update in real-time so that I can monitor workflow performance without delays."

Description

This requirement ensures that the analytics dashboard is equipped with real-time data refreshing capabilities. Users should be able to view up-to-date information on workflows without experiencing delays in data updates. Immediate access to the latest metrics fosters proactive management, allowing users to respond to workflow changes as they happen. This dynamic feature greatly contributes to informed decision-making and timely intervention to optimize team performance.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the analytics dashboard at varying intervals to monitor workflow performance and expects data to reflect the most current updates without manual refresh.

Given that the user is on the analytics dashboard, when they access the dashboard, then the displayed metrics should reflect data updated within the last minute.

A team leader generates a report based on workflow performance metrics to review at a scheduled meeting, relying on real-time updates to present accurate information.

Given that the team leader schedules a report generation, when they open the report during the meeting, then the data should display the most recent performance metrics without any delays.

Multiple users are collaborating in real-time on a project, using the analytics dashboard to make immediate decisions based on the current workflow metrics provided by the dashboard.

Given that multiple users are accessing the analytics dashboard simultaneously, when one user updates a task's status, then all users should see the updated metric reflected on their dashboards within 5 seconds.

A project manager monitors the completion rates of various team tasks throughout the workday, needing immediate visibility to manage team productivity effectively.

Given that the project manager is viewing the analytics dashboard, when a task is completed by a team member, then the task completion rate should update in real-time to reflect this change immediately.

A user checks analytics on the overall engagement levels during a project sprint and needs the data to be up-to-date to make strategic decisions for the next sprint.

Given that the user is analyzing engagement metrics, when the sprint timeline updates, then the engagement levels shown should refresh automatically to reflect the current status without user intervention.

An operations manager uses the dashboard to identify workflow bottlenecks as they occur during a busy work period, requiring instant access to the latest information.

Given that the operations manager is actively monitoring workflow metrics, when a bottleneck is detected, then a notification should be triggered, and the dashboard metrics should refresh to show real-time insights into the bottleneck situation.

A remote team conducts a daily stand-up meeting and relies on the dashboard to present performance insights from the previous day, expecting the data to be accurate and current by their meeting time.

Given that the remote team is having a daily stand-up, when they access the analytics dashboard at the start of the meeting, then the data should accurately reflect metrics from the previous day with no significant delay in updating.

Data Export Functionality

"As a stakeholder, I want to export workflow analytics data to present to my team so that we can discuss our performance and areas for improvement."

Description

This requirement involves allowing users to export analytics data in various formats (such as CSV, PDF, or Excel). Users may need to present insights to stakeholders or integrate analytics data with other tools for reporting purposes. User-friendly export options that retain the integrity and structure of the data are critical for effective communication. This functionality ensures that users can share findings and insights easily, facilitating better communication and collaboration with external teams.

Acceptance Criteria

User intends to export analytics data in CSV format to present findings at a team meeting.

Given the user is on the analytics dashboard, when they select the export option and choose CSV format, then the system should generate a CSV file that includes all relevant analytics data accurately structured and formatted.

A project manager needs to export analytics data in PDF format for a quarterly report to stakeholders.

Given the user is on the analytics dashboard, when they select the export option and choose PDF format, then the system should generate a PDF document that maintains the integrity of the data and includes visualizations as shown on the dashboard.

A user wants to integrate analytics data into an Excel spreadsheet for further analysis.

Given the user is on the analytics dashboard, when they select the export option and choose Excel format, then the system should produce an Excel file that retains all data structures, allowing for seamless integration with existing Excel workflows.

A user needs to verify that the exported data is complete and matches the displayed metrics on the dashboard.

Given the user has exported the analytics data in any format, when they open the exported file, then the information should exactly match the metrics displayed on the dashboard without any discrepancies.

A user wants to ensure the exported data is user-friendly and can be easily shared with external stakeholders.

Given the user has exported the analytics data in CSV, PDF, or Excel, when they review the file, then the document should be clearly formatted and contain a summary of key metrics for easy interpretation by external stakeholders.

A product lead wants to check for any export errors while exporting analytics data.

Given the user attempts to export analytics data, when an error occurs during the export process, then the system should provide a clear error message describing the issue along with suggestions for resolution.

A user wants the ability to select specific metrics for export rather than all available data.

Given the user is on the analytics dashboard, when they choose to export data, then the system should provide an option to select which metrics to include in the export, ensuring the user can tailor their export as needed.

Customizable Notification Settings

Flexible notification options that allow users to set preferences for reminders and updates related to their workflows. This means users can receive alerts for upcoming deadlines, changes to assigned tasks, and feedback from collaborators, ensuring they are always informed and able to respond promptly to project developments.

Requirements

User-defined Notification Preferences

"As a team member, I want to customize my notification preferences so that I can receive timely updates only on the tasks and events that matter most to me, allowing me to stay focused and reduce distractions."

Description

This requirement involves providing users with the ability to customize their notification settings, enabling them to specify which types of alerts they wish to receive (e.g., deadline reminders, task updates, collaborator feedback). Users can select preferences based on priority or type of activity, ensuring that notifications remain relevant and useful for their workflows. This can enhance user engagement by preventing notification fatigue and allowing users to respond proactively to important updates, ultimately fostering better collaboration and productivity within teams.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Notification Preferences for Task Deadlines

Given the user navigates to the Notification Settings page, When the user selects 'Deadline Reminders' and sets it to 'On', Then the user should receive email alerts 1 day and 1 hour before a task deadline.

User Adjusts Notification Settings for Task Updates

Given the user is on the Notification Settings page, When the user chooses to enable 'Task Updates' notifications, Then the user should receive an in-app notification immediately after a task is updated.

User Sets Preferences for Collaborator Feedback Alerts

Given the user is in the Notification Settings, When the user selects feedback notifications and sets priority to 'High', Then the user should receive instant notifications for all feedback given by collaborators on tasks they are involved in.

User Receives Notifications Based on Selected Priority

Given the user has set up notifications with 'Medium' priority for updates, When an update occurs that has 'High' priority, Then the user should receive a notification for the update immediately regardless of their selected priority.

User Tests Notification Preferences Implementation

Given the user has configured their notification preferences, When the user tests each notification type, Then the user should receive the corresponding notifications as configured without delay or errors.

User Removes Notification Preferences for Task Changes

Given the user is on the Notification Settings, When the user disables 'Task Change Notifications', Then the user should no longer receive alerts for any changes made to tasks they are following.

User Updates Notification Settings Across Devices

Given the user updates their notification preferences on one device, When they log in to another device, Then the updated preferences should reflect instantly across all devices without discrepancies.

Real-time Notification Delivery

"As a project manager, I want notifications to be delivered in real-time so that I can react quickly to any changes or feedback, ensuring our projects stay on track and maintaining efficient collaboration."

Description

This requirement stipulates that notifications should be delivered in real-time and synced across devices. When a team member receives feedback or a task update, the notification should be pushed immediately to ensure that all users are kept informed without delay. This functionality is crucial to maintaining synchronous communication within remote teams and preventing latency in response times, thereby promoting a seamless workflow.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification for task updates during a scheduled project meeting when the document is being collaboratively edited.

Given a user is actively collaborating on a document, When a task update occurs, Then the user should receive a real-time notification on their device within 2 seconds of the update.

A team member receives feedback on a submitted document while they are reviewing it on a different device.

Given that the team member is logged into InnoDoc on multiple devices, When feedback is provided on their submitted document, Then the notification should be displayed on all devices within 2 seconds.

A user sets notification preferences to receive alerts for upcoming deadlines.

Given a user has set their notification preferences, When a deadline is approaching, Then the user should receive reminders 24 hours and 1 hour before the deadline, in real-time, through the selected communication channels.

A freelancer receives a notification for a new task assignment while working on another client's document.

Given the freelancer is actively working in a separate document, When a new task is assigned, Then the notification should be delivered immediately and appear as a push notification regardless of the current document in use.

A project manager sends an update on task priorities to the team working on a collaborative document.

Given the project manager sends a priority update, When the notification is pushed to all team members, Then each team member should receive the notification within 3 seconds of sending, ensuring no one misses the update.

A user is part of multiple teams and wants to receive customized notifications based on team projects.

Given the user has joined multiple teams, When they adjust their settings for notification preferences for each team, Then they should receive tailored notifications according to the specified preferences without delay.

Notification History Log

"As a user, I want to access a history of my notifications so that I can review any missed updates and stay informed about project developments, even if I wasn't able to respond right away."

Description

This requirement calls for the implementation of a notification history feature that allows users to access past notifications. This feature will enable users to review reminders, task updates, and feedback they may have missed, ensuring that important information is never lost. The history log should be easily accessible and filterable by date, type of notification, or sender, fostering accountability and enabling users to track their project-related updates more effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the notification history log to review past reminders and feedback.

Given the user is logged into InnoDoc, When they navigate to the notification history log, Then they should see a list of past notifications sorted by date, with options to filter by type or sender.

User filters the notification history by type of notification.

Given the user is viewing the notification history log, When they select a filter option for 'Task Updates', Then only notifications categorized as task updates should be displayed.

User searches the notification history for notifications from a specific collaborator.

Given the user is in the notification history log, When they enter a collaborator's name in the search field, Then only notifications sent by that collaborator should be shown in the results.

User checks the history log for missed deadline reminders.

Given the user has missed a deadline, When they view the notification history log, Then they should see a notification indicating the missed deadline along with the original due date.

User reviews the history log for feedback on a previous task.

Given the user is looking for feedback on task 'X', When they filter the notification history log by 'Feedback', Then they should see all feedback notifications related to task 'X'.

User wants to access the notification history on a mobile device.

Given the user is using a mobile device, When they open the InnoDoc app and navigate to the notification history log, Then they should be able to view and filter notifications just like on a desktop.

User sees the timestamp associated with each notification in the history log.

Given the user is viewing the notification history log, Then each notification should display a timestamp indicating when it was received.

Sound and Visual Alerts

"As a user, I want to receive both sound and visual alerts for my notifications so that I can promptly react to important updates, even when I'm multitasking or not actively looking at the screen."

Description

To enhance user engagement, this requirement specifies the inclusion of both auditory and visual alerts for notifications. Users should have options to enable or customize sound alerts and visual cues (e.g., pop-ups or banner notifications) to ensure that important updates grab their attention. This adds an extra layer of awareness for users and can significantly improve response times to critical notifications.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a sound alert for an upcoming deadline in a project they are assigned to.

Given a user has set an upcoming project deadline notification sound alert, When the deadline is within 24 hours, Then the user will receive a clear, distinct auditory alert indicating the deadline is approaching.

User receives a visual cue pop-up for changes made by a collaborator in a shared document.

Given a user is collaborating on a document with others, When a collaborator updates the document, Then the user will see a pop-up notification indicating the specific changes made.

User customizes their notification settings to include both sound and visual alerts for task updates.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, When they enable both sound and visual alerts for task updates, Then the user should receive both an auditory alert and a visual notification each time a task is updated.

User disables sound alerts for critical notification types but keeps visual alerts enabled.

Given a user has disabled sound alerts for critical notifications, When a critical notification is triggered, Then the user will receive a visible alert but not an auditory sound alert.

User wants to test the sound alerts to ensure they are working as expected.

Given a user is on the notification settings page, When they select 'Test Sound Alert,' Then a test sound should play to confirm the alert is working correctly.

User receives an integrated banner notification for feedback provided on their submitted document.

Given a user submits a document for review, When feedback is provided by a reviewer, Then the user will see a banner notification at the top of the screen with the feedback message.

Users in different time zones want to ensure they are alerted at the correct local time for deadlines.

Given a user sets a deadline notification for a task due at a specific time, When the deadline time is approaching in the user’s local timezone, Then the user receives a sound and visual alert at the appropriate local time.

Quiz Builder

The Quiz Builder allows Training Facilitators to create customized quizzes that integrate seamlessly into training modules. Users can design multiple-choice, true/false, and open-ended questions directly within the training material. This feature enables immediate feedback and assessments, ensuring learners can gauge their understanding as they progress. By reinforcing key concepts through interactive quizzes, this tool significantly enhances retention and engagement.

Requirements

Dynamic Question Types

""

Description

The Dynamic Question Types requirement allows Training Facilitators to create a variety of question formats, including multiple-choice, true/false, and open-ended questions directly within the Quiz Builder. This flexibility empowers users to construct quizzes that are more engaging and tailored to the learning objectives, enhancing participant interaction and feedback. The integration with training modules ensures that quizzes can be contextually relevant, allowing for a more seamless learning experience and improving retention of key concepts. Additionally, this requirement supports easily updating and modifying questions to adapt to changes in training content.

Acceptance Criteria

Facilitator creates a quiz with a mix of multiple-choice and true/false questions.

Given the facilitator has access to the Quiz Builder, when they select question types and configure questions, then they must be able to save a quiz that contains both multiple-choice and true/false question formats.

Facilitator edits an existing quiz question type from multiple-choice to open-ended.

Given the facilitator has an existing quiz with a question in multiple-choice format, when they select the question to edit and change the type to open-ended, then the system must successfully update the question format without loss of any quiz data.

Participants receive immediate feedback after answering a quiz question.

Given a participant answers a quiz question, when the answer is submitted, then the system must display immediate feedback regarding the correctness of the answer and an explanation if the answer is incorrect.

Facilitator adds a quiz to a training module and ensures contextual relevance.

Given a training module is in progress, when the facilitator adds a quiz to the module, then the quiz must be contextually integrated and directly relevant to the topics covered up to that point in the training material.

Facilitator modifies quiz questions in response to changes in training content.

Given the training content has been updated, when the facilitator accesses the quiz in the Quiz Builder, then they must be able to efficiently modify existing questions to align with the new training material without technical issues.

Facilitator previews the quiz before finalizing it.

Given the facilitator has created a quiz with various question types, when they select the preview option, then they must be able to view the entire quiz as participants would see it, ensuring all questions render correctly and are functional.

Immediate Feedback Mechanism

""

Description

The Immediate Feedback Mechanism provides real-time feedback to learners as they complete quizzes within the training modules. This feature facilitates instant evaluation of their performance, helping learners identify areas of strength and those needing improvement. The integration of immediate feedback into the learning process encourages active participation and reinforces learning objectives, fostering a deeper understanding of the material. By allowing learners to review their responses, the mechanism ensures that they can engage with the content dynamically, leading to enhanced retention and knowledge application.

Acceptance Criteria

Learners complete a quiz after finishing a training module, expecting to receive immediate feedback on their answers to gauge their understanding.

Given the learner has completed a quiz, when they submit their answers, then they should see immediate feedback on each question indicating whether their response was correct or incorrect.

Training facilitators want to analyze quiz performance data in real-time as learners submit their responses to understand question difficulty and learner engagement.

Given the quiz has been completed by learners, when the facilitator views the performance dashboard, then they should be able to see real-time aggregated results, including average scores and question statistics.

Learners review their responses after completing the quiz to understand their mistakes and reinforce their learning.

Given the learner has submitted the quiz, when they access their results, then they should be able to view each question, their selected answer, the correct answer, and feedback on their performance for improvement.

Facilitators need to ensure that quizzes are available to learners immediately after a training session without delays or errors in the process.

Given a training module is completed, when the learners access the quiz link, then they should be able to access and complete the quiz without any error messages or loading delays.

Learners want to be motivated to participate actively in quizzes by understanding how their scores compare with average scores of peers.

Given learners complete their quizzes, when they view their results, then they should also see their score compared to the average score of all participants in the training session.

The immediate feedback mechanism must support multiple question types to cater to diverse learning assessments in quizzes.

Given a quiz consists of multiple question types, when learners answer the quiz, then the immediate feedback mechanism should provide feedback applicable for multiple-choice, true/false, and open-ended questions uniquely based on their responses.

Facilitators need the ability to customize the feedback messages provided to learners based on their responses for improved learning outcomes.

Given facilitators create or edit a quiz, when they set up feedback for each question, then the feedback should accurately reflect the specific answer choices made by the learners, including personalized hints or additional resources.

Quiz Analytics Dashboard

""

Description

The Quiz Analytics Dashboard requirement provides Training Facilitators with insights into quiz performance and user engagement. Facilitators can access data regarding quiz completion rates, average scores, question difficulty, and learner performance over time. This analytics tool enhances the ability to measure training effectiveness and identify trends, enabling facilitators to make data-driven decisions for future training sessions. Integrating this requirement into the Quiz Builder ensures that facilitators have easy access to critical metrics, allowing them to personalize the training experience and enhance overall learner outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

Training Facilitators need to access the Quiz Analytics Dashboard to review the performance of a quiz completed by learners during a recent training session.

Given a training facilitator is logged into the InnoDoc platform, when they navigate to the Quiz Builder section and select the Analytics Dashboard, then they should see a detailed overview of quiz completion rates, average scores, and question difficulty for that specific quiz.

The Quiz Analytics Dashboard is utilized by Training Facilitators to analyze quiz performance trends over multiple training sessions.

Given that the facilitator selects a specific quiz from a list on the Analytics Dashboard, when they view the performance metrics over time, then the system should display a graph illustrating changes in average scores and completion rates across multiple sessions.

Training Facilitators want to identify specific questions that were frequently missed by learners in a quiz.

Given the facilitator is examining quiz analytics, when they click on a specific question's performance metrics, then the system should provide a breakdown of the percentage of learners who answered that question correctly versus incorrectly, along with insights into potential reasons for difficulties.

Facilitators need to make data-driven decisions for creating future training content based on the analytics data.

Given that the facilitators have analyzed quiz performance data, when they identify a trend of low scores in a specific area, then they should have the option to create new training content tailored to address those weaknesses directly from the Analytics Dashboard.

Training Facilitators want to filter quiz performance data based on different learner demographics (e.g., age, prior knowledge).

Given the facilitator accesses the Quiz Analytics Dashboard, when they apply demographic filters to the data view, then the system should dynamically update to show quiz performance metrics that correspond only to the selected demographics.

The system needs to ensure that real-time data is presented in the Quiz Analytics Dashboard without delay.

Given that learners complete a quiz, when the facilitator accesses the Analytics Dashboard immediately afterward, then they should see updated metrics reflecting the latest quiz completions and scores with no noticeable delay in data presentation.

Customizable Scoring Rules

""

Description

The Customizable Scoring Rules feature enables Training Facilitators to define specific scoring criteria for quizzes. Facilitators can set different point values for various question types, create rules for partial credit, or apply penalties for incorrect answers. This flexibility allows for tailored assessments that align with the learning objectives, providing a more accurate picture of learner performance. Integration with the quiz creation interface ensures that facilitators can implement these scoring rules intuitively and quickly, enhancing the assessment process and supporting diverse learning strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

Facilitators set scoring rules for a quiz on a training module for new employees, determining point values for multiple-choice and open-ended questions before the quiz is published.

Given a quiz is created by a training facilitator, when the facilitator sets the point values for different question types, then the system should save the scoring rules appropriately and reflect them in the quiz summary.

A training facilitator wants to allow partial credit for certain open-ended questions in a quiz designed for advanced training sessions.

Given an open-ended question in the quiz, when the facilitator defines the scoring criteria including a percentage of partial credit, then the system should apply these rules to the scoring mechanism during quiz assessments.

The facilitator creates a new quiz and applies penalties for incorrect answers to encourage accurate responses from participants.

Given a quiz with penalties for incorrect answers is created, when users complete the quiz, then their total score should reflect the penalties applied according to the defined rules set by the facilitator.

Facilitators review a quiz with multiple scoring rules defined to ensure they align with the learning objectives and assess performance accurately.

Given a quiz is loaded in the review mode, when the facilitator checks the scoring rules, then all defined scoring criteria should be displayed clearly along with corresponding question types and expected outcomes.

A facilitator attempts to delete scoring rules from a previously created quiz and wants to ensure that the changes are saved correctly.

Given a quiz with existing scoring rules, when the facilitator deletes one or more scoring rules and saves the changes, then the quiz should reflect the updated scoring rules without the deleted entries.

Training facilitators need to create a quiz for a specific training session with customized scoring that can easily be integrated into the existing quiz creation interface.

Given the facilitator is in the quiz creation interface, when they navigate to the customizable scoring section, then they should be able to define scoring rules directly and intuitively without leaving the interface.

Seamless Content Integration

""

Description

The Seamless Content Integration requirement ensures that quizzes can be easily embedded within existing training modules. This functionality allows users to link quizzes directly to specific training materials, providing context to the questions and enhancing learner engagement. By ensuring a fluid connection between training content and assessments, this feature eliminates the need for learners to navigate separate platforms, streamlining the learning journey. The integration contributes significantly to the overall effectiveness of training by maintaining a cohesive flow of information.

Acceptance Criteria

Facilitators can embed quizzes into training modules seamlessly during the content creation process.

Given a training module, when the facilitator selects the quiz builder, then they should be able to add a quiz without leaving the training module interface.

Quizzes can be linked to specific sections of training materials to enhance contextual understanding.

Given a topic in a training module, when a quiz related to that topic is created, then it should automatically link to the relevant section for easy access by the learner.

Learners receive immediate feedback upon completion of a quiz embedded in their training content.

Given a learner completes a quiz, when they submit their answers, then they should receive results and feedback within 5 seconds on the same screen.

The Quiz Builder allows training facilitators to create various question types within the same quiz seamlessly.

Given a training facilitator is using the Quiz Builder, when they create a quiz, then they should be able to mix multiple-choice, true/false, and open-ended questions without issues.

Integration reports are available to facilitators to track quiz performance over time.

Given that a quiz has been taken by learners, when the facilitator checks the integration reports, then they should see detailed analytics on quiz performance, including average scores and question-specific feedback.

Facilitators can edit quizzes at any time in the training module while maintaining the integrity of the training content.

Given a facilitator wants to update a quiz, when they make changes, then those changes should be saved without affecting the rest of the training module’s content or structure.

Quizzes should be responsive and function correctly on various devices including desktops, tablets, and smartphones.

Given a quiz embedded in a training module, when accessed on different devices, then it should display correctly and allow for interaction without any performance issues.

Mobile Compatibility

""

Description

The Mobile Compatibility requirement facilitates access to the Quiz Builder and quizzes on mobile devices. This feature allows learners to participate in assessments from various devices, enhancing accessibility and convenience. The mobile-optimized design ensures that quizzes remain user-friendly and maintain functionality across screens of different sizes. By supporting mobile access, this requirement addresses the needs of remote teams and learners, ensuring that training can occur anytime and anywhere, thus boosting participation and engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

Accessing the Quiz Builder on a smartphone during a training session.

Given a user has mobile access to the Quiz Builder, when they open the application on their smartphone, then they should be able to create, edit, and publish quizzes without loss of functionality or display issues.

Completing a quiz on a tablet device after participating in a training module.

Given a learner starts a quiz on a tablet after a training session, when they submit their answers, then their responses should be recorded accurately, and they should receive immediate feedback on their performance.

Viewing quiz results on different screen sizes after completing an assessment.

Given that a user has completed a quiz, when they view their results on devices with different screen sizes, then the result display should be responsive and maintain all relevant information without truncation or formatting issues.

Navigating the Quiz Builder interface using mobile touch controls.

Given a user is using the Quiz Builder on a mobile device, when they navigate between options and settings, then all touch controls should be functional and provide a smooth user experience without lag or errors.

Participating in a quiz via a mobile web browser without downloading the app.

Given a user accesses the Quiz Builder via a mobile web browser, when they attempt to create or participate in a quiz, then they should be able to access all features similarly to the mobile app experience.

Adjusting quiz questions using mobile device settings for accessibility.

Given a user with accessibility needs is using the Quiz Builder on a mobile device, when they adjust text size or contrast settings, then the quiz should remain fully functional and visually accessible without affecting usability.

Enhanced User Management Controls

""

Description

The Enhanced User Management Controls feature provides facilitators with the tools to manage user permissions, roles, and access levels within the Quiz Builder. This requirement enables facilitators to assign specific rights to users, ensuring control over who can create, edit, or analyze quizzes. Enhanced management capabilities support collaboration among team members while maintaining necessary oversight and security for sensitive training data. The integration of this feature promotes efficient teamwork and ensures that all contributors operate within defined scopes, enhancing the overall functionality of the Quiz Builder.

Acceptance Criteria

Facilitators assign roles and permissions to users in the Quiz Builder system.

Given an admin user accesses the user management settings, when they assign roles to users, then those roles should reflect in the Quiz Builder permissions system as restricted or granted access accordingly.

Training facilitators need to ensure only designated users can edit quizzes.

Given a standard user attempts to access a quiz editing feature, when they do not have permission assigned, then they should receive an 'Access Denied' message and be unable to edit the quiz.

Facilitators are required to generate reports on user quiz interactions.

Given a facilitator requests a report on user interactions with quizzes, when the request is processed, then the report should include user names, the quizzes they interacted with, and their scores.

Users should be able to view their assigned permissions and roles within the system.

Given a user accesses their profile settings, when they view their permissions, then the list of assigned roles and associated permissions should be displayed accurately.

Facilitators must remove access from users who no longer need to create or edit quizzes.

Given a facilitator removes a user's role that grants quiz editing capabilities, when the user attempts to create or edit quizzes, then they should receive an 'Access Denied' message.

Ensure that permissions settings are saved correctly after modifications.

Given a facilitator updates a user's permissions in the management settings, when they save the changes, then the updated permissions should be retrievable and match the recent changes made.

Feedback Integration

The Feedback Integration feature enables trainees to provide real-time feedback on the training modules. This includes options for rating sections, leaving comments, and suggesting improvements. This open channel of communication not only empowers learners but also allows facilitators to refine and customize the training materials based on actual user experiences, fostering a collaborative learning environment.

Requirements

Real-Time Feedback Collection

"As a trainee, I want to provide feedback on the training modules in real-time so that I can communicate my thoughts and suggestions effectively while the material is fresh in my mind."

Description

The Real-Time Feedback Collection requirement allows trainees to submit feedback on training modules as they progress. This feature will enable users to quickly rate sections and provide comments or suggestions without navigating away from their current tasks. The implementation should ensure that feedback is captured instantly and stored securely within the system, allowing facilitators to access it efficiently. The primary benefit of this requirement is to enhance the learning experience by fostering direct communication between trainees and facilitators, resulting in more targeted and effective training materials.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on a training module section during a live training session.

Given a trainee is viewing a training module, when they rate a section and leave a comment, then the feedback should be instantly captured and stored in the system without any errors.

Facilitator retrieves feedback data after a training session to analyze user experiences.

Given the feedback has been submitted by trainees, when the facilitator accesses the feedback dashboard, then they should see all collected feedback organized by training module and section with timestamps.

Trainee provides suggestions for improvement on a specific training module section.

Given a trainee wants to offer suggestions, when they submit a comment for that section, then the suggestion should be submitted successfully and it should appear in the facilitator's feedback for that section.

System sends notifications to facilitators about new feedback submissions.

Given trainees are submitting feedback, when new feedback is received, then the system should send an automated notification to the facilitators involved in that module within 5 minutes.

Trainee accesses the training module and provides feedback on their mobile device.

Given a trainee is on their mobile device, when they submit feedback on a training module, then the submission should be processed without any performance issues, ensuring the mobile interface is fully functional.

Facilitators view feedback analytics to identify common trends and areas for improvement.

Given feedback has been collected over several training sessions, when facilitators access the analytics report, then they should see visualizations that highlight common ratings and key comments from trainees.

Feedback Analytics Dashboard

"As a facilitator, I want to view feedback analytics on a dashboard so that I can easily identify trends and areas needing improvement in the training modules."

Description

The Feedback Analytics Dashboard requirement provides facilitators with a visual representation of the feedback received from trainees. This includes metrics such as average ratings, common themes in comments, and suggestions for improvement. The dashboard should be user-friendly and allow facilitators to filter feedback by module or session. This requirement is crucial as it enables facilitators to quickly assess the effectiveness of the training materials and identify areas for improvement, leading to a more adaptive and responsive training program.

Acceptance Criteria

Rating Feedback Collection

Given a trainee is viewing a training module, when they provide a rating for the section, then the rating should be recorded accurately and reflect in the Feedback Analytics Dashboard.

Comment Submission Functionality

Given a trainee has viewed a training module, when they submit a comment, then the comment should be visible on the Feedback Analytics Dashboard in real-time.

Improvement Suggestions Capture

Given a trainee wishes to suggest an improvement, when they enter a suggestion, then it should be categorized and displayed on the Feedback Analytics Dashboard for facilitators to view.

Dashboard Visualization

Given a facilitator accesses the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, when they view the data, then it should visually represent average ratings and common themes from comments using graphs and charts.

Feedback Filtering Options

Given a facilitator is using the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, when they apply filters by module or session, then the dashboard should only display feedback relevant to the selected criteria.

Responsive Interface Design

Given a facilitator accesses the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, when they navigate through the dashboard, then the interface should be user-friendly and responsive across different devices.

Data Export Capability

Given a facilitator needs to analyze feedback further, when they select the export option, then the feedback data should be downloadable in CSV format.

Comment Moderation System

"As a facilitator, I want to moderate comments submitted by trainees so that I can ensure the feedback is constructive and aligned with our training goals."

Description

The Comment Moderation System requirement allows facilitators to review and approve comments before they are visible to other trainees. This feature promotes a safe and constructive learning environment by ensuring that feedback is appropriate and relevant. The system should include options for facilitators to edit or respond to comments, as well as functionality to categorize feedback by urgency or type. This requirement is essential for maintaining the quality and integrity of the feedback received, encouraging valuable contributions from trainees.

Acceptance Criteria

Facilitator reviews a new comment submitted by a trainee in the Feedback Integration feature for approval before it is visible to other trainees.

Given a new comment has been submitted by a trainee, when the facilitator accesses the moderation dashboard, then the comment should appear in the pending approval list with options to approve, edit, or delete.

Facilitator edits a comment submitted by a trainee to ensure appropriateness before it is published.

Given a comment is pending approval, when the facilitator selects the edit option, then the facilitator should be able to modify the comment text and save the changes before approval.

Facilitator categorizes a comment based on its urgency (high, medium, low) during the moderation process.

Given a comment is being reviewed, when the facilitator assigns a category of urgency, then the comment should reflect the assigned urgency level and this should be stored in the system for reporting purposes.

Trainee views the status of their submitted comments after they have been moderated.

Given a trainee has submitted a comment, when they refresh their comments section, then they should see the updated status of the comment (approved, pending, or rejected) next to their comment.

Facilitator responds to a comment from a trainee to foster communication and clarify feedback.

Given a comment is approved, when the facilitator writes a response, then the response should be displayed under the original comment visible to all trainees.

Facilitator filters comments based on urgency or type for efficient review.

Given the list of pending comments, when the facilitator applies a filter for urgency, then the list should only display comments that match the selected urgency category.

System logs the actions taken by the facilitator on comments for audit purposes.

Given a comment is moderated, when the facilitator approves, edits, or deletes a comment, then the system should log the action with a timestamp and the facilitator's details in the moderation history.

Feedback Notifications

"As a facilitator, I want to receive notifications for new feedback so that I can stay informed about trainee experiences and respond quickly to their needs."

Description

The Feedback Notifications requirement sends alerts to facilitators when new feedback is submitted by trainees. These alerts should include key details such as the module affected, the rating given, and any comments submitted. The purpose of this requirement is to ensure facilitators stay informed in real-time, allowing them to promptly address any areas of concern highlighted by trainees, thereby enhancing engagement and responsiveness within the training environment.

Acceptance Criteria

Facilitators receive real-time notifications when trainees submit feedback after completing a training module.

Given a trainee submits feedback on a training module, when the feedback is submitted, then the facilitator should receive an immediate notification that includes the module name, rating provided, and trainee comments.

Facilitators should be able to view a summary of all feedback notifications within a specified period (e.g., daily, weekly).

Given that feedback has been submitted over a week, when the facilitator checks the feedback summary report, then it should display all notifications including details about the modules, ratings, and comments in chronological order.

Facilitators can adjust their notification settings to receive alerts through preferred communication channels (e.g., email, SMS, app notifications).

Given a facilitator has access to the notification settings, when they update their preferred communication channel, then the system should save their settings and notify them through the chosen channel for all future feedback submissions.

Facilitators should be notified if a trainee leaves a comment that indicates a potential issue (e.g., a low rating or critical feedback).

Given a trainee submits feedback with a rating lower than 3 stars, when the feedback is submitted, then the facilitator should receive an alert that highlights the low rating and displays the comments to prioritize response.

Facilitators need a clear timestamp for when the feedback was submitted to assess its relevancy.

Given that a trainee submits feedback, when the notification is sent to the facilitator, then the notification should include a timestamp indicating the exact time and date of submission.

Facilitators should have the ability to track the status of their responses to the feedback received, ensuring that all concerns are addressed.

Given the facilitator has accessed the feedback section, when they view submitted feedback, then they should see an indicator for each feedback item displaying whether it has been acknowledged and/or responded to by the facilitator.

Feedback Improvement Implementation

"As a facilitator, I want to implement changes to the training modules based on trainee feedback so that the materials remain relevant and effective over time."

Description

The Feedback Improvement Implementation requirement outlines the process for incorporating feedback into training materials. After gathering and analyzing feedback, facilitators should be able to revise the training modules based on specific suggestions. This requirement should include a workflow for tracking changes made in response to feedback, ensuring transparency and accountability. By facilitating the continuous improvement of training content, this requirement is vital for maintaining high-quality training that meets the evolving needs of trainees.

Acceptance Criteria

Trainees provide feedback on specific training modules during an online session.

Given a trainee is logged into InnoDoc during a training module, when they click on the 'Feedback' button, then they should be able to rate the module from 1 to 5 stars, leave comments, and suggest improvements which are successfully submitted and saved.

Facilitators analyze feedback received from trainees on the training modules.

Given that feedback has been collected, when the facilitator accesses the feedback report, then they should be able to view all ratings and comments in an organized format, including a summary of common suggestions for improvements.

Facilitators implement changes based on trainee feedback to improve the training modules.

Given that the facilitator has reviewed the feedback, when they make edits to the training module, then there should be a version history that tracks all changes made due to the feedback, including timestamps and comments on why changes were made.

Trainees receive notifications about updates made to training modules after their feedback was implemented.

Given that changes have been made to a training module based on feedback, when the training module is updated, then all trainees who provided feedback should receive a notification of the changes and a summary of the improvements that were made.

Facilitators conduct a follow-up survey to assess the effectiveness of the changes made to the training modules.

Given that the training module has been revised, when the facilitator sends out a follow-up survey, then at least 70% of trainees who participated should complete the survey within one week, and satisfaction ratings should improve by at least 20% compared to previous feedback.

Facilitators ensure transparency in the feedback implementation process for trainees.

Given that feedback has been collected, when a trainee accesses their feedback submission, then they should be able to see the status of their feedback, including whether it has been reviewed, implemented, or requires further consideration, displayed in a user-friendly manner.

Interactive Scenarios

Interactive Scenarios allow Training Facilitators to create simulated real-life situations where trainees can apply their knowledge and skills in a controlled environment. By making decisions throughout the scenario, users can see the consequences of their choices. This experiential learning approach aids in knowledge retention and better prepares trainees for real-world applications, making the training more relevant and impactful.

Requirements

Decision Impact Feedback

"As a Training Facilitator, I want my trainees to receive immediate feedback on their decisions so that they can learn from their choices in real-time and better understand the implications of their actions in a safe, controlled environment."

Description

The Decision Impact Feedback requirement enables trainees to receive real-time feedback on their decisions within the Interactive Scenarios. After making a choice, users will see immediate outcomes, including successes, failures, and alternative paths. This feedback loop not only supports experiential learning but also enhances understanding by illustrating consequences and encouraging reflective thinking. Implementation includes interface elements that display results alongside contextual tips for improvement, making it easier for trainees to connect their decisions to real-world scenarios and outcomes. The requirement is crucial for making the training experiences engaging and educational, thereby increasing retention and skill application.

Acceptance Criteria

Trainees make decisions in a simulated scenario and require immediate feedback on their selections to understand the impact of their choices.

Given a trainee has made a decision in an Interactive Scenario, when the decision is submitted, then the trainee should receive immediate feedback that includes the outcome of their decision and contextual tips for improvement.

Trainees navigate through multiple paths after making a decision and need clear visibility of their progress and consequences of their choices.

Given a trainee is navigating through the scenario, when they make a decision that leads to multiple outcomes, then the system should display all potential paths, including successes and failures, along with the context to understand their choices.

Facilitators want to review trainee interactions with the Decision Impact Feedback to evaluate their understanding and retention.

Given a facilitator accesses the training report, when the report is generated, then it should include a summary of each trainee’s decisions, the outcomes of those decisions, and any feedback provided during the scenarios.

Trainees are using the Interactive Scenarios on various devices and need the feedback to be consistent across all platforms.

Given a trainee accesses the Interactive Scenario on a different device, when they make a decision and receive feedback, then the feedback must be consistent in content and format across all platforms.

Trainees may face time-sensitive decisions in scenarios and require immediate feedback to simulate real-life pressure.

Given a trainee is in a time-sensitive situation within the Interactive Scenario, when they make a decision, then the feedback should be provided within 5 seconds to simulate urgency of real-life decision-making.

Scenario Customization Tools

"As a Training Facilitator, I want to customize the scenarios for my trainees so that I can ensure the training aligns with their specific learning needs and objectives, making it more impactful and relevant."

Description

The Scenario Customization Tools requirement allows Training Facilitators to tailor Interactive Scenarios based on specific training needs and audience requirements. Users can modify settings such as difficulty levels, scenarios, and decision points, enabling more personalized learning experiences. This flexibility ensures that training is relevant and targeted, enhancing the overall effectiveness of the learning process. Features include drag-and-drop functionality, templates for different scenarios, and options to incorporate multimedia elements. By facilitating customization, this requirement aims to make the training process more adaptable and effective, catering to diverse training goals and the varying skill levels of trainees.

Acceptance Criteria

Scenario Customization for a Sales Training Program

Given a Training Facilitator is logged into InnoDoc, when they access the Scenario Customization Tools, then they should be able to select a template for a sales scenario and modify decision points easily.

Modification of Difficulty Levels in Training Scenarios

Given a Training Facilitator is using the Scenario Customization Tools, when they adjust the difficulty level of the scenario from easy to hard, then the corresponding changes in the scenario should reflect within the interactive simulation.

Incorporation of Multimedia Elements in Scenarios

Given a Training Facilitator is designing a training scenario, when they upload a video file to the scenario, then the video should be playable within the training environment and accessible to trainees.

Drag-and-Drop Functionality for Scenario Elements

Given a Training Facilitator is in the Scenario Customization interface, when they drag an element (like a decision point) into the scenario builder, then the element should snap into place without errors and be editable.

Saving Customized Scenarios for Future Use

Given a Training Facilitator has customized a scenario, when they click the save button, then the scenario should be stored in their account and retrievable in future sessions with all modifications intact.

Testing the Impact of Custom Scenarios on Trainee Knowledge Retention

Given trainees have completed a customized scenario, when their understanding is assessed through a follow-up quiz, then the average score should reflect a minimum of 75% knowledge retention from the scenario.

User Feedback on Customized Scenarios

Given trainees have participated in a training session using a customized scenario, when they complete a feedback form, then at least 80% of users should indicate satisfaction with the customization features provided.

Performance Analytics Dashboard

"As a Training Facilitator, I want to access detailed analytics on trainee performance so that I can assess their strengths and weaknesses, helping me to adjust my training approach effectively."

Description

The Performance Analytics Dashboard requirement provides Training Facilitators with comprehensive insights into trainee performance during Interactive Scenarios. This feature includes metrics such as decision success rates, time taken to complete scenarios, areas of difficulty, and engagement levels. Such analytics is essential for tracking progress and identifying strengths and weaknesses in trainee performance. The dashboard will present data in visually appealing formats such as graphs and charts, enabling facilitators to easily interpret results and tailor future training sessions accordingly. This requirement plays a key role in optimizing the training process and ensuring that trainees receive the support they need to succeed.

Acceptance Criteria

Trainee Performance Evaluation in Interactive Scenarios

Given a training facilitator accesses the Performance Analytics Dashboard, when they select a specific trainee's performance metrics, then they should see decision success rates, time taken, areas of difficulty, and engagement levels displayed accurately in the dashboard.

Visual Representation of Performance Data

Given the data is collected from interactive scenarios, when the performance analytics dashboard is generated, then it should display all metrics using graphs and charts that are easy to interpret and visually engaging.

Identifying Areas for Improvement

Given a training facilitator views the analytics for a group of trainees, when they analyze the metrics, then they should be able to identify at least three different common areas of difficulty among trainees.

Tracking Progress Over Time

Given a facilitator selects a trainee's past performance, when they view the analytics, then they should see performance trends over multiple scenarios, allowing for tracking of improvement or decline in performance.

Customizing Future Training Sessions

Given the training analytics are analyzed, when a facilitator identifies strengths and weaknesses, then they should be able to adjust at least one upcoming training session to focus on identified areas of difficulty.

Real-time Data Updates

Given a trainee completes an interactive scenario, when the data is logged in the system, then the analytics dashboard should update in real-time to reflect the latest performance metrics.

Exporting Performance Reports

Given the analytics dashboard displays the performance data, when the facilitator requests to export the data, then they should receive a downloadable report in PDF format containing all relevant metrics.

Multiplayer Scenario Mode

"As a Trainee, I want to engage in multiplayer scenarios so that I can collaborate with my peers, learn from their perspectives, and develop teamwork skills in a realistic setting."

Description

The Multiplayer Scenario Mode requirement allows multiple trainees to participate in the same Interactive Scenario, fostering teamwork and collaboration. This feature enhances the learning experience by encouraging shared decision-making and discussion between users, mimicking a real-world environment. Each participant can take on different roles, such as leader or supporter, impacting the group's overall performance and outcomes. The implementation includes chat functionalities and collaborative tools that facilitate communication within the scenario. This requirement is vital for developing soft skills, teamwork, and management capabilities among trainees.

Acceptance Criteria

Multiplayer Scenario Mode enables a group of trainees to engage in a collaborative session where they navigate through an Interactive Scenario together, simulating real-life decision-making challenges in a virtual setting.

Given that multiple trainees have joined the Multiplayer Scenario, when they interact with the scenario elements, then all participants should see the same real-time changes reflected on their screens without lag.

During a Multiplayer Scenario session, trainees assume different predefined roles (e.g., leader, supporter) that influence their decisions and the scenario's outcome, enhancing teamwork and role awareness.

When a trainee selects a role, then the system should display role-specific instructions and responsibilities clearly to that participant prior to the scenario start, ensuring they understand their impact on the group dynamics.

The chat functionality within the Multiplayer Scenario Mode allows trainees to communicate freely throughout the session, fostering discussion and collaborative decision-making.

Given that the chat is active during the scenario, when any trainee sends a message, then all other participants should receive and see the message in real-time without interruption to the scenario flow.

Facilitators need to monitor the interaction and engagement of trainees in real-time to provide timely feedback and guidance throughout the Multiplayer Scenario.

When the scenario is in progress, then the facilitator should have access to a dashboard that displays participant engagement metrics and decision stats to assess team performance effectively.

At the end of the Multiplayer Scenario, participants review their performance as a group, discussing the decisions made and their impact, enhancing the learning experience.

Given that the scenario has concluded, when participants enter the debrief session, then they should see a summary of key decisions made and the corresponding outcomes to facilitate reflection and discussion.

The Multiplayer Scenario Mode should integrate with existing user profiles to track progress and performance over multiple sessions, providing personalized learning paths.

When a trainee completes a Multiplayer Scenario, then their performance metrics should be automatically logged into their profile for future reference and development tracking.

Interactive Scenario Library

"As a Training Facilitator, I want access to a library of ready-made scenarios so that I can save time in preparation and quickly find suitable training materials for my sessions."

Description

The Interactive Scenario Library requirement serves as a repository for various pre-built scenarios that Training Facilitators can select and utilize as-is or customize further. This library will include scenarios targeting diverse industries and skill levels, making it easier for facilitators to find suitable content quickly. Features include categorization, tagging, and a search function, along with options to rate and provide feedback on each scenario. The library aims to enhance efficiency in scenario selection, promote best practices, and ultimately enrich the learning experience for trainees by providing robust and adaptable training materials.

Acceptance Criteria

Facilitators searching for industry-specific scenarios in the Interactive Scenario Library to enhance their training sessions for a manufacturing client.

Given a user is logged in as a Training Facilitator, when they search for scenarios using specific industry tags, then the system should return a list of relevant scenarios that match the search criteria.

Training Facilitators reviewing feedback on scenarios in the library to improve content quality and relevance for trainees.

Given a user is viewing a scenario, when they access the feedback section, then the system should display all ratings and comments provided by previous users.

Facilitators customizing a pre-built scenario from the library to suit their specific training needs for a healthcare organization.

Given a user selects a scenario from the library, when they choose the option to customize, then they should be able to modify key components of the scenario and save the changes without errors.

A Training Facilitator exploring the categorization options within the Interactive Scenario Library to quickly find scenarios suited for beginner-level trainees.

Given a user is browsing the library, when they click on the beginner category, then the system should display only the scenarios tagged as beginner-level.

Facilitators accessing the Interactive Scenario Library on a mobile device to prepare for an upcoming training session while on the go.

Given a user accesses the library on a mobile device, when they navigate through the library, then all features such as search, categorization, and scenario details should be fully functional and responsive.

A facilitator rating a scenario after use in a training session to provide feedback for future improvements.

Given a user has completed a training session using a scenario, when they select the option to rate the scenario, then they should be able to submit a rating and a comment, and receive a confirmation of successful submission.

Gamification Elements

Introduce gamification elements such as leaderboards, badges, and achievement rewards within training modules. By adding a competitive edge, this feature motivates users to engage more thoroughly with the training content. Gamification not only makes learning enjoyable but also encourages consistent participation, leading to improved learning outcomes and higher course completion rates.

Requirements

Leaderboard Integration

"As a user, I want to see my ranking on a leaderboard so that I can compare my progress with others and feel motivated to engage more with the training content."

Description

Develop a leaderboard feature that displays top users based on their engagement and performance in training modules. This feature will encourage friendly competition among users to improve their learning habits. Integrating the leaderboard within the existing platform will enable users to see their standings in real-time, fostering motivation and a sense of achievement. It will also allow for filtering based on different training modules, ensuring users can track their progress in specific areas while promoting accountability and participation.

Acceptance Criteria

Displaying Leaderboard for Training Modules Engagement

Given the user is logged into InnoDoc, when they navigate to the training module section, then the leaderboard should display the top 10 users based on their engagement and performance scores for the current training module.

Real-time Updates on Leaderboard

Given that a user completes a training module or earns points, when the leaderboard is refreshed, then the user's position should update in real-time without needing to refresh the page manually.

Filtering Leaderboard by Training Module

Given the leaderboard is displayed, when a user selects a specific training module from the filter options, then the leaderboard should update to show the top performers exclusively for that module.

User Profile Display on Leaderboard

Given a user is listed on the leaderboard, when another user hovers over the top user's name, then their profile information including engagement score and badges earned should be displayed in a tooltip.

Incentive for Achievement Badges via the Leaderboard

Given the user reaches a milestone in the leaderboard, when the milestone is achieved, then the system should automatically notify the user and award them the corresponding achievement badge that appears on their profile.

Leaderboard Accessibility for Various User Roles

Given different user roles (admin, user, guest), when accessing the leaderboard, then the system should display the leaderboard according to the permissions of the user role logged in, respecting privacy and data visibility.

Mobile Responsiveness of Leaderboard

Given a user accesses the leaderboard on a mobile device, when the page is viewed, then the leaderboard should be fully responsive, presenting all elements clearly and maintaining functionality across various screen sizes.

Achievement Badges

"As a user, I want to earn badges for completing training milestones so that I can showcase my achievements and feel a sense of accomplishment."

Description

Create a system for users to earn badges for achieving specific milestones in the training modules. These badges will be displayed on user profiles and can be shared on social media, encouraging widespread recognition of their accomplishments. This requirement emphasizes positive reinforcement and encourages users to strive for excellence in their training. The badge system will be embedded within the existing framework, allowing for easy access and visibility while promoting community engagement and interaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User earns a badge after completing a training module with a passing score.

Given a user completes a training module and achieves a passing score, when the module is completed, then the user should receive a corresponding achievement badge displayed on their profile.

User shares earned badge on social media.

Given a user has earned an achievement badge, when they choose to share it on social media, then the badge should be successfully posted with an image and description that includes the user's name and the achievement.

User profile displays all earned badges visually and distinctly.

Given a user has earned multiple badges, when viewing their profile, then all earned badges should be displayed as distinct icons or images in a dedicated section for achievements.

Admin can create and manage badge criteria for training modules.

Given an admin is logged into the system, when they access the badge management section, then they should be able to create new badges, define criteria for earning them, and edit or delete existing badges.

Badge notification is sent to users upon achievement.

Given a user has met the criteria for earning a badge, when the badge is awarded, then the user should receive a notification indicating their new badge has been earned, including details of the achievement.

Users can view a leaderboard showcasing top badge earners.

Given the gamification feature is active, when users navigate to the leaderboard section, then they should see a list of top badge earners ranked by the number of badges earned, with user names visible.

Reward System for Courses

"As a user, I want to receive rewards for completing courses so that I feel incentivized to finish my training modules."

Description

Implement a rewards system that provides tangible incentives, such as discounts on future training modules or exclusive content, to users who complete courses or reach certain participation thresholds. This feature will leverage user motivation by connecting training completion with real-world rewards, thus enhancing user engagement. The rewards system will be aligned with the overall financial model and will be integrated into the user experience seamlessly, promoting higher course completion rates and satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User earns a reward for completing an online training module within the InnoDoc platform.

Given a user completes the full training module, When the completion is registered in the system, Then the user should receive a notification of reward eligibility and the corresponding reward should be added to their account.

User receives a discount reward after reaching a specified number of completed courses.

Given a user has completed five training modules, When the user accesses their profile, Then they should see a discount offer applicable to future training modules listed in their rewards section.

An admin reviews and updates the rewards system to align with new training offerings.

Given the admin accesses the rewards configuration panel, When they update the reward amounts and types, Then the changes should be saved successfully and reflect immediately in the user accounts.

A user checks their accumulated rewards after completing a course.

Given a user has completed multiple courses, When they navigate to the rewards section of their profile, Then they should see a complete and accurate list of all rewards earned including details on expiration dates.

The system sends automated emails to users when they achieve a new reward.

Given a user qualifies for a new reward, When the system processes the reward, Then an email notification detailing the reward should be sent to the user's registered email address.

Interactive Challenges

"As a user, I want to participate in interactive challenges during training so that I can enhance my learning experience through competition and collaboration."

Description

Introduce interactive challenges within training modules that users can participate in to earn points and badges. These challenges will engage users in a competitive learning environment, stimulating interest in training content. The challenges can be tailored to specific topics and progress levels, encouraging users to collaborate or compete with their peers. Integrating this feature will enhance the overall learning experience and promote a more dynamic training atmosphere.

Acceptance Criteria

User participates in an interactive challenge focused on a specific training topic, earning points and badges based on their performance and engagement levels.

Given a user is logged into the training module, when they complete an interactive challenge, then they should receive points and badges corresponding to the challenge level and performance metrics.

A team of users collaborates on an interactive challenge, tracking their progress against one another on a leaderboard.

Given multiple users are participating in the same challenge, when they complete the challenge, then their scores should be reflected accurately on the leaderboard, showing their ranking in real-time.

Users complete an interactive challenge and receive feedback on their performance to enhance learning.

Given a user completes an interactive challenge, when the challenge is concluded, then they should receive detailed feedback highlighting areas of strength and improvement, along with recommendations for further practice.

The system showcases the achievement rewards and badges earned by users in a dedicated section of their profiles.

Given a user has completed a challenge and received badges, when they view their profile, then they should see an updated display of their earned badges and achievements.

Users are able to filter and sort challenges based on their topics and difficulty levels to enhance their learning experience.

Given users are on the challenges page, when they apply filters for topics and difficulty levels, then the displayed challenges should match the applied criteria without any discrepancies.

Users are notified via the platform when they earn a new badge or points for completing an interactive challenge to encourage ongoing participation.

Given a user has completed an interactive challenge, when the challenge results are processed, then the user should receive a notification confirming their earned points and badges immediately.

Social Sharing Options

"As a user, I want to share my training achievements on social media so that I can celebrate my progress and encourage others to join the platform."

Description

Enable users to share their achievements, leaderboards, and badges on social media platforms directly from the InnoDoc environment. This feature will not only promote personal accomplishments but also enhance brand visibility and attract new users to the platform. By having social sharing options, users can showcase their progress and inspire others, leading to increased engagement and a larger user community.

Acceptance Criteria

User Shares Achievements on Social Media

Given a user has completed a training module and earned a badge, When the user selects the option to share on social media, Then the achievement should be posted to their chosen platform with the correct badge image and description.

User Shares Leaderboard Position on Social Media

Given a user is in the top 10 positions on the leaderboard, When the user clicks on the share button, Then their leaderboard position and profile picture should be shared on the specified social media platform along with a link back to InnoDoc.

Notification After Successful Social Share

Given a user has successfully shared their badge or achievement on social media, When the share is complete, Then the user receives a notification confirming the share was successful and providing a preview of the post.

Privacy Settings for Social Sharing

Given a user has social sharing options available, When the user accesses privacy settings, Then they should be able to control which achievements are visible for sharing on social media.

Error Handling for Failed Social Media Sharing

Given a user attempts to share their achievement and the action fails, When the error occurs, Then an error message should be displayed informing the user of the failure and suggesting steps to retry the share action.

Engagement Analytics for Shared Content

Given that the social sharing function is implemented, When users share content on social media, Then the system should track engagement metrics such as clicks, likes, and shares on that content to analyze its impact.

Customization of Gamification Elements

"As a user, I want to customize my gamification experience so that it aligns with my preferences and enhances my engagement with the content."

Description

Allow users to customize their gamification experience by choosing what type of rewards or challenges to pursue based on their preferences. This feature recognizes the diverse motivations of users and enables a personalized learning experience, catering to individual needs and enhancing user satisfaction. The customization options will integrate seamlessly with existing user settings and provide flexibility in overcoming the challenges presented in training modules.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects preferred gamification elements during the onboarding process.

Given a user is on the onboarding page, when they select their preferred gamification elements (e.g., badges, leaderboards), then the selected items should be saved in their profile and reflected in the training modules.

User modifies existing gamification settings to personalize their experience mid-training.

Given an existing user is in a training module, when they access the gamification settings, then they should be able to customize the rewards or challenges and save these changes successfully for future sessions.

User receives a notification upon earning a new badge or reward.

Given a user has completed a challenge or training module, when they earn a new badge or reward, then they should receive an in-app notification, and the badge should appear on their profile.

User views their progress and achievements on their profile dashboard.

Given a user is viewing their profile dashboard, when they navigate to the achievements section, then they should see a list of all earned badges, rewards, and current leaderboard status, updating in real-time.

System validates the compatibility of gamification customization with user settings.

Given a user has unique profile settings, when they attempt to customize gamification elements, then the system should validate these settings and notify the user of any conflicts or restrictions.

Admin reviews user engagement data to assess the impact of gamification elements on training completion rates.

Given an admin accesses the user engagement dashboard, when they filter data on gamification elements, then they should see metrics on training completion rates correlated with specific gamification features and overall user engagement statistics.

Progress Monitoring Tools

The Progress Monitoring Tools provide both facilitators and trainees with insights into learning progress and completion rates within training modules. This feature summarizes user engagement metrics, indicating which sections are working well and where users may be struggling. By understanding training effectiveness, facilitators can tailor their approach for maximum impact, while learners can track their achievements.

Requirements

User Engagement Analytics

"As a facilitator, I want to access detailed user engagement analytics so that I can identify which training segments are effective and where learners need additional support."

Description

The User Engagement Analytics requirement focuses on providing detailed metrics related to user engagement within the training modules. This will include tracking time spent on each module, user completion rates, and interactions per session. This feature is crucial for facilitators to gauge the effectiveness of their training sessions and allows them to make data-driven improvements to the learning experience. By integrating these insights into the main dashboard, facilitators will have immediate access to critical information, enabling them to adjust their strategies to better support users in their learning journey. The intended outcome is to enhance training outcomes by aligning facilitation efforts with real-time data.

Acceptance Criteria

Facilitator reviews the user engagement metrics for a completed training module to assess participant performance and determine the need for content adjustments or additional support.

Given a completed training module, when the facilitator accesses the User Engagement Analytics dashboard, then they should see metrics including average time spent per module, user completion rates, and interaction rates clearly displayed with graphical representations.

A trainee accesses their individual user engagement report to track their progress through the training modules and identify areas for improvement.

Given a trainee's login, when they navigate to their profile's User Engagement Analytics section, then they should see an overview of their module participation, including time spent, completion percentage, and recommendations for modules needing attention.

Both facilitator and trainees participate in a training session and check the live engagement analytics to observe real-time user interactions and module engagement during the session.

Given an active training session, when the facilitator and trainees access the live User Engagement Analytics, then they should see real-time data reflecting user interactions, engagement duration, and active users updated every minute.

A facilitator seeks to enhance training effectiveness and decides to analyze user engagement trends over multiple sessions to adjust future content and delivery methods.

Given a series of completed training sessions, when the facilitator selects the report feature in the User Engagement Analytics dashboard, then they should receive a detailed report showing trends in engagement metrics over time, including peaks and dips in user interaction by module.

An administrator monitors the overall engagement of all users in the training platform to identify general patterns and areas requiring additional resources or support.

Given administrator access, when they view the overall User Engagement Analytics, then they should see summarized data for all users, including average time spent across all modules, total number of completions, and engagement scores color-coded based on performance levels.

Completion Progress Tracking

"As a trainee, I want to track my completion progress visually so that I can stay motivated and understand my advancement within the training modules."

Description

The Completion Progress Tracking requirement involves creating a visual representation of each user's progress throughout the training modules. This feature will allow users to see their current completion percentage, badges earned, and milestones achieved. Facilitators will benefit from this feature by being able to monitor learner progress at a glance, which will encourage learners to stay engaged and motivated. The successful implementation of this feature will foster a sense of achievement among users while empowering facilitators to effectively manage and motivate their teams. This requirement plays a pivotal role in enhancing user satisfaction and ensuring higher completion rates.

Acceptance Criteria

User views their individual progress dashboard in the InnoDoc platform after completing several training modules.

Given the user has completed at least one training module, When they access the progress dashboard, Then they should see a visual representation of their current completion percentage, badges earned, and milestones achieved.

A facilitator wants to check the progress of all trainees in a specific training module to identify areas for improvement.

Given the facilitator navigates to the overall progress report for the training module, When they review the report, Then they should see a summary of each trainee's completion percentage and engagement metrics sorted by performance.

A user completes a set of training modules and wants to see updates on badges and milestones earned in relation to their completion.

Given the user has completed multiple training modules, When they check their profile, Then they should see an accurate reflection of all badges earned and milestones achieved during the training process.

A facilitator discusses progress with a trainee based on the completion tracks indicated in InnoDoc.

Given the facilitator starts a discussion based on the trainee's progress, When they refer to the completion tracking feature, Then both the facilitator and the trainee should have the same understanding of the completion percentage and any areas of struggle highlighted in the metrics.

User checks their progress on a mobile device while on the go, ensuring accessibility of completion metrics.

Given that the user accesses the InnoDoc platform via a mobile device, When they navigate to the progress tracking section, Then they should be able to view their completion percentage, badges, and milestones in a mobile-friendly format that is easy to read and interact with.

A facilitator receives notifications when a trainee falls below a certain completion threshold in training modules.

Given the facilitator has set a threshold for trainee completions, When any trainee's progress falls below this threshold, Then the facilitator should receive an automated alert to take appropriate action.

Feedback Collection Mechanism

"As a trainee, I want to provide feedback on the training modules so that I can help improve the learning experience for myself and others."

Description

The Feedback Collection Mechanism requirement aims to establish a streamlined way for trainees to provide feedback on each training module. This feature will include a user-friendly form that allows participants to share their experiences, suggest improvements, and report any issues faced during the training. By recording feedback, facilitators can gain valuable insights, make adjustments, and enhance training materials continuously. This requirement ensures that the training content evolves in response to user needs, promoting ongoing improvement and user engagement. Ultimately, it empowers users to influence their learning environment while ensuring the training remains relevant and effective.

Acceptance Criteria

Trainees complete a training module and navigate to the feedback form to submit their experiences.

Given a trainee has completed a training module, when they access the feedback form, then they should be able to fill out and submit the form without technical errors.

Facilitators review the submitted feedback to identify areas for improvement in the training modules.

Given feedback submissions exist, when a facilitator accesses the feedback dashboard, then they should see all submitted feedback organized by module and date.

Trainees receive confirmation that their feedback has been submitted successfully after completing the feedback form.

Given a trainee has submitted their feedback, when the submission is successful, then they should receive a confirmation message on the screen and an email notification.

The feedback form includes mandatory fields that trainees must complete before submission.

Given a trainee tries to submit the feedback form, when they leave a mandatory field empty, then they should see a validation error message prompting them to fill in all required fields before submission.

The feedback mechanism allows trainees to suggest improvements for future training modules.

Given a trainee fills out the feedback form, when they provide suggestions in the designated field, then those suggestions should be recorded and accessible to facilitators for review.

Trainees can rate their experience with the training module using a rating scale.

Given the feedback form is presented to the trainee, when they select a rating between 1 to 5, then this rating should be accurately recorded and displayed in the feedback summary for facilitators.

Automated Progress Reports

"As a facilitator, I want to automatically receive progress reports about my trainees so that I can provide timely support and adjustments to the training."

Description

The Automated Progress Reports requirement seeks to implement a feature that generates and sends progress reports to both trainees and facilitators at regular intervals. These reports will summarize individual and group performance, highlighting strengths and areas for improvement. This ability to share insights proactively will help facilitate meaningful discussions around learning progression and provide a basis for tailored support. By automating this process, we save time for facilitators, enabling them to focus on high-value interactions. Thus, this requirement will significantly enhance communication and accountability between trainees and facilitators.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Progress Reports Generation and Delivery to Trainees

Given that the trainee has completed sections of a training module, when the scheduled interval for report generation occurs, then an automated progress report should be accurately generated and sent to the trainee's registered email address.

Automated Progress Reports Generation and Delivery to Facilitators

Given that a facilitator is overseeing a group of trainees, when the scheduled interval for report generation occurs, then an automated progress report summarizing group performance should be sent to the facilitator’s registered email address.

Content of Progress Reports

Given that the automated progress report is generated, when reviewing the report, then it should include individual performance metrics, group performance metrics, and identified areas for improvement for both trainees and facilitators.

Frequency of Report Generation

Given the requirement for progress reports, when configuring the settings for report generation, then the system should allow facilitators to select the frequency of report generation (daily, weekly, monthly) without errors.

Success Metrics of Trainees and Facilitators

Given that the progress reports are sent, when trainees and facilitators review their reports, then they should be able to indicate on a feedback form whether the information is helpful for assessing progress and performance, aiming for at least 80% positive feedback.

Error Handling in Report Generation

Given that an error occurs during report generation due to missing data, when the automation process runs, then an error notification should be sent to the administrator with details of the failure for resolution.

User Preferences for Report Customization

Given that trainees and facilitators want personalized insights, when accessing report settings, then they should be able to customize which metrics are included in their reports (e.g., completion rates, areas of struggle) effectively.

Interactive Module Feedback

"As a trainee, I want to rate and comment on training module sections after I complete them so that my input can shape future training content."

Description

The Interactive Module Feedback requirement is designed to allow users to rate and comment on specific sections of training modules in real-time. This feature will enable users to express their thoughts on content relevance and clarity directly after consuming each module section. Facilitators will have instant access to this feedback, enabling them to understand learner perspectives and make swift enhancements. By integrating this feature, we aim to create a dynamic and collaborative learning environment, where user input directly affects content quality and engagement. Expected outcomes include increased satisfaction and improved training effectiveness based on user-driven adaptations.

Acceptance Criteria

User provides feedback after consuming a module section.

Given a user has completed a section of a training module, when they rate and comment on the section, then their feedback should be saved and accessible to facilitators in real-time.

Facilitators review user feedback for insight on module effectiveness.

Given facilitators have access to user feedback, when they review the feedback for a specific module section, then they should see the average rating and all user comments displayed clearly.

User interacts with the feedback feature across multiple sessions.

Given a user has accessed the training module multiple times, when they provide a rating and comment for the same section on different occasions, then each feedback submission should be stored uniquely without overwriting previous inputs.

Users receive confirmation after submitting feedback.

Given a user submits feedback for a module section, when the submission is successful, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that their feedback has been recorded.

Facilitators make adjustments based on user feedback.

Given facilitators have reviewed feedback and identified areas for improvement, when they make adjustments to the module content, then these changes should be documented and communicated to users in subsequent training sessions.

Feedback analysis tools assess trends over time.

Given facilitators have access to a dashboard for feedback analysis, when they view the feedback trends over the past month, then they should be able to see any significant changes in user engagement and satisfaction ratings over time.

Customizable Learning Paths

"As a trainee, I want to create a customizable learning path so that I can focus on my specific learning goals and progress at my own pace."

Description

The Customizable Learning Paths requirement aims to enable trainees to tailor their learning journey based on their individual goals and preferences. This functionality will allow users to select training modules that align with their career objectives and learning styles, creating a personalized experience. By accommodating diverse user needs and encouraging self-directed learning, this requirement enhances user satisfaction and fosters a deeper commitment to the training process. Facilitators will be empowered to provide targeted guidance and resources based on the unique paths chosen by each trainee, thus enhancing overall training effectiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects individual training modules to create a personalized learning path.

Given a logged-in trainee, when they access the Customizable Learning Paths feature, then they should be able to view a list of available modules and select the ones they wish to include in their path, which should then be saved as their personalized learning path.

Facilitators review the learning paths created by trainees for personalized feedback.

Given a facilitator logged into the system, when they navigate to a trainee's profile, then they should be able to view the trainee's selected learning modules and provide comments or suggestions on their chosen path.

Trainees track their progress through their selected training modules.

Given a trainee has selected training modules in their customizable learning path, when they complete a module, then the system should automatically update their progress and display completion rates in their user dashboard.

Facilitators analyze overall engagement metrics of all trainees using customizable learning paths.

Given a facilitator is logged into the system, when they access the Progress Monitoring Tools, then they should see aggregate engagement metrics for all trainees, highlighting sections of the learning paths where users are excelling or struggling.

Trainees adjust their learning paths based on changing goals or preferences.

Given a trainee is logged in, when they choose to edit their learning path, then they should be able to remove or add modules relevant to their new objectives, with the changes reflected immediately in their profile.

The system provides recommendations for modules based on training progress and completion rates.

Given a trainee has completed a set of modules, when they access the recommendations section, then the system should suggest additional modules aligned with their interests and previous learning paths.

The platform ensures that all chosen modules are compatible and available for the user.

Given a trainee is creating a learning path, when they attempt to select a module, then the system should validate the selection for any prerequisite modules or conditions that must be met before inclusion.

Multimedia Support

The Multimedia Support feature allows for the integration of videos, audio clips, and animations into training modules. This rich media format engages users on multiple levels, catering to different learning styles. By incorporating a variety of content types, facilitators can create a more dynamic and immersive learning experience that enhances understanding and retention.

Requirements

Video Integration

"As a training facilitator, I want to integrate video content into my training modules so that my users can engage with diverse learning materials and retain information better."

Description

The Video Integration requirement emphasizes the ability to seamlessly embed videos within the training modules on InnoDoc. This feature will allow users to upload or link to video content, which can be played directly in the document without requiring users to navigate away from the training material. By enabling video integration, facilitators can offer diverse audiovisual content that enhances user engagement and provides a richer learning experience. The implementation of this requirement aims to support varied learning styles and improve information retention among users, ultimately fostering a more interactive training environment.

Acceptance Criteria

Video Upload Functionality for InnoDoc Training Modules

Given a user with appropriate permissions, when they select the 'Upload Video' button, then they must be able to successfully upload a video file from their device without errors, and the video is stored in the training module's media library.

Embedding Linked Video Content in Training Modules

Given a user in the editing mode of a training module, when they paste a valid video link into the designated link field, then the system must recognize the link and display a preview of the video embedded within the document.

Playing Embedded Videos in Training Modules

Given a training module with an embedded video, when a user clicks the 'Play' button on the video, then the video should play without buffering issues within the document interface, and users can control playback (play, pause, volume, full-screen options).

Adaptive Video Resolution for Different Bandwidths

Given users accessing a training module from various devices and network conditions, then the embedded video must adapt its resolution to match the user's bandwidth automatically, ensuring uninterrupted viewing experience.

Video Analytics for Training Module Engagement

Given a facilitator reviewing the performance of their training module, when they access the video analytics dashboard, then they must be able to see metrics such as total views, average watch time, and interaction rates for each embedded video, enabling better content strategy adjustments.

Mobile Compatibility for Video Integration

Given a user accessing the training module on a mobile device, when they open a training module with embedded videos, then the videos must be fully functional and responsive, allowing mobile users the same experience as desktop users.

Audio Support

"As a training facilitator, I want to add audio clips to my training modules so that users with different learning preferences can benefit from auditory content and engage more deeply with the material."

Description

The Audio Support requirement focuses on the ability to integrate audio clips into the InnoDoc training modules. This functionality will enable facilitators to add voiceovers, sound effects, or background music, which can be played alongside other content elements in the same document. Audio clips can enrich the learning experience by catering to auditory learners and providing additional context or emphasis on key information presented. The aim is to create an immersive learning environment that significantly enhances user engagement and comprehension through multimodal content delivery.

Acceptance Criteria

Audio Clips Integration in Training Module Creation

Given a training module is being created, when the facilitator uploads an audio clip, then the audio clip should be successfully integrated into the module and playable.

Playback Functionality for Audio Clips in InnoDoc

Given an audio clip is integrated into a training module, when a user plays the module, then the audio clip should play seamlessly alongside other content elements without delays or interruptions.

Variety of Audio Formats Supported

Given that facilitators may use different audio formats, when the facilitator uploads an audio clip, then the system should accept .mp3, .wav, and .aac formats without error.

Volume Control for Audio Clips during Playback

Given a training module contains audio clips, when a user plays the module, then there should be an option to control the volume of the audio playback independently from system volume settings.

Audio Clip Timing Synchronization

Given an audio clip is integrated with other content, when the module is played, then the audio clip should be synchronized properly with the content timeline to enhance the learning experience.

User Feedback on Audio Clips

Given that users engage with the training module, when the module is completed, then users should have the option to provide feedback specifically about the audio content, which will be recorded for improvement purposes.

Audio Accessibility Features

Given that the training module includes audio clips, when a user accesses the module, then there should be availability of transcripts or subtitles for all audio content to ensure accessibility for all learners.

Animation Support

"As a training facilitator, I want to include animations in my training modules so that I can illustrate complex concepts more effectively and engage my users with visually stimulating content."

Description

The Animation Support requirement is designed to incorporate animated elements into the training modules within InnoDoc. This feature allows facilitators to create dynamic visual content that can illustrate concepts, demonstrate processes, or highlight critical information in an engaging manner. The integration of animations can help capture the users' attention, maintain engagement, and simplify the understanding of complex content. It also supports various learning styles by providing visual stimuli that reinforce learning through motion and interactivity.

Acceptance Criteria

Facilitator integrates an animation into a training module to explain a complex process during a live session.

Given an uploaded animation file in a supported format, When the facilitator selects the animation for integration, Then the animation should be successfully added to the training module without errors.

Learners access a completed training module that includes animations and interact with it during the session.

Given the training module is published, When learners play the module, Then all animations should load and function correctly as intended without lag or display issues.

Facilitator chooses to include animations that are responsive to user interactions, such as clicks or hover events.

Given that interactive animations are added to the module, When a learner hovers over or clicks the animation, Then the animation should respond appropriately with the defined actions (e.g., play, pause, show additional information).

Facilitators preview the training module with animations before finalizing it for distribution.

Given the training module is in preview mode, When the facilitator views the module, Then all incorporated animations should be visible and function smoothly in the preview without any errors.

Facilitator tries to upload an unsupported animation format into the training module.

Given that the facilitator attempts to upload an unsupported file type, When they try to add the file, Then the system should display an error message indicating the file type is unsupported and prevent the upload.

Multi-format Compatibility

"As a training facilitator, I want InnoDoc to support various multimedia formats so that I can use my existing content and ensure compatibility for all my users."

Description

The Multi-format Compatibility requirement ensures that InnoDoc supports various multimedia formats such as MP4 for video, MP3 for audio, GIF and HTML5 for animations. This requirement is crucial to provide flexibility for users when integrating different types of media into their training modules. By supporting multiple formats, InnoDoc allows facilitators to utilize a wide range of existing content while ensuring that all media components can be played seamlessly across different devices and platforms. This capability enhances the overall user experience by reducing accessibility issues and improving compatibility across operating systems and browsers.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads an MP4 video into a training module for remote team training session.

Given that the user has an existing MP4 file When they upload the video into the module Then the video should play without any errors across all supported browsers and devices.

Facilitator integrates an MP3 audio file into a training presentation for enhanced storytelling.

Given that the facilitator has selected an MP3 audio file When they incorporate the audio into the presentation Then the audio should be playable directly from the document and accessible during the training session.

An educator uses a GIF animation in a training module to explain a complex concept.

Given that the user has a GIF file When they insert the GIF into the module Then it should display correctly without any distortion on various devices and it should loop as expected.

A trainer wants to embed an HTML5 animation in a course to provide interactivity.

Given that the trainer has an HTML5 animation file When they embed the animation in the training module Then it should render properly and allow user interaction without any performance issues.

A manager checks if all multimedia content types are playable on different operating systems during a training session.

Given that the training module contains various multimedia files When checked on Windows, macOS, and Linux Then all files (MP4, MP3, GIF, HTML5) should be accessible and functional without compatibility issues.

An instructional designer tests the loading speed of multimedia content in a live training module.

Given that the training module contains multiple multimedia components When the module is accessed by users Then all components should load within 3 seconds under standard internet conditions.

Interactive Elements Integration

"As a training facilitator, I want to add interactive elements like quizzes to my training modules so that I can assess user understanding and keep them engaged throughout the learning process."

Description

The Interactive Elements Integration requirement focuses on incorporating interactive features such as quizzes, polls, or feedback forms within the training modules. This feature allows facilitators to engage users actively, encouraging participation and interaction with the content. Interactive elements can assess users' understanding of the material in real-time and provide immediate feedback, thus enhancing the learning process. This requirement is essential for creating a participatory learning environment that fosters retention and application of knowledge.

Acceptance Criteria

A facilitator creates a training module that incorporates various interactive elements including quizzes and polls to engage learners during a virtual training session.

Given the interactive elements are added to the module, When a participant accesses the training, Then they should see the quizzes and polls integrated within the content as intended without any discrepancies.

During a live training session, a facilitator uses the interactive elements to gauge the understanding of participants in real-time.

Given the interactive elements are displayed, When the facilitator launches a quiz, Then all participants should be able to respond simultaneously and receive immediate feedback.

Facilitators want to review the effectiveness of the interactive elements after the training session has concluded.

Given the training session has ended, When the facilitator checks the analytics dashboard, Then they should be able to see participation rates and results of quizzes and polls for each participant.

Users participate in a training module that requires them to complete a feedback form at the end of the session to evaluate the content.

Given the feedback form is accessible, When participants reach the end of the module, Then they should be prompted to fill out the feedback form before exiting.

A training module containing interactive elements is accessed by users across different devices and browsers to ensure compatibility.

Given the interactive elements are designed for cross-platform use, When users access the module on various devices, Then the interactive features should function correctly across all platforms without errors.

The facilitator wants to ensure that the interactive elements enhance knowledge retention for users evaluated through surveys after the training.

Given the surveys are administered post-training, When the facilitator reviews the survey results, Then there should be a measurable increase in knowledge retention compared to previous training sessions without interactive elements.

Assessment Analytics

Assessment Analytics offers detailed insights into quiz performance, user engagement, and feedback trends. Facilitators can analyze data to identify common learning gaps and adjust training materials accordingly. This data-driven approach not only enhances the quality of training content but also helps in measuring the effectiveness of training initiatives.

Requirements

Quiz Performance Dashboard

"As a training facilitator, I want to view comprehensive performance metrics on quizzes so that I can identify key learning gaps and enhance the training content accordingly."

Description

The Quiz Performance Dashboard provides facilitators with a comprehensive view of participant scores, average completion times, and question-wise performance metrics. This feature will integrate seamlessly into the InnoDoc platform, allowing users to access real-time data visualizations and reports. The dashboard will highlight trends in quiz performance over different time periods and across various user segments, enabling facilitators to easily identify areas that require further development or support. Enhanced analytics will empower facilitators to make informed decisions regarding content adjustments and overall training effectiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

Facilitator accesses the Quiz Performance Dashboard to review the average scores of participants after a training session.

Given that the facilitator is logged into InnoDoc, when they navigate to the Quiz Performance Dashboard, then they should see the average scores of all participants in real-time.

Facilitator analyzes the question-wise performance metrics to identify which questions had the lowest scores.

Given the facilitator is viewing the Quiz Performance Dashboard, when they select any specific quiz, then they should be able to see question-wise performance metrics including the average scores for each question.

Facilitator filters quiz performance data by user segment to understand engagement levels across different groups.

Given that the facilitator is on the Quiz Performance Dashboard, when they apply a filter by user segment, then the displayed data should reflect the performance metrics specifically for that segment only.

Facilitator compares quiz performance trends over time to assess improvements or declines in user engagement.

Given that the facilitator is on the Quiz Performance Dashboard, when they select different time periods for comparison, then the trends in quiz performance should visually adjust accordingly in the dashboard graphs.

Facilitator generates a report based on quiz performance data to share with stakeholders.

Given that the facilitator has selected the relevant performance metrics, when they click on the 'Generate Report' button, then a downloadable report should be created that includes all selected data points and visualizations.

User Engagement Analytics

"As a course designer, I want to analyze user engagement trends so that I can design training materials that better meet the needs and preferences of my learners."

Description

User Engagement Analytics provides insights into how users interact with the quizzes and training materials. This requirement focuses on tracking user activity metrics such as participation rates, time spent on each question, and engagement scores. By integrating user engagement analytics into the InnoDoc platform, facilitators will gain a clearer picture of user interaction patterns, enabling them to tailor content to meet user needs. This data-driven approach not only enhances the overall learning experience but also fosters increased retention and learner satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User Engagement Metrics Dashboard Access

Given the user is logged in as a facilitator, when they navigate to the User Engagement Metrics Dashboard, then they should see a summary of participation rates, time spent on quizzes, and engagement scores for each training material.

User Activity Tracking

Given a user completes a quiz, when the response is submitted, then the system should track the time spent on each question and calculate an engagement score based on user activity.

Feedback Trends Analysis

Given the facilitator accesses the analytics section, when they select a specific quiz, then they should be able to view trends in user feedback, including average scores and common areas of difficulty.

Data Export Functionality

Given the facilitator is viewing the User Engagement Analytics, when they select the export option, then they should be able to download the data in CSV format for further analysis.

Real-Time Analytics Updates

Given the quizzes are ongoing, when a user's engagement metrics change, then the dashboard should update in real-time to reflect these changes immediately.

Dashboard Customization Options

Given the facilitator is on the User Engagement Metrics Dashboard, when they choose to customize their view, then they should be able to select which metrics to display and save these preferences for future sessions.

Engagement Score Threshold Alerts

Given the facilitator has set thresholds for engagement scores, when a user's score falls below this threshold, then the system should send an automated alert to the facilitator.

Feedback Trends Analysis

"As a trainer, I want to view and analyze feedback trends so that I can enhance the training content based on learners' insights and suggestions."

Description

The Feedback Trends Analysis feature collects and analyzes user feedback on quizzes and training sessions, presenting facilitators with insights into common themes and suggestions for improvement. By categorizing feedback based on urgency and relevance, this functionality allows for quick prioritization of adjustments or enhancements needed in the training content. Integration with the InnoDoc platform will ensure that facilitators can continuously refine their training materials based on real user insights, leading to ongoing improvements in the course quality and learner satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

Facilitators need to analyze user feedback after a training session to identify common themes and suggestions for improving quiz content.

Given feedback has been collected from users about their quiz experience, when the facilitator accesses the Feedback Trends Analysis, then they should see a categorized report of feedback organized by urgency (high, medium, low) and relevance.

Facilitators want to understand engagement levels across different quizzes to identify which content was most effective or might need improvements.

Given the feedback includes user engagement metrics, when the facilitator views the analytics dashboard, then they should see graphical representations of engagement metrics per quiz (e.g., completion rates, average time spent).

The facilitators require the ability to export feedback data for sharing with other stakeholders or for further analysis.

Given the facilitator is on the Feedback Trends Analysis page, when they select the export option, then a downloadable file in CSV format should be generated containing all feedback data including categories, urgency, and suggestions.

Facilitators need to quickly assess the impact of changes made to training materials based on previous feedback.

Given that training materials have been updated, when the facilitator reviews the Feedback Trends Analysis for the next training session, then they should see a comparison report indicating changes in feedback trends pre- and post-adjustments to the materials.

Facilitators wish to prioritize feedback items to address the most important user concerns first.

Given a sorted list of feedback items, when the facilitator applies filtering options based on urgency, then the displayed feedback should reflect only high-urgency items.

Facilitators want to receive notifications about feedback trends and common themes that emerge over time.

Given the feedback mechanism has been in use for a period, when new feedback is collected and shows a significant trend, then the system should alert the facilitator via in-app notifications.

Facilitators need a user-friendly interface for visualizing feedback trends seamlessly within the InnoDoc platform.

Given a facilitator is accessing the Feedback Trends Analysis feature, when they navigate through the interface, then they should find it intuitive with all key metrics presented in a clear and accessible manner.

Custom Report Generation

"As a facilitator, I want to generate customized reports on quiz and engagement data so that I can present specific insights to stakeholders in a format that is relevant to them."

Description

The Custom Report Generation feature enables facilitators to create tailored reports based on specific data points related to quiz performance and user engagement. Facilitators can select metrics of interest, apply filters for specific user groups, and define the output format, thus allowing for highly personalized insights. This feature will empower facilitators to present findings as needed for different stakeholders, such as reports for management or training evaluations. Seamless integration within the InnoDoc ecosystem will ensure facilitators have a cohesive experience when managing data and reports.

Acceptance Criteria

Facilitator creates a custom report by selecting specific metrics like average scores, quiz completion rates, and engagement levels for the last quarter.

Given the facilitator is logged in and has navigated to the Custom Report Generation section, when they select the desired metrics, apply relevant filters, and click 'Generate Report', then a customized report that includes the selected metrics is created and displayed accurately without errors.

Facilitator generates a report for a specific user group to analyze their quiz performance and engagement.

Given the facilitator is on the Custom Report Generation page, when they filter the report by a defined user group and submit the request, then the report reflects only the data related to the specified user group, and provides relevant performance insights.

Facilitator wants to output the generated report in multiple formats like PDF and Excel.

Given the facilitator has successfully generated a custom report, when they select the desired output format options (PDF or Excel) and click 'Download', then the system generates and downloads the report in the selected format without formatting issues and retains all data accurately.

Facilitator runs a report to evaluate engagement trends over the last three months.

Given the facilitator is on the Custom Report Generation interface, when they select the engagement metrics and specify the date range for the last three months, then the report accurately displays engagement trends and highlights key changes over that period.

Facilitator reviews feedback trends within a generated custom report for training evaluations.

Given the facilitator has generated a custom report focusing on user feedback, when they analyze the report, then it should clearly illustrate feedback trends and highlight common themes or issues raised by users for better training material adjustment.

Facilitator requests a custom report from the training platform with specified performance data.

Given the facilitator has specified the data points needed in the report, when they submit the request, then the report generation process should complete successfully within a predetermined time frame, ensuring that all requested data points are included and accurately formatted.

Facilitator collaborates with team members to refine the data chosen for a custom report.

Given the facilitator shares the report generation page with team members, when they collectively select and modify the metrics and filters, then the collaborative features should function seamlessly, allowing real-time updates and final report generation without data loss.

Adaptive Learning Pathways

"As a participant, I want my quizzes to adapt based on my performance so that I am challenged at the right level and can learn effectively."

Description

Adaptive Learning Pathways will allow facilitators to create dynamic quizzes that adapt based on user performance and engagement levels. This requirement focuses on changing the sequence or difficulty of questions based on real-time results, thus providing a tailored experience for each user. The integration of this feature within the InnoDoc platform will help improve learning outcomes by ensuring that users are engaged with content that is appropriately challenging, promoting better retention and comprehension.

Acceptance Criteria

User engages with an adaptive quiz that adjusts difficulty based on their answers across four levels of questions: easy, medium, hard, and very hard.

Given a user starts a quiz, when they answer a question correctly, then the following question is automatically adjusted to be one level harder. Conversely, if they answer incorrectly, the next question should drop one level in difficulty.

Facilitator views analytics after a quiz has been completed to assess user performance and determine common learning gaps.

Given that the quiz has been taken by users, when the facilitator accesses the assessment analytics dashboard, then the system must display aggregated performance data including average scores, question difficulty ratings, and identify the top three areas of user struggle.

User enters a quiz and completes it, receiving immediate feedback on their performance and suggested resources based on their results.

Given a user completes the adaptive quiz, when they click on the 'Get Feedback' button, then the user should receive a detailed report including their score, a breakdown of their performance on each question, and personalized recommendations for supplementary learning materials tailored to their identified gaps.

Facilitator configures a new adaptive quiz and sets the parameters for question difficulty adjustments based on user performance.

Given the facilitator is creating a new adaptive quiz, when they specify the settings for question difficulty, then the system must allow them to define how many levels the questions can adapt (1-4) and save these settings successfully for the quiz.

User attempts to take the quiz but experiences technical issues and needs to resume later without losing progress.

Given a user has started taking an adaptive quiz, when they encounter a technical issue and exit the quiz, then they should be able to return later with their progress saved and continue from the last unanswered question without data loss.

Facilitator receives notifications of significant user engagement trends over time from the assessment analytics features.

Given the facilitator has set up notification preferences, when a significant trend in user engagement or performance is detected, then the system should automatically send an alert via email or in-app notification highlighting the trend and suggesting possible actions.

Real-Time Translation Engine

This feature powers instant, AI-driven translations of documents and comments within InnoDoc, allowing users from different linguistic backgrounds to collaborate effortlessly. By offering seamless language conversion, teams can maintain a natural flow during discussions, significantly enhancing communication efficiency and reducing time spent on language barriers.

Requirements

Support for Multiple Languages

"As a remote team member working with international clients, I want the Real-Time Translation Engine to translate documents in multiple languages so that I can communicate effectively without the stress of language barriers."

Description

The requirement aims to enable the Real-Time Translation Engine to support an extensive range of languages across documents and comments within InnoDoc. This includes not only common languages but also regional dialects, ensuring inclusivity for global teams. The functionality will allow users to set preferred languages at the document level and dynamically translate content as it is created or edited. This feature enhances collaboration by breaking down language barriers, ultimately fostering an environment of inclusivity and effective communication regardless of geographical and linguistic differences.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a document and sets their preferred language, then collaborates with team members who have different language preferences, requesting real-time translations during editing.

Given a document with multiple collaborators, when a user sets their preferred language, then all content in the document and comments should dynamically translate to the user's selected language during editing without delay.

An international team is discussing a project via comments in InnoDoc, with members using different languages; they rely on the real-time translation feature for effective communication.

Given a comment thread with participants speaking different languages, when a user posts a comment in their preferred language, then all team members should receive an instant translation in their preferred language in the comment thread.

A user from a non-English speaking country needs to understand a document primarily written in English; they set their preferred language to their native language and request translation.

Given a document in English, when the user requests a translation to their preferred language, then the entire document should dynamically translate, preserving formatting, and include all comments in the preferred language.

A project manager reviews a collaborative document and wants to adjust the language settings for the entire team to accommodate a new member who speaks a regional dialect.

Given a document with established language settings, when the project manager updates the language settings to include a new regional dialect, then all existing content and comments should be re-translated to the new language settings, maintaining coherence in communication.

A user tries to collaborate in a document on a mobile device and experiences language barriers during discussions with colleagues.

Given a mobile user accessing a document, when they navigate to comments or editing mode, then the real-time translation feature should be fully functional, offering instant translation options for all content they interact with.

An audit is conducted to ensure the translation engine supports a comprehensive list of languages as promised in the product feature specifications.

Given a predefined list of languages including common and regional dialects, when the testing team checks the translation feature, then it must confirm that all listed languages are supported and accurately translate both documents and comments.

A user wishes to disable automatic translations for certain sensitive content within a shared document.

Given a document being edited, when the user chooses to disable automatic translations for specific paragraphs or comments, then the designated sections should remain in their original language without triggering translation.

Contextual Translation Accuracy

"As a project manager, I want the translations to be contextually accurate so that my team can avoid miscommunication and maintain clarity in project discussions."

Description

This requirement emphasizes the need for the translation engine to provide contextually accurate translations. The engine should utilize AI and machine learning algorithms to understand the context of phrases, idioms, and technical jargon specific to various industries, improving the quality of translations. This improvement is crucial for users who rely on precise language in collaborative documents to avoid misunderstandings and maintain professionalism in their communication. Enhanced accuracy will be achieved through continuous updates and user feedback, ensuring that real-time translations meet the evolving needs of users across different sectors.

Acceptance Criteria

Document translation during a live collaboration session among a team of multilingual professionals who are discussing a technical document, requiring accurate contextual translations of industry-specific jargon and phrases.

Given a technical document containing industry-specific jargon, When a user requests translation into a different language, Then the system should provide contextually accurate translations that reflect the technical terms used in the document.

A user provides feedback on the accuracy of translations received during a collaborative editing session, aiming to improve the engine's contextual understanding of commonly used phrases.

Given user feedback on translation accuracy, When the feedback is processed by the AI model, Then the model should make adjustments to improve future translations based on whether the feedback is positive or negative.

A team is editing a marketing proposal in multiple languages while incorporating localized nuances that resonate with their target audience in different regions.

Given a marketing proposal with culturally relevant phrases, When users edit the document in different languages, Then the translation engine should ensure the localized nuances are maintained in the translations without loss of meaning.

A freelancer is collaborating with an international client who communicates in a different language, requiring accurate translations for ongoing discussions without disrupting the flow of conversation.

Given real-time discussions between the freelancer and the client, When comments are posted in different languages, Then the translation engine should provide immediate and contextually appropriate translations to facilitate seamless communication.

A project manager reviews translated project documents to ensure they align with legal terminology, as inaccuracies could lead to misunderstandings or liability issues.

Given project documents using legal jargon, When these documents are translated, Then the translations should accurately reflect legal terms to avoid potential legal discrepancies or misunderstandings.

A user requests to download a translated document in a specific format while ensuring that the translation remains intact and contextually accurate.

Given a user request for a translated document, When the document is downloaded, Then it should maintain the formatting and contextually accurate translations in the specified file format.

Integration with External Translation Services

"As a user who frequently works with diverse documents, I want the ability to integrate and choose between the Real-Time Translation Engine and external translation services so that I can have access to the best translation options available."

Description

To enhance the capabilities of the Real-Time Translation Engine, this requirement outlines the necessity for integration with popular external translation services (like Google Translate, DeepL, etc.). This feature will allow users to switch between the in-built translation engine and external services depending on their specific needs for accuracy, jargon processing, or unique dialects. By providing options, users can choose the most reliable translation method for their documents without leaving the InnoDoc platform, ensuring a flexible and efficient workflow.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a document translation within InnoDoc using the internal Real-Time Translation Engine and switches to Google Translate for additional context.

Given a user is editing a document in InnoDoc, When they select to translate the document using the internal translation engine, Then the translation should occur within 5 seconds without any discrepancies.

A team of multilingual users collaborates on a document and relies on varying dialects for accurate communication.

Given a user switches from the internal translation engine to DeepL, When they select specific dialect options, Then the translation output should reflect those specified dialects accurately, without losing essential context.

A user wants to compare translations from the internal engine and an external service side by side to check for accuracy.

Given a document is translated using both the internal engine and an external service, When the user enables side-by-side view, Then both translations should display clearly in a split view format without layout issues.

A content creator needs to reference specific jargon terms while translating medical documents.

Given that the external translation service has a specialized jargon processing feature, When the user selects this option, Then generated translations must appropriately translate jargon and technical terms relevant to the medical field.

An organization implements the integration feature and wants to ensure users are aware of available options for translation services.

Given the user accesses the translation interface, When they hover over the integration options, Then informative tooltips describing each service's strengths should be displayed to help users choose effectively.

A user is working in the platform under different internet conditions and wants to ensure a smooth experience while switching translation services.

Given a user experiences slow internet, When they attempt to switch from the internal engine to an external service, Then the platform should provide a loading indicator until the translation loads, ensuring the user is aware of the process.

User Feedback Mechanism

"As a user, I want a way to provide feedback on the translations so that the system can learn from my experiences and improve overall accuracy for future users."

Description

The requirement involves establishing a user feedback mechanism for the Real-Time Translation Engine, allowing users to provide input on the quality of translations. This feature will capture user reviews related to specific translations, helping to identify common issues or inaccuracies. The data collected can be analyzed to improve translation algorithms and enhance overall user satisfaction. This closed feedback loop not only empowers users by involving them in the development process but also serves as a critical tool for continuous improvement of translation quality.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on a translated document after reviewing its accuracy and readability.

Given a user is viewing a translated document, when they click on the feedback button and rate the translation quality, then their feedback should be submitted successfully and stored in the system archives.

User accesses the feedback history for a specific translation to review past user inputs.

Given a user wants to review past feedback for a particular translation, when they navigate to the feedback section of the document, then they should see a list of all past feedback submissions along with user ratings and comments.

Admin reviews aggregated user feedback to identify areas for translation improvement.

Given an admin is analyzing user feedback data, when they access the feedback report, then they should see a breakdown of feedback ratings and common issues highlighted for actionable insights.

User receives a notification after their feedback has been reviewed and addressed by the team.

Given a user has provided feedback on a translation, when the feedback has been addressed, then the user should receive a notification confirming that their input has been used to improve the translation quality.

User provides detailed feedback on a specific section of a translated document.

Given a user is reviewing a specific section of a translated document, when they click on the feedback button for that section, then they should be able to enter comments that are linked to that specific part of the translation.

User can toggle between translated and original text to assess translation quality.

Given a user is viewing a document with translations, when they toggle the visibility of the original text, then the original document should display alongside the translated version for comparison purposes.

Real-Time Language Detection

"As a user collaborating with a multilingual team, I want the system to automatically detect and translate the language I am typing in so that I can focus on my thoughts without worrying about language settings."

Description

This requirement aims to implement a real-time language detection feature within the translation engine. The engine should automatically identify the language being used in comments or documents as users type and translate it into the preferred language set for each specific user. This functionality eliminates the need for users to manually select the language they are writing in, streamlining the collaboration process and enhancing user experience, especially in dynamic conversations where multiple languages are used.

Acceptance Criteria

User A types a comment in Spanish while collaborating with colleagues who primarily speak English. The Real-Time Language Detection feature should automatically identify the Spanish language and translate the comment into English for User B, ensuring that both users can seamlessly communicate without language barriers.

Given User A is typing in Spanish, When User A submits the comment, Then it should automatically be translated into English for User B without any manual language selection.

A document has mixed content with English and French sentences. The Real-Time Language Detection must recognize and translate each language appropriately as users collaborate on the same document, ensuring all content is accessible in the user's preferred language.

Given the document contains English and French text, When any user edits or adds comments, Then the system should translate text in real-time into the preferred language of the user accessing the document.

During a meeting, participants from different language backgrounds are discussing and editing a shared document simultaneously. The Real-Time Language Detection feature must keep up with fast-paced typing and ensure new comments are translated in real-time to aid understanding.

Given multiple users are typing in different languages, When each user submits a comment, Then the system should instantly detect and translate the comment in real-time for all participants to ensure effective communication.

A user changes their preferred language setting in their profile from English to German. The Real-Time Language Detection should adapt to this change and translate all incoming text from others into German going forward, maintaining the user experience.

Given a user has changed their preferred language to German, When the user interacts with comments and documents, Then all new comments should be translated into German automatically from whatever language they are written in.

Users collaborating on a document need to receive alerts when text is detected in an unrecognized language, to prompt them to clarify or choose a specific translation instead. This helps manage instances where automatic detection fails.

Given a user types in an unrecognized language, When the text is submitted, Then an alert should notify users that the language could not be detected and prompt them to provide the language manually for proper translation.

Users from different regions are collaborating asynchronously over time zones. The Real-Time Language Detection needs to function effectively during all hours to facilitate collaboration regardless of when users are working on the document.

Given that users are in different time zones submitting comments at various times, When a comment is entered, Then the language detection should operate continuously and provide translation without delay, regardless of the time of submission.

Contextual Language Support

Utilizing advanced algorithms, this feature offers translations that preserve context and intent, ensuring that messages are conveyed accurately. By analyzing phrases and idiomatic expressions, users benefit from translations that reflect cultural nuances, resulting in more effective collaboration and understanding among global team members.

Requirements

Real-time Contextual Translation

"As a global team member, I want to receive translations of my colleague's comments and suggestions in real-time so that I can collaborate effectively without language barriers and ensure our ideas are accurately expressed."

Description

This requirement outlines the necessity for a real-time contextual translation feature within InnoDoc that utilizes advanced algorithms to analyze text in a collaborative document environment. The purpose of this feature is to automatically translate user-generated content while preserving the intended meaning, tone, and context in which it was written. By focusing on contextual nuances, this requirement aims to enhance communication among international teams, reducing misunderstandings and enhancing workflow efficiency. The implementation of this feature will involve integrating an AI-driven translation engine capable of recognizing idiomatic expressions and cultural subtleties, thus supporting better collaboration across global teams. Ultimately, it should result in higher-quality documents that reflect cultural considerations and foster effective teamwork regardless of language barriers.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time contextual translation during a collaborative document editing session among multinational team members.

Given a document is being edited by users in different languages, when a user types a message, then the translation should appear in real-time in the document with the original meaning preserved.

User accessibility to translation settings for customization based on regional preferences.

Given a user accesses the translation settings, when they select a specific region, then the translations should automatically adjust to reflect local idiomatic expressions and cultural contexts.

Handling complex idiomatic phrases in collaborative discussions.

Given a user inputs an idiomatic expression, when the phrase is translated, then it should preserve the intended meaning and resonate appropriately with the target audience's cultural understanding.

Integration of contextual translation with user feedback mechanisms.

Given a document with translated content, when a user provides feedback on the accuracy of a translation, then the system should learn from this input to improve future translations.

Real-time translation performance under high-load collaborative conditions.

Given multiple users are editing a document simultaneously, when translations are generated, then the system should maintain response times of under 2 seconds per translation request.

Testing accuracy of translations in different languages and contexts.

Given a set of predefined phrases in multiple languages, when these phrases are translated, then at least 90% of the translations should accurately reflect the original intent and context.

Support for translating technical terminology specific to industries.

Given that a user is creating a document about technical subjects, when industry-specific terms are included, then translations should accurately incorporate standard terminology recognized in the target language and industry.

AI-Powered Idiomatic Recognition

"As a user who frequently collaborates with diverse teams, I want the system to recognize and translate idiomatic expressions in the documents so that the essence and tone of my message are preserved accurately."

Description

This requirement focuses on the development of an AI-powered idiomatic recognition function as part of the contextual language support feature. It is crucial for accurately understanding and translating idiomatic phrases within documents, making sure that culturally significant expressions are preserved in the translation process. This functionality will be essential in environments where different languages and cultures intersect, enabling users to maintain original sentiments behind phrases that do not have direct translations. The expected outcome is an elevated user experience, characterized by richer and more authentic communication within the platform, thereby enhancing teamwork and document quality. This feature will require sophisticated linguistic models and ongoing training to adapt to emerging expressions and changes in language.

Acceptance Criteria

AI accurately translates idiomatic phrases in collaborative documents between English and Spanish, maintaining contextual meaning and cultural significance during a real-time, multi-user editing session.

Given a document containing idiomatic expressions in English, when the user switches the document language to Spanish, then the AI-powered idiomatic recognition function translates the idioms without losing original sentiments, verified by user feedback and comparison with manual translations.

The AI-powered idiomatic recognition feature is utilized during a team meeting where team members from different cultural backgrounds incorporate idioms relevant to their language, ensuring a seamless translation that captures the intent and meaning.

Given that team members use idioms during the meeting, when the AI recognizes and translates these idioms in real-time, then team members report at least 90% satisfaction with their understanding of the discussions, measured by a post-meeting survey.

A user is editing a multilingual document that includes various idiomatic expressions, and they seek to generate a translated copy for an audience unfamiliar with the original language.

Given a multilingual document with idioms, when the user requests a translation, then the translated document must include correct idiomatic translations reflecting the original intent, confirmed by a linguistic expert review and rated above 80% for accuracy in a feedback session.

A project manager requires reports on the performance of the AI-powered idiomatic recognition tool to ensure it meets business needs and enhances team communication.

Given the implementation of the idiomatic recognition feature, when the project manager reviews usage analytics and feedback, then at least 75% of the users should report improved communication efficiency, documented through performance metrics over a 30-day period.

During a global marketing campaign, team members frequently use cultural references that can be lost in translation if not identified and translated effectively by the AI.

Given a marketing document with cultural references, when the idiomatic recognition tool is applied, then all identified phrases should be translated accurately and contextually, with at least 90% of users agreeing that the translations preserve the intended meaning and cultural context in a follow-up survey.

Cultural Nuance Integration

"As a project manager working with a multicultural team, I want to ensure that all my communications are culturally relevant and appropriate so that my messages are well-received and understood without causing any offense."

Description

This requirement necessitates the integration of cultural nuance analysis into the translation process of InnoDoc. The feature will evaluate and adapt translations based on cultural contexts, ensuring that messages are conveyed with the intended impact. By effectively analyzing cultural factors, the system will provide translations that resonate with the target audience, thereby improving clarity and communication efficacy. This requirement emphasizes the importance of user sensitivity to cultural backgrounds in enhancing collaboration among team members from different regions. The successful implementation of this feature will involve collaboration with cultural experts and requires the system to have access to a diverse range of linguistic resources to accurately reflect cultural sensitivities in translations.

Acceptance Criteria

Global Team Communication with Contextual Language Support

Given a user from a culturally diverse team uses InnoDoc to collaborate on a marketing document, when they input a culturally specific phrase in their original language, then the system should provide a translation that retains the cultural context and nuances of the original message.

Feedback from Cultural Experts on Translation Accuracy

Given that cultural experts are consulted regarding the translations produced by InnoDoc, when they review the translated document, then at least 85% of the feedback should indicate that the translations accurately reflect the intended cultural nuances.

User Experience in Different Cultural Contexts

Given a user selects different cultural settings within the InnoDoc platform, when they review shared documents, then the system should adapt the translations to fit the selected cultural context without losing the document’s original intent.

Multilingual Document Co-creation Session

Given an international team is co-creating a document in InnoDoc, when they use idiomatic expressions from their respective cultures, then the system should provide translations that convey the same meaning in the recipient's cultural context.

Training Module for Users on Cultural Nuance Feature

Given new users are onboarding with the InnoDoc platform, when they complete the training module on the cultural nuance integration, then they should pass a post-training assessment with a score of 90% or higher on the effectiveness of the feature in enhancing communication.

Performance Evaluation of Translation Algorithms

Given that the translation algorithms in InnoDoc are updated, when performance is assessed using user interaction data, then the system should demonstrate a 20% reduction in user-reported translation errors related to cultural context within the first three months post-update.

User Feedback Loop for Translation Accuracy

"As a user of InnoDoc, I want to provide feedback on translation quality so that the translation service improves over time and better meets the needs of users across different languages."

Description

This requirement emphasizes the importance of establishing a user feedback mechanism for continuous improvement of translation accuracy within the InnoDoc platform. Users will have the ability to provide feedback on the quality of translations, highlighting areas of improvement and flagging inaccuracies. This feature will not only engage users in the enhancement process but also enable the development team to gather valuable insights and data for training the underlying AI models, leading to better contextual translations over time. The outcome will be a collaborative growth cycle, allowing the translation feature to evolve based on real user experiences and mitigating potential issues before they arise.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on translation quality after using the contextual language support feature on a document.

Given a user accesses the translation feature, When the user reviews a translation and selects an option to provide feedback, Then the user should be able to submit comments indicating the accuracy and context of the translation.

User receives a confirmation message after submitting translation feedback.

Given a user has submitted feedback on a translation, When the feedback is successfully received, Then the user should see a confirmation message indicating that their feedback has been processed.

Development team reviews aggregated user feedback for translation improvements.

Given a set of feedback submissions from users, When the development team analyzes the feedback data, Then the team should be able to identify trends and common issues that need addressing in future translation improvements.

User sees a history of their feedback submissions related to translations.

Given a user has submitted feedback multiple times, When the user accesses their feedback history, Then the user should see a list of all their previous feedback submissions along with the status of each submission.

The system notifies users when their feedback has led to an update in translation accuracy.

Given a user who has provided feedback that contributed to a translation update, When the translation system is updated based on user suggestions, Then the user should receive a notification about the changes made.

Users report improved accuracy in translations after the implementation of feedback features.

Given users have submitted feedback regularly over a period, When a survey is conducted asking users to evaluate translation accuracy, Then at least 75% of respondents should report noticeable improvement in translation quality.

Multi-language Document Collaboration

"As a collaborative document editor, I want to work in my preferred language while still being able to understand contributions from my teammates who speak different languages, so that our workflow remains efficient and productive."

Description

This requirement aims to support seamless multi-language document collaboration, enabling users to work together in a single document even if they speak different languages. The functionality should allow users to choose their preferred language for contributions, while employing the contextual translation feature to ensure all input is clearly understood by all team members. This capability is crucial in providing an inclusive collaborative environment, thereby enhancing overall productivity and innovation. The implementation will involve ensuring that documents can dynamically adjust language settings and translations are instantaneously reflected as users contribute, providing a real-time collaborative experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User A initiates a document in English and User B, who is a native Spanish speaker, joins the collaboration. User B selects Spanish as their preferred language for contributions while User A continues in English. Both users should be able to see and understand each other's contributions seamlessly.

Given User A is editing a document in English, and User B selects Spanish as their preferred language, when User B adds a comment, then User A should see the comment translated to English in real-time.

After User C, who speaks French, contributes to the document, User D, who only understands German, accesses the document later. User D should be able to set their preference to German to view all contributions in their language.

Given User C has contributed in French, when User D selects German as their language option, then all contributions should automatically translate to German without requiring page refresh.

A team of four members from different countries collaborates on a project document. Each user prefers a different language. The document should adapt to allow every member to see contributions in their selected languages.

Given all four users have selected their preferred languages, when any user adds content, then all users should receive a real-time translation of the content in their respective selected languages.

During a live collaborative session, User E types in Portuguese while User F, a native English speaker, provides feedback in English. They should both be able to understand each other's inputs without language barriers.

Given User E types a message in Portuguese and User F types an English response, when both inputs are submitted, then each user should see the other's input translated into their selected language without delay.

Users working in different time zones open the same document at different times, needing clarity on previous comments made in different languages. Users should be able to view all comments translated into their preferred language by default.

Given User G opens a previously edited document, when they view the comments made in Spanish and French, then all comments should appear translated into the language set in User G's profile settings automatically.

A user attempts to use the contextual translation feature for idiomatic expressions, ensuring these expressions are translated appropriately for their context within the document, maintaining the document's professionalism.

Given User H inputs an idiomatic expression in their chosen language, when the contextual translation occurs, then the translation should accurately reflect the idiomatic meaning rather than a literal translation.

For compliance and clarity, team leads need to verify that all contributions in the document are accurately translated to avoid miscommunication in legal and technical terms.

Given a document containing technical terms and legal phrases, when users submit contributions, then the translation feature should maintain accuracy and context for all critical terminology. All translations should be verifiable against a glossary provided by the team leads.

Language Preference Profiles

Users can set their preferred languages for both document viewing and collaboration, which are automatically applied within the platform. This personalization not only enhances user experience by catering to individual needs but also promotes inclusivity by allowing teams to work in their native languages, boosting comfort and productivity.

Requirements

User Language Settings

""

Description

This requirement allows users to select their preferred languages for both viewing and collaborating on documents within the InnoDoc platform. The system will save these preferences in user profiles and automatically apply them during document access and editing. This functionality enhances user experience by providing personalized settings, making the platform accessible and user-friendly especially for diverse teams. The incorporation of language preference profiles will help eliminate communication barriers, drive inclusivity, and promote productivity by allowing team members to work in their native languages.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects their preferred languages in their profile settings.

Given a user has access to the language settings, when they select their preferred languages and save the settings, then the selected languages should be saved in their user profile and reflected in the system settings.

User opens a document to view it in their preferred language.

Given a user has set their preferred language, when they open a document, then the text should display in the user’s chosen language without requiring any additional actions.

User collaborates with a team member who has a different language preference.

Given two users with different language preferences are collaborating on a document, when one user invites the other to the document, then both users should see the document in their respective preferred languages when editing it.

User updates their language preference.

Given a user has previously set their language preferences, when they modify the settings to change their language preference and save the changes, then the system should apply the updated preferences to all future document accesses.

The platform ensures that language settings are applied across multiple devices.

Given a user has set their preferred languages on one device, when they access the platform from a different device, then the language settings should remain consistent across the devices without requiring reconfiguration.

System demonstrates the ability to support multiple languages in documentation.

Given the platform supports multiple languages, when a user creates a document in a specific language, then the system should provide spell check and grammar tools specific to that language to enhance document quality.

Real-time Language Switching

""

Description

Users can switch languages in real time during document collaboration sessions. This feature ensures that all participants see the document's content in their chosen language without needing to refresh or exit the session. This requirement adds flexibility for users who may speak different languages and need to understand content changes immediately. The ability to translate input text dynamically will facilitate immediate comprehension and interaction, fostering a more cohesive collaborative environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User switches language from English to Spanish during a collaborative editing session to ask a question in their native language, and all participants see the text translated in real-time without refreshing the document.

Given a user is in a collaborative session, when they switch the language from English to Spanish, then all text in the document updates to Spanish in real-time for all users without requiring a refresh.

Multiple users speak different languages; one user edits a document while another user switches their language preference to French and views the changes instantly in French, ensuring seamless communication.

Given two users in different locations, when one user edits the document and the other has set their language to French, then changes made by the first user should immediately appear in French for the second user.

A user reviews a document that contains text in multiple languages. They switch their language preference to German and expect all text to be dynamically translated to German, making it easier for them to follow the content.

Given a document with mixed language content, when a user switches their language setting to German, then all existing text in the document should be translated to German dynamically during the collaborative session.

During a team meeting, a user collaborates with colleagues who have different language preferences. They make a comment in their preferred language and want to see the comment translated for others in the session.

Given a user adds a comment in their preferred language, when they submit the comment, then all participants should see the comment in their respective set languages instantly translated.

A user tests the real-time language switching feature before an important presentation to ensure that all team members can read their document in their preferred languages without issues.

Given a user conducts a test session, when they switch the language multiple times during the session, then each switch should update the document and comments seamlessly for all participants in their preferred languages.

Language-Specific AI Writing Tools

""

Description

Integrate AI writing tools that are tailored to different languages for grammar checking, suggestions, and style recommendations. This requirement involves enhancing the AI engine to support multilingual capabilities, allowing users to receive writing assistance based on their selected language. It aligns with the aim of promoting brand consistency and high-quality document preparation by ensuring users can produce error-free content relevant to their linguistic context.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses InnoDoc and selects their preferred language from the Language Preference Profiles.

Given a user has selected a preferred language in their profile, when they open a document, then the AI writing tools should provide grammar checking and style suggestions in the selected language.

A user writes a document in their native language and seeks AI assistance for grammar and style.

Given a user is writing a document in their selected language, when they enable the AI writing tools, then the system should display relevant grammar checks and style recommendations specific to that language.

An enterprise team collaborates on a document that involves multiple languages.

Given a user toggles between different language preference profiles during collaboration, when they use AI writing tools, then the suggestions should adjust accordingly to the active language setting for each collaborator.

A user modifies their language preference after creating documents.

Given a user has documents created under one language preference, when they change their profile to another language, then the AI writing tools should adapt and provide appropriate suggestions for existing documents in line with the new preference.

AI writing tool is integrated with language-specific style guides for document creation.

Given the AI writing tools are active, when a user selects a specific language, then the suggestions should align with established style guides relevant to that language.

A user tests the AI writing tools across different languages.

Given a user has access to AI writing tools in multiple languages, when they input text in various languages, then the system must successfully provide grammar and style suggestions that are accurate to each language's rules.

Users provide feedback on the effectiveness of the AI writing tools for their preferred languages.

Given users after utilizing the AI writing tools in their specific language, when they submit feedback, then the system should log and categorize their input for further improvements in language-specific suggestions.

Document Translation Functionality

""

Description

Implement a built-in translation feature that allows users to translate entire documents or selected text into their preferred language. This capability will enrich collaboration by enabling teams to share and edit content in their native languages. The feature will support multiple languages and ensure that translations are contextually appropriate, thus addressing comprehension challenges during document reviews or collaborative editing.

Acceptance Criteria

Document Translation for Multilingual Teams Collaboration

Given a user with a defined language preference, When they select a document for translation, Then the system should present an accurate translation of the entire document in the user's preferred language.

Contextual Translation Verification

Given a user has selected specific text to translate, When they opt for translation, Then the system should provide contextually appropriate translations that preserve the meaning of the original text.

Translation of Selected Text Functionality

Given a document with mixed language content, When a user highlights a portion of the text for translation, Then the user should receive an option to translate only the selected text into their preferred language without affecting the rest of the document.

Support for Multiple Languages

Given the document translation feature, When a user checks the available languages, Then the system should list multiple language options that the user can select for translation purposes.

Automated Language Detection and Translation

Given a document in an unknown language, When the user opens the document, Then the system should automatically detect the language and offer translation options to the user's preferred language.

User Interface for Translation Preferences

Given a user accessing translation settings, When they navigate to the preferences section, Then the system should allow users to easily adjust and save their language preferences for document viewing and translation.

Multilingual User Interface

""

Description

Design a multilingual user interface (UI) for the InnoDoc platform that adjusts the language of menus, buttons, and notifications based on the user's selected language preferences. This requirement is crucial for providing a seamless experience, as it enhances usability for non-English speakers, making the platform more accessible. A well-localized UI will attract a broader user base and ensure that all features of the platform are easily understood by users from different linguistic backgrounds.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects their preferred language from the settings menu in the InnoDoc platform to view all interface elements in their native language.

Given that a user selects 'Spanish' as their preferred language, When the user navigates through the platform, Then all menus, buttons, and notifications should be displayed in Spanish.

A team of international collaborators works on a document while utilizing the multilingual interface for seamless communication.

Given a user from Germany and a user from Brazil are editing a document together, When they both have their language preferences set to German and Portuguese respectively, Then both users should see the UI elements and notifications in their chosen languages without discrepancies.

A new user registers on the InnoDoc platform and needs to set their initial language preference during onboarding.

Given a new user is going through the onboarding process, When they reach the language preference step, Then they should be able to select their preferred language from a list, and the selected language should be applied immediately to the UI.

User changes their language preference at any point during their session on the InnoDoc platform.

Given a user is currently working on a document in English, When the user changes their language preference to French in the settings, Then all UI elements should refresh and display in French without needing the user to log out and back in.

The multilingual UI must support various languages and adjustments made based on the regional settings of the user's device.

Given a user accesses the InnoDoc platform from a device configured to use Japanese, When the user logs into their account, Then the system should automatically set the UI to Japanese if it is available in the language settings.

Language Preference Sharing

""

Description

Allow users to share their language preferences with team members. This requirement will enable teams to understand each member's language inclinations, fostering a collaborative environment where everyone feels included. The system will also suggest language settings when adding new members to a document collaboration to enhance initial engagement and participation.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets their language preference on their profile for collaboration in a shared document.

Given a user navigates to their profile settings, when they select a preferred language for document collaboration, then the system should save this preference and apply it to all active and future documents shared with the user.

Team members can view each other's language preferences within the document collaboration interface.

Given a user is viewing a shared document, when they access the team members list, then they should see each member's language preference displayed alongside their name.

The system suggests appropriate language settings when a new team member is added to a document collaboration.

Given a user adds a new team member to a document, when the invitation is sent, then the system should recommend language preferences based on existing team members' settings, enhancing inclusivity.

Notifications are sent to team members when a user updates their language preference.

Given a user updates their language preference in their profile, when the preference is saved, then all team members involved in current collaborations should receive a notification about the update.

Users can change their language preferences easily within the document editing interface.

Given a user is in the editing interface of a document, when they access the settings menu, then they should have the option to change their language preference with immediate effect.

The language preference is respected across different devices and sessions for the user.

Given a user sets their language preference on one device, when they log into the platform from a different device, then the system should automatically apply the same language preference without requiring the user to set it again.

The system retains language preferences even after a document is closed or the user logs out.

Given a user has set their language preference and then closes the document or logs out, when they return to the platform, then their language preference should still be applied to the next document they open.

Document Language Detection

This smart feature automatically detects the primary language of uploaded documents and adapts the user interface accordingly, ensuring that all team members can engage with the material in their preferred language. By simplifying language choice and setup, users can focus on collaboration without technical difficulties.

Requirements

Automatic Language Detection

"As a remote team member, I want InnoDoc to automatically detect the language of my uploaded document so that I can start collaborating with my team without wasting time selecting the language manually."

Description

The Automatic Language Detection requirement enables InnoDoc to seamlessly identify the primary language of any uploaded document. This feature will scan the document's content upon upload and leverage AI algorithms to accurately determine the language, ensuring that the user experience is tailored to the language preferences of team members, facilitating easier collaboration. By implementing this requirement, we aim to eliminate the confusion and time wasted in manual language selection, allowing users to jump straight into productive collaboration. This functionality not only enhances user engagement but also supports inclusivity within diverse teams, ensuring everyone can contribute effectively, regardless of their language proficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads a document in Spanish, and InnoDoc should automatically detect the language and set the user interface to Spanish for all team members.

Given a document is uploaded in Spanish, when the document is processed, then the primary language should be detected as Spanish and all applicable user interface elements should display in Spanish.

A user uploads a bilingual document containing both English and French, and InnoDoc should identify the primary language based on which language has the most content.

Given a bilingual document is uploaded, when the document is scanned, then the language with the highest word count should be detected and the user interface should align with that language.

A user uploads a document that includes a mixture of languages, including non-standard fonts or symbols, and InnoDoc should still accurately determine the primary language.

Given a document with mixed languages including non-standard content, when the document is processed, then the primary language should be accurately detected based on the dominant language structure.

User uploads a document in Mandarin Chinese, and all the user notifications about the upload process should be displayed in Mandarin.

Given a document is uploaded in Mandarin, when the system is processing the document, then all notifications regarding upload status should be displayed in Mandarin.

When multiple team members are collaborating on a document uploaded in German, all team members should see the UI in German and the content should also be adapted accordingly.

Given a document in German is uploaded, when team members access the document, then their user interfaces should be automatically set to German without requiring manual adjustments.

After the language has been detected and the UI set accordingly, all email notifications about document updates should be sent in the detected language.

Given language detection has occurred successfully, when a document is updated, then all email notifications should be sent in the detected language to all relevant team members.

User Interface Language Adaptation

"As a user from a non-English speaking background, I want the InnoDoc interface to adapt to my document's language so that I can understand instructions and navigate effortlessly while collaborating with my team."

Description

The User Interface Language Adaptation requirement is designed to allow the InnoDoc platform to automatically adjust the interface based on the detected language of the uploaded documents. This requirement ensures that all instructions, buttons, and labels are displayed in the user's preferred language, thus promoting a more engaging and accessible experience. This feature is crucial for teams with members from varying linguistic backgrounds, as it reduces language barriers and enhances the overall collaboration experience. Implementing this requirement will also lead to increased user satisfaction and productivity, as users can navigate the platform with ease, focusing on their collaborative tasks without frustrations due to language discrepancies.

Acceptance Criteria

Detecting Language in a Uploaded Document

Given a user uploads a document, When the document is processed, Then the system must accurately identify the primary language of the document.

UI Adaptation Upon Language Detection

Given a document is uploaded in a specific language, When the language is detected, Then the user interface must change to reflect that language without any delay.

Multiple Languages in a Document

Given a user uploads a document containing multiple languages, When the system processes the document, Then the UI should default to the language that has the highest text density.

User Preferences for Language Settings

Given a user has specified language preferences in their profile, When a document is uploaded and processed, Then the system must adapt the UI to match user preferences when language detection is ambiguous.

Fallback Language Mechanism

Given a document is uploaded and the primary language cannot be identified, When the processing is complete, Then the system must revert to a default language set by the user in their profile.

Feedback Mechanism for Language Accuracy

Given a user sees a detected language on the interface, When the user provides feedback about language accuracy, Then the system must log the feedback and connect it to further improvements in the detection algorithm.

Real-Time Collaboration in Different Languages

Given multiple users are collaborating on a document in different languages, When changes are made, Then all users must view updates in their selected language immediately.

Multi-Language Support for Comments

"As a team contributor, I want to leave comments in my native language so that I can express my thoughts more clearly and engage with my colleagues without language limitations."

Description

The Multi-Language Support for Comments requirement focuses on enabling users to leave comments in their preferred language while collaborating within documents. This feature will allow users to comment without being restricted by language barriers, promoting richer communication and feedback. The system will incorporate a translation tool that enables team members to read comments in their own language, thus fostering an inclusive environment for sharing ideas and suggestions. By implementing this requirement, we enhance the collaboration experience and ensure that all voices in the team can be heard, contributing to a more dynamic brainstorming process and enabling a wider range of feedback and insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User leaves comments in their preferred language within the InnoDoc platform's collaborative document interface.

Given a user has selected their preferred language in the settings, when they leave a comment on a document, then the comment should be displayed in the user's chosen language without errors.

Multiple team members leave comments in their preferred languages in a shared document.

Given multiple users with different language preferences are commenting on the same document, when comments are submitted, then each user should be able to view all comments translated to their preferred language without losing the original context.

User interacts with comments in real time while collaborating on a document.

Given a document with comments in multiple languages, when a user hovers over a comment, then the comment should display a translation option that allows them to view the comment in their preferred language.

Team member reads comments made by users in different languages.

Given a user is collaborating on a document with comments in various languages, when they access the comments section, then all comments should be automatically translated to the user’s selected language, preserving the integrity of the original comment.

User accesses help documentation regarding multi-language comment support.

Given a user is seeking information on comments in multiple languages, when they navigate to the help section, then they should find clear documentation explaining how to use the multi-language comment feature, including language selection and translations.

User adjusts language settings and sees immediate change in comment display.

Given a user changes their preferred language in the account settings, when they refresh the document, then all existing comments should be instantly translated to the newly selected language without requiring a relog.

Integrated Document Language Toggle

"As a user who works in a multilingual environment, I want to toggle the document language so that I can easily switch between languages without affecting the document structure and content."

Description

The Integrated Document Language Toggle requirement allows users to easily switch the language of the text within a document dynamically. This feature is essential for multilingual teams who work on the same document while catering to diverse user preferences. With a simple toggle, users can convert the content into a different selected language while maintaining the formatting and structure of the original document. This functionality not only saves time in editing but also enhances clarity when collaborating with global teams. Additionally, providing users with the capability to view and edit documents in their preferred language will significantly improve accuracy and reduce misunderstandings during the collaborative process.

Acceptance Criteria

User toggles the document language from English to Spanish during a team collaboration session.

Given the user is viewing a document in English, when they toggle the language to Spanish, then the entire document content should be displayed in Spanish without any loss of formatting.

A user uploads a document in French and then switches to a preferred language of German.

Given the user uploads a French document, when they select the language toggle to switch to German, then the text in the document should accurately convert to German while retaining the original layout.

A team of users collaborates on a document where one user prefers to view content in Italian and another in Portuguese.

Given multiple users are collaborating on a document, when one user switches the document language to Italian, then all content displayed for that user should reflect Italian language, while the other user sees the content in Portuguese.

A user edits text in a document after switching languages during a review process.

Given the user has switched the document language to Korean, when they edit a specific section of the document, then the changes should be saved in Korean without reverting back to the original language upon saving.

A user relies on quick language switching during a live presentation of a document.

Given a user is presenting a document in front of a team, when they toggle the language during the presentation, then the content should switch seamlessly without affecting the presentation flow, visible to all team members in real-time.

AI-Powered Language Suggestions

"As a regular user of InnoDoc, I want the platform to suggest language settings based on my previous document uploads so that I can streamline my work without repeated adjustments."

Description

The AI-Powered Language Suggestions requirement incorporates machine learning algorithms to provide users with language suggestions based on their historical document uploads and activity. When a user uploads a document in a specific language, the platform will not only detect the language but will also suggest the preferred settings or changes for the user interface and features. This proactive approach aims to enhance user experience by anticipating needs and ensuring that users don't have to repeatedly select or adjust settings. By implementing this functionality, InnoDoc positions itself as a solution that learns from user behavior, making it more intuitive and user-friendly for diverse teams.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads a document in Spanish and the system detects the language.

Given a user has uploaded a document in Spanish, when the system processes the upload, then it should accurately identify the language as Spanish and adjust the user interface to provide relevant language settings.

User receives language suggestions based on previous uploads.

Given that a user has a history of uploading documents in English and French, when they upload a new document in French, then the system should suggest preserving the French settings for optimal user experience.

User changes the language setting after document upload and it is retained for future sessions.

Given a user has uploaded a document and changed the language setting to German, when they log back into the system, then the interface should reflect the German language preference without the user needing to change it again.

System provides language-related prompts for team collaboration.

Given a user has uploaded a document in Italian, when they invite team members to collaborate, then the system should prompt whether they want to switch to Italian for the collaboration session.

User switches interface languages seamlessly during editing.

Given the user is editing a document in English, when they select to change the interface to Portuguese, then the interface should change immediately without reloading the document.

System logs and tracks language preferences for analytics.

Given a user has interacted with multiple languages, when language suggestions are generated, the system should log these interactions for analytics purposes to improve future language detection accuracy.

Multilingual Commenting System

Facilitate discussions with a commenting system that supports multiple languages. Users can comment freely in their native languages, and the feature will translate these comments for all collaborators, fostering inclusive discussions and enabling diverse team inputs without hindrance.

Requirements

Multilingual User Interface

"As a global user, I want the InnoDoc interface to be available in my native language so that I can navigate and use the platform more efficiently and comfortably without facing language obstacles."

Description

The Multilingual User Interface requirement focuses on providing users with the ability to navigate and interact with the InnoDoc platform in their preferred languages. This feature should support a variety of major languages and include automatic detection of the user's language preference at the initial login. The interface will be designed to ensure that all buttons, menus, and help sections are fully translated and culturally relevant. This capability will expand user accessibility and improve overall user experience, enabling more global teams to utilize the platform seamlessly without language barriers.

Acceptance Criteria

User logs into InnoDoc for the first time from a Spanish-speaking country and the platform automatically detects and displays the interface in Spanish.

Given a user from a Spanish-speaking country, when they log in for the first time, then the user interface should automatically display in Spanish without manual language selection.

A user selects French as their preferred language from the settings menu and confirms the change.

Given a user who selects French as their language preference, when they navigate away from the settings and return, then all interface elements should be displayed in French.

A user tries to access the help section in Italian to learn how to use the commenting system.

Given a user accessing the help section, when the help section is displayed, then all content should be fully translated into Italian with culturally relevant examples.

A user who is fluent in German logs in to the application, and the interface adapts to their language preference.

Given a user who is fluent in German, when they log in, then the interface should detect their preference and display all menus, buttons, and sections in German.

A user changes their language preference from Portuguese to English in the settings menu and tests the interface functionalities.

Given a user who changes their language preference from Portuguese to English, when they navigate back to the main interface, then all elements should correctly reflect the English language and functionalities should work seamlessly without errors.

A team member from Japan logs into InnoDoc and wants to verify that the interface can display Japanese content.

Given a user who logs in from Japan, when they access all sections of the platform, then each section should display all content fully translated into Japanese, ensuring no graphical or functional anomalies occur.

Automatic Language Detection for Comments

"As a team member from a non-English speaking country, I want my comments to be automatically translated into English when I post them, so that my team can easily understand my input and we can collaborate effectively across language barriers."

Description

This requirement entails implementing a feature that automatically detects the language used in user comments and translates them into the preferred language of the document owner and other collaborators. By leveraging advanced AI and natural language processing technologies, the system should provide instant translations in real-time as comments are posted. This function will enhance collaboration among users who speak different languages, making discussions more inclusive and coherent without requiring manual intervention by users.

Acceptance Criteria

User posts a comment in Spanish on a document primarily in English, and the system detects the language and translates the comment to English for all collaborators.

Given a user's comment in Spanish, when the comment is posted, then the system should automatically detect the Spanish language and translate the comment to English before it is visible to other users.

A collaborator responds to a comment made in French, posting their reply in English, ensuring both comments are visible in each user's preferred language.

Given a user's comment in French and another comment in English, when the system detects both languages, then it should display the French comment translated into English for English-speaking users and the English comment translated into French for French-speaking users.

A team member posts multiple comments in different languages in a single session, and each comment should be translated individually into the language of the document owner and other collaborators promptly.

Given multiple comments posted in different languages by a user, when each comment is posted, then the system should detect the language and translate each comment to the document owner's preferred language without delay.

Document owners can set their preferred language for comment translations, affecting how all comments are displayed to collaborators.

Given a document owner selects their preferred translation language in settings, when a comment is posted by any user, then all comments should be translated to the owner's selected language automatically.

If the language of a comment is not supported by the translation engine, the system should inform the user and not display the untranslated comment.

Given a comment in a language that is not supported, when the comment is posted, then the system should provide a notification to the user indicating the language is not supported and prevent the comment from being displayed.

While a comment is being typed in real-time, the system should provide language detection and translation suggestions before the comment is finally posted.

Given a user is typing a comment, when they select a language from the suggestions, then the input should be translated in real-time into the preferred language of the document owner before posting.

Comment Threading for Clarity

"As a collaborator on a project, I want to reply directly to specific comments so that I can keep related discussions together and maintain clarity in our conversations, especially when multiple languages are involved."

Description

To enhance the commenting experience and organization of discussions, this requirement focuses on the implementation of threaded comments. Users will be able to reply directly to specific comments, creating a nested structure that improves context and flow in discussions. This feature will allow users to track conversations more efficiently and ensure that all feedback is appropriately addressed. It is crucial for maintaining clarity in discussions within diverse and multilingual teams.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a comment conversation under a document, using the multilingual commenting feature to comment in their native language.

Given a user writes a comment in their native language, When the comment is submitted, Then the comment must be visible to all collaborators with a translated version displayed alongside the original.

A user replies to a specific comment in a threaded manner within a document's comments section.

Given an existing comment, When a user selects the reply option, Then a new input field should appear nested under the comment for entering their response.

Collaborators view a comment thread to track discussions efficiently.

Given a document with multiple nested comments, When the user expands the comment thread, Then all replies should be displayed in a clear, organized format showing the hierarchy of comments.

Multilingual users are able to engage in conversations without language barriers in the comment section.

Given multiple users speaking different languages are commenting, When they view a comment thread, Then they should see translations of all comments in their preferred language settings automatically applied.

Document owners can moderate comment threads to ensure constructive discussions.

Given a comment threat with multiple replies, When the document owner chooses to delete a comment, Then all associated nested replies should be removed, maintaining the clarity and integrity of the conversation.

The system tracks and logs user interactions with comment threads for analysis.

Given users interacting with comment threads, When comments are made, edited, or deleted, Then the system must maintain a log of all changes with timestamps and user identifiers.

Customizable Language Settings

"As a user from a multinational team, I want to customize my language settings for the interface and comments so that I can work in a way that is most comfortable and efficient for me."

Description

The Customizable Language Settings requirement allows users to have personalized control over their language preferences for both the interface and comment translations. Users will be able to select their preferred languages and set defaults for comments, notifications, and general navigation throughout the InnoDoc platform. This setting is essential to accommodate the multicultural nature of modern workplaces and enhance user satisfaction by providing tailored experiences.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Language Preferences During Onboarding

Given a new user is onboarding, when they access the language settings, then they should be able to select their preferred languages for the interface and comment translations, and the selections should be saved successfully.

User Changes Language Preferences in Settings

Given a user is logged in, when they navigate to the language settings and change their preferences, then the system should save the new preferences and apply them to the user interface and comments immediately.

User Receives Comment Notifications in Preferred Language

Given a user has set their preferred language for notifications, when they receive a comment notification, then the notification should be displayed in the user's chosen language.

Multilingual Comments are Translated Accurately

Given multiple users are commenting in different languages, when they submit their comments, then all comments should be translated into the default language set by the majority of users for clarity and collaboration.

User Tests Language Settings Functionality

Given a user is using the InnoDoc platform, when they access the customizable language settings, then they should be able to toggle between language options and see the immediate impact on the interface and comments.

User Sets Default Language for Document Collaboration

Given a user is collaborating on a document, when they set a default language for the document, then all collaborators should be notified of this default language and comments should be translated accordingly for all users.

All Interface Elements Reflect Selected Language

Given a user has selected their preferred language for the interface, when they navigate through different sections of InnoDoc, then all interface elements such as buttons, menus, and prompts should be displayed in the selected language.

Feedback Mechanism for Translations

"As a user relying on automated translations, I want to be able to provide feedback on the translation quality so that I contribute to enhancing the system’s accuracy and reliability over time."

Description

Implementing a feedback mechanism for translations allows users to review and provide insights on the quality of automated translations in comments and the interface. Users can flag translations they find confusing or incorrect, which aids in continuously improving the translation algorithm. This feature will promote user engagement and ensure that the multilingual system meets the quality expectations of diverse users.

Acceptance Criteria

Users are able to flag a translation in a comment they find inaccurate during a collaborative discussion.

Given a user is viewing a comment in their native language, when they find a translation inaccurate and click the 'Flag' button, then a success message should confirm that their feedback has been recorded.

Users can provide detailed feedback on the quality of translations.

Given a user has flagged a translation, when they fill out a feedback form with their comments and submit it, then the feedback should be saved and associated with the flagged translation for review.

Administrators can review flagged translations and user feedback.

Given an administrator is reviewing flagged translations, when they access the feedback management interface, then they should see a list of all flagged translations along with user feedback and resolution options.

Users receive notifications about the status of their flagged translations.

Given a user has flagged a translation and provided feedback, when the administrator resolves the issue, then the user should receive a notification regarding the resolution along with an explanation of the changes made.

The translation algorithm improves based on user feedback over time.

Given a certain number of feedback entries have been submitted, when those feedback entries indicate consistent issues with a translation, then the algorithm should be updated to improve the accuracy of that translation.

Users can see the history of their flagged translations and feedback submissions.

Given a user has submitted feedback on translations, when they access their feedback history in their profile, then they should be able to view all previous flags and the current status of those translations.

The feedback mechanism should operate seamlessly in all supported languages.

Given a user is using the commenting system in any supported language, when they submit feedback or flag a translation, then the system should function correctly without errors regardless of the language used.

Translation History Overview

This feature maintains a comprehensive log of all translations made within a document. Users can track changes and refer back to original comments and translations, ensuring clarity and accountability in multi-language collaboration, ultimately enhancing trust and understanding among team members.

Requirements

Translation Log Maintenance

"As a project manager, I want to access a comprehensive translation history so that I can ensure all team members are aligned and understand the changes made to multi-language documents."

Description

The Translation Log Maintenance requirement mandates the implementation of a robust system that automatically captures and stores all translations made within InnoDoc. This system should display the original text, translated text, and timestamps for each entry, enabling users to track the evolution of content over time. By maintaining a comprehensive log, users can refer back to earlier translations and comments, ensuring clarity and accountability when collaborating across different languages. This feature is crucial for enhancing trust and understanding among team members, particularly in multi-language projects, as it provides transparency and consistency in communication.

Acceptance Criteria

User Accesses the Translation Log to Review Changes

Given a user is logged into InnoDoc, when they select a document with translations, then they can access the Translation Log that displays all translations, with corresponding original text, translated text, and timestamps.

User Filters Translation History by Date

Given a user is viewing the Translation Log, when they apply a date filter, then the log displays only the translations made within the selected date range.

User Views Details for a Specific Translation Entry

Given a user is in the Translation Log, when they select a specific translation entry, then the system displays detailed information about that entry including user comments and modification history.

User Searches for a Specific Translation in the Log

Given a user is in the Translation Log, when they enter a keyword related to the original text or the translated text in the search bar, then the system returns all relevant entries that match the search term.

Audit Trail for Translation Changes

Given a user is authorized, when they access the Translation Log, then the system can provide an audit trail for each translation, including who made the translation and when it was made.

User Exports Translation Log Data

Given a user is viewing the Translation Log, when they click on the export button, then the system generates a downloadable file of the translation log in a user-friendly format (e.g., CSV, PDF).

Real-time Translation Notifications

"As a team member, I want to receive notifications about any translations made in real-time so that I can stay updated and respond promptly to changes in collaborative documents."

Description

The Real-time Translation Notifications requirement involves developing a notification system that alerts users whenever a translation is added or updated in a document. These notifications should be customizable, allowing users to select specific types of alerts they wish to receive, such as changes made by specific team members or updates to critical sections of the document. This capability enhances collaboration by ensuring that all relevant stakeholders are informed of changes instantly, reducing the likelihood of miscommunication and keeping the workflow streamlined and efficient.

Acceptance Criteria

User activates the notification settings to receive alerts for translations in a collaborative document.

Given a user is editing a document, when they customize notification settings to include translations by specific team members, then they should receive real-time alerts whenever those team members add or update translations in the document.

Multiple users are collaborating on a document and update translations simultaneously.

Given multiple users are making translation updates in a document, when any user adds or updates a translation, then all users with the corresponding notification settings should receive alerts immediately.

A user wants to track changes made to critical sections of a document.

Given a user selects to receive notifications for updates to critical sections of a document, when any changes are made to those sections, then they should receive an alert detailing the modification and the user who made it.

A user wants to disable notifications for certain team members' translations.

Given a user has previously set notification preferences, when they navigate to the notification settings and deselect specific team members, then they should no longer receive translation alerts from those team members.

The document contains translations in multiple languages and users wish to filter notifications based on language.

Given a user has multiple translation notifications, when they set preferences to filter notifications by language, then they should only receive alerts for translations in their chosen language.

Users receive a summary of all translation changes made within a specific time frame.

Given a user requests a summary of translation changes from the past week, when they access the translation history overview, then they should see a list of all changes made during that time along with relevant details such as user and timestamp.

Translation Quality Review

"As a translator, I want to review existing translations and provide feedback so that we can ensure the accuracy and quality of the documents we are collaborating on."

Description

The Translation Quality Review requirement sets up a framework for team members to conduct quality assurance on translations made within documents. It should allow users to comment on, approve, or request revision for any translation entry while providing a visual representation of the translation quality status. This feature ensures that translations meet consistency and accuracy standards, which is vital in maintaining brand integrity and effective communication across multi-language documents. It enhances teamwork by involving multiple translators and reviewers in the process, ultimately ensuring high-quality outputs.

Acceptance Criteria

Translation Quality Review Interaction for Multilingual Documents

Given a multilingual document with existing translations, when a user accesses the Translation History Overview, then they should be able to see a list of all translations along with comments, approval statuses, and any requested revisions clearly displayed.

Approval Process for Translations

Given a user is reviewing translations within a document, when they approve a translation, then the translation should be marked as 'Approved' and the date of approval should be timestamped in the Translation History Overview.

Request for Revision in Translation Quality Review

Given a user identifies a translation that requires revision, when they submit a request for revision, then the translation should be marked as 'Revision Requested', and the original comment should be linked to the translation entry.

Visual Representation of Translation Quality Status

Given that there are multiple translations within a document, when the Translation Quality Review framework is accessed, then all translations should be visually represented with color-coded statuses indicating 'Approved', 'Pending Review', and 'Revision Requested'.

Tracking Changes of Translations Over Time

Given a document with historical translations, when a user views the Translation History Overview, then they should be able to see a chronological log of changes made to each translation including who made the change and when it occurred.

Collaboration Among Translators and Reviewers

Given that multiple team members are involved in the translation process, when a translation is commented on, then all collaborators should receive a notification regarding the comment to encourage timely feedback and discussion.

Integration of AI Feedback on Translation Quality

Given that AI tools are integrated with the Translation Quality Review, when translations are approved, then AI-generated feedback should be provided on the quality and consistency of the translations to enhance the review process.

Multi-language Document Tagging

"As a content creator, I want to tag sections of documents with language identifiers so that I can easily locate and differentiate between translations when reviewing large documents."

Description

The Multi-language Document Tagging requirement allows users to tag specific sections of a document with their corresponding language translations. This feature should enable users to categorize different parts of the document based on language, which aids in organizing and retrieving translations easily. By implementing this tagging system, users can quickly navigate between translations and original texts, especially in large documents, improving workflow efficiency and reducing the time spent searching for specific content.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to tag different sections of a document with their corresponding language translations in order to easily identify and manage multi-language content.

Given a document containing multiple language translations, when a user selects a section and chooses a language tag, then the selected section should be tagged correctly and displayed in the document's tag overview.

As a user, I want to see all tagged sections organized by their language, so I can quickly navigate to a specific translation without scrolling through the entire document.

Given a document with multiple language tags, when a user accesses the tag overview, then they should see all tagged sections categorized by language, allowing for quick navigation.

As a user, I need to be able to remove a language tag from a section if it's no longer relevant, to keep the document organized and up-to-date.

Given a section of a document that has a language tag, when a user selects the option to remove the tag, then the tag should be removed from the section, and it should no longer appear in the tag overview.

As a user, I want to search for sections using language tags to find specific translations efficiently.

Given a document with multiple tags, when a user uses the search function with a specific language tag, then the document should filter and display only the sections related to that language tag.

As a user, I want to ensure that the tagged sections retain their formatting and comments after being tagged, to maintain the integrity of the document.

Given a section that has been tagged with a language, when a user views that section, then all previous formatting and comments should still be intact and visible.

As a user, I want to see a confirmation message after successfully tagging a section to ensure the action has been completed.

Given a user has tagged a section of a document, when the tagging action is completed, then a confirmation message should be displayed to the user indicating the successful tagging.

Export Translation History

"As a compliance officer, I want to export the translation history of documents so that we can maintain accurate records and facilitate audits as needed."

Description

The Export Translation History requirement entails the development of a feature that allows users to export the entire translation history in a selected format (e.g., CSV, PDF). This functionality is important for maintaining records, sharing with stakeholders outside the platform, or for archiving purposes. Users should have the option to include or exclude specific details such as timestamps or user comments when exporting the translation history. This will facilitate better compliance with document audits and enhance transparency in collaboration processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User exports translation history from a document after multiple translations have been made.

Given a user has completed multiple translations in a document, when they select 'Export Translation History' and choose 'CSV' format, then the system should generate a CSV file containing all translation entries with the correct formatting.

User selects specific details to export from the translation history.

Given a user is exporting translation history, when they choose to include user comments and timestamps, then the exported file must contain those specific details along with each translation entry.

User exports translation history in PDF format.

Given a user has multiple translations and selects 'Export Translation History' in PDF format, when they click the export button, then a PDF file should be created that maintains the formatting and content of the translation log.

User attempts to export translation history without sufficient permission.

Given a user does not have permission to export translation history, when they attempt to initiate the export process, then they should receive an appropriate error message indicating their lack of permissions.

User wants to ensure the exported translation history is accurate and complete.

Given a translation history consists of several entries, when the user exports the history and cross-verifies it against the original comments and translations, then they should confirm that the exported content matches the original entries perfectly.

User checks the performance and speed of the export process for translation history.

Given that a document has a large translation history, when the user initiates the export process, then the export should complete within 5 seconds and notify the user that the export has been successfully completed.

User Access Control for Translations

"As an administrator, I want to manage user access to translation features so that I can protect sensitive document content and ensure only authorized team members can make changes."

Description

The User Access Control for Translations requirement outlines the need for a permission-based system that restricts access to translation editing based on user roles. This system should allow administrators to set permissions for individuals or groups, determining who can edit, view, or comment on translations. By implementing this feature, InnoDoc will ensure that sensitive documents are safeguarded against unauthorized changes, providing an additional layer of security and control in multi-language collaborations, thereby promoting accountability.

Acceptance Criteria

Administrators should be able to set user permissions for translation editing within a document.

Given an administrator is logged into InnoDoc, When they navigate to the user management section for a document, Then they should be able to assign roles that dictate translation edit permissions for each user or user group.

Users with editing permissions should be able to modify translations without restrictions.

Given a user with editing permissions opens a document, When they attempt to edit an existing translation, Then the changes should be saved successfully without any error messages.

Users without editing permissions should be restricted from making changes to translations.

Given a user without editing permissions opens a document, When they attempt to edit an existing translation, Then they should receive an error message indicating they do not have permission to edit.

All edit and view permissions should be logged for auditing purposes.

Given any change in translation permissions, When an administrator checks the audit logs, Then they should see a record of the user, action taken, and timestamp of when the change occurred.

Users should be able to view only their own translation comments if they lack editing permissions.

Given a user without editing permissions opens a document with translation comments, When they view the translation comments, Then they should only see comments made by themselves and no others.

The system should allow for bulk permission updates for user groups.

Given an administrator selects multiple users in the user management section, When they change the translation edit permissions for the selected users, Then all selected users should have their permissions updated simultaneously without errors.

Integrated Language Learning Modules

This interactive feature offers language learning resources tailored for team members to improve their language skills directly within InnoDoc. By providing contextual exercises and quizzes, teams can enhance their linguistic capabilities while working together, fostering a more cohesive and collaborative environment.

Requirements

Interactive Language Exercises

"As a team member, I want to engage in interactive language exercises while collaborating on documents so that I can improve my language skills in context and enhance my contributions to the team."

Description

This requirement involves developing interactive language exercises within InnoDoc that provide team members with real-time activities to enhance their language skills. These exercises will be designed to leverage the context of the documents being worked on, ensuring relevance and applicability. The goal is to foster ongoing language development while simultaneously collaborating on projects, thereby integrating learning into the daily workflow. The successful implementation of this feature will create a dual-purpose environment where team members can improve their language skills and enhance productivity, ultimately leading to a more effective and cohesive team dynamic.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time interactive language exercises during document collaboration

Given a team is collaborating on a document, when a user initiates an interactive language exercise, then the exercise must launch within the document interface without disrupting the editing session and should be contextually relevant to the document content.

Progress tracking for language exercises

Given a user completes a language exercise, when they submit their answers, then their progress should be automatically tracked and updated in their profile, allowing them to view their improvement over time.

Contextual language quizzes based on document topics

Given a team is working on a document about marketing strategies, when a user accesses language quizzes, then the quizzes provided must relate directly to the keywords and topics discussed within the document, ensuring relevance and enhancing learning.

Feedback mechanism on language exercises

Given a user finishes a language exercise, when the user submits the exercise for review, then they should receive immediate feedback on their performance, including correct answers and explanations for any mistakes made.

User engagement with language learning modules

Given a user participates in interactive language exercises, when they complete a set number of exercises, then they should be prompted with a completion certificate or badge to encourage continued participation and engagement.

Accessibility of language exercises across different devices

Given a user accesses InnoDoc from a mobile device or tablet, when they navigate to the language exercises section, then the exercises must be fully functional and visually optimized for mobile use without loss of interactivity.

User customisation options for language learning

Given a user starts using the interactive language modules, when they access their settings, then they should be able to customize their language learning experience, including choosing specific languages or topics to focus on based on their document collaboration needs.

Contextual Quizzes

"As a user, I want to take quizzes that relate to the content of the documents I'm working on so that I can test my language skills and get instant feedback to improve."

Description

This requirement encompasses the creation of contextual quizzes that will allow users to assess their language acquisition in a meaningful way within the framework of their current projects. Quizzes will be designed to target vocabulary and grammar used in the documents being collaborated on, offering immediate feedback. This feature aims to provide reinforcement of learning, ensuring that users can apply their new skills directly into the projects they are working on. The integration of these quizzes into InnoDoc will increase engagement and promote a culture of continuous learning.

Acceptance Criteria

User Accesses a Document with Integrated Quizzes

Given a user has access to a document, when they open the document, then the contextual quizzes related to the document's vocabulary and grammar should be displayed prominently.

User Completes a Quiz

Given a user selects a contextual quiz, when they answer the quiz questions and submit their responses, then the system should provide immediate feedback on correct and incorrect answers, along with explanations for each question.

User Tracks Learning Progress

Given a user has completed several quizzes, when they view their profile, then they should see a summary of their quiz performance including scores, completed quizzes, and progress over time.

Integration of Quizzes into Collaborative Workflow

Given multiple users are collaborating on a document, when they complete contextual quizzes, then their quiz results should be recorded and visible to other collaborators to foster teamwork and shared learning.

User Receives Personalized Quiz Recommendations

Given a user has completed a quiz, when they finish, then the system should suggest additional quizzes based on their performance and the document content they are working on.

Accessibility of Quizzes

Given the quizzes are integrated into InnoDoc, when a user accesses the quizzes, then they should be compliant with accessibility standards (e.g., WCAG) to ensure all users can participate effectively.

Feedback Mechanism for Quiz Improvements

Given users complete quizzes, when they provide feedback on the quiz content, then the system should collect and analyze this feedback for future improvements to the quiz structure and relevance.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As a language learner, I want to see my progress on a dashboard so that I can stay motivated and understand where I need to focus my efforts to improve my language skills."

Description

This requirement entails the development of a user-friendly dashboard that enables users to track their language learning progress. This feature will allow users to visualize their completed exercises, quiz scores, and overall improvement over time. By integrating gamification elements such as badges or points, the dashboard will motivate users and foster a competitive yet collaborative environment among team members. Information should be accessible and visually appealing, promoting user engagement and encouraging language development as a part of their collaborative process in InnoDoc.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the progress tracking dashboard after completing language learning exercises and quizzes.

Given a user has completed at least one language learning exercise and one quiz, when they access the progress tracking dashboard, then they must see their completed exercises and the corresponding quiz scores represented visually through clear graphs or indicators.

User earns and views gamification rewards on the progress tracking dashboard.

Given a user has completed multiple exercises and quizzes, when they access the progress tracking dashboard, then they must see any earned badges or points displayed prominently on the dashboard to encourage further language learning progress.

Team member compares language learning progress with peers on the dashboard.

Given a user is part of a team, when they open the progress tracking dashboard, then they must see a comparison of their progress against the average metrics of their team members, including completed exercises and quiz scores, to foster a competitive environment.

User customizes their dashboard view according to their preferences.

Given a user is on the progress tracking dashboard, when they select customization options, then they must be able to choose which metrics to display (e.g., quizzes, exercises, badges) and save this configuration for future visits.

User receives personalized feedback on their learning progress through the dashboard.

Given a user has logged their language learning activities, when they view the progress tracking dashboard, then they must receive personalized suggestions for improvement and insights based on their performance data, enhancing their learning experience.

Admin views overall metrics of user progress within their team.

Given an administrator accesses the progress tracking dashboard, when they select a team, then they must see aggregate metrics for all team members, including total completed exercises, average quiz scores, and earned awards, providing insights for team performance.

User gains access to historical progress data over time.

Given a user has been using the language learning modules, when they access the progress tracking dashboard, then they must have the option to view their historical progress data for different time frames (e.g., last week, last month), allowing them to track improvement over time.

Resource Library Integration

"As a user, I want to access a library of language learning resources within InnoDoc so that I can find helpful materials that support my language development while working on my projects."

Description

This requirement involves the integration of a language learning resource library within InnoDoc that provides users with additional materials, such as videos, articles, and best practices tailored to improve their language skills. The library will be searchable and categorized based on language proficiency levels and topics relevant to user projects. By offering these supplementary resources in one place, users can access them conveniently while they collaborate, ensuring that learning is seamless and readily available when needed. This will enhance user autonomy in language learning and aid team members in enhancing their communication abilities.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for language learning resources based on their specific needs and proficiency level.

Given a user is on the Resource Library page, when they enter a search term related to a language topic they are interested in, then the system should display relevant resources categorized by proficiency level and topic.

A team member accesses a video resource to improve language skills while working on a collaborative document.

Given a user is collaboratively editing a document, when they click on a language learning video in the Resource Library, then the video should open in a new window without disrupting the document editing process.

Users receive contextual quizzes related to their current project tasks to enhance language skills.

Given a user is working on a document related to a new project, when they access the Resource Library, then they should see contextual quizzes that align with the document content and language learning goals.

The language resource library updates with user feedback on the usefulness of the materials provided.

Given a user completes a language resource activity, when they submit feedback about the resource's effectiveness, then the feedback should be recorded and analyzed for future updates to the resource library.

A user bookmarks a resource for later reference during their collaboration.

Given a user identifies a helpful resource in the library, when they click the 'bookmark' button, then the resource should be saved to their personal bookmarks within the application for easy access later.

Users can filter resources by different language proficiency levels and topics.

Given a user is in the Resource Library, when they select proficiency levels and specific topics in the filter options, then the displayed resources should match the selected criteria accurately.

The resource library allows users to share resources with team members during document collaboration.

Given a user finds a valuable language learning resource, when they click the 'share' button, then the selected resource should be sent as a link to their team members within the InnoDoc platform.

Multilingual Support

"As a non-native speaker, I want to select my preferred language for learning materials so that I can engage with the content in a way that makes sense to me and maximizes my understanding."

Description

This requirement entails the implementation of multilingual support within InnoDoc's language learning modules, allowing users to choose and switch between multiple languages for training and resource materials. By offering this flexibility, the platform can cater to the diverse linguistic backgrounds of users, fostering an inclusive environment. This feature will empower team members to learn in their preferred language, thereby increasing comfort and engagement with the content, which will lead to more effective collaboration and communication across teams with multilingual participants.

Acceptance Criteria

Multilingual support for team members conducting a collaborative project in InnoDoc across different countries, where each member selects their preferred language for learning modules.

Given a user has access to the multilingual support feature, When they choose a language from the available options in the language settings, Then the learning modules and resources should be displayed in the selected language without any errors.

A user wants to switch from English to Spanish while using the language learning modules, ensuring that content seamlessly transitions without disruption.

Given a user is currently viewing language learning content in English, When they select the option to switch to Spanish, Then all content including exercises and quizzes should instantly update to Spanish without requiring the user to refresh the page.

After training in their preferred language using the language learning modules, users should be able to provide feedback about their experience in that language.

Given users complete their training modules in their selected language, When they submit feedback, Then the feedback form should accept input in the selected language and successfully record it.

A project manager needs to ensure that all team members are comfortable with the language of the learning materials, making adjustments according to team preferences.

Given a project manager has access to the team settings, When they review the language preferences of team members, Then they should see a report outlining the selected languages of all members within the team.

Users engaging with the language learning modules should have the ability to toggle between languages during an ongoing session based on their needs.

Given a user is engaged in a language learning session, When they toggle the language setting mid-session, Then the session should adapt in real-time to incorporate the new language preference without data loss.

A user from a non-English speaking country wants to access all training materials provided in their native language to improve understanding and usability of the platform.

Given a user logs into InnoDoc for the first time, When they select their native language from the setup wizard, Then all onboarding and training materials should be presented in that language from the outset.

User Feedback Mechanism

"As a user, I want to submit feedback on language learning resources and modules so that my suggestions can be considered for improving my learning experience."

Description

This requirement consists of creating a mechanism for users to provide feedback on the language learning modules. It will include functionality for users to rate exercises, quizzes, and resources, as well as submit suggestions for improvement. The feedback collected will help to identify areas for enhancement and inform future development decisions. Integrating feedback is crucial for creating a user-centered environment and ensuring that the language learning modules are continually evolving to meet user needs and preferences, thereby enhancing the overall user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback for a language exercise.

Given a user is viewing a language exercise in InnoDoc, when they rate the exercise and submit written feedback, then the feedback should be saved in the system and a confirmation message should be displayed to the user.

User views feedback history for previous ratings.

Given a user has submitted feedback for multiple exercises, when they navigate to the feedback history section, then they should see a list of all their submitted ratings and comments along with timestamps.

Admin reviews user feedback to identify common improvement suggestions.

Given an admin is logged into the InnoDoc platform, when they access the feedback analytics section, then they should be able to view aggregated data of user ratings and suggestions to identify trends and areas for improvement.

User receives a notification after feedback submission.

Given a user has submitted feedback for a language learning module, when the feedback is successfully recorded, then the user should receive a notification indicating that their feedback has been received and is under review.

User edits their previous feedback submission.

Given a user has previously submitted feedback on an exercise, when they choose to edit their feedback, they should be able to modify their rating and comments and resubmit, with the updated information replacing the old data in the system.

User gets context-based suggestions for language improvement based on feedback.

Given a user is using the language learning modules, when they submit feedback indicating an area for improvement, then the system should provide tailored suggestions or resources related to the specific feedback given in their subsequent sessions.

Visual Milestone Tracker

This feature highlights key project milestones on the dashboard, allowing users to see critical deadlines and celebrations of accomplishments at a glance. By visually mapping out these milestones, teams can prioritize their work effectively and stay motivated as they complete significant project phases.

Requirements

Milestone Visualization

"As a project manager, I want to see a visual layout of the project milestones so that I can quickly assess where we are in our timeline and ensure that we meet critical deadlines."

Description

This feature will enable visual representation of project milestones on the InnoDoc dashboard by using color-coded markers and icons to symbolize different types of milestones. It will support zooming capabilities for comprehensive views of project timelines, allowing users to hover over or click on milestones to get detailed descriptions. This integration enhances user experience by providing a quick and intuitive understanding of project statuses and helping teams visualize their progress against deadlines. With this feature, teams can prioritize tasks that align with upcoming milestones, ensuring timely completion of project phases while also celebrating achievements immediately following milestone completions.

Acceptance Criteria

As a project manager, I want to see all upcoming milestones for a project on the dashboard when I log into InnoDoc, so that I can prioritize tasks accordingly and ensure deadlines are met.

Given I am logged into InnoDoc, when I navigate to the project dashboard, then I should see a clearly laid out list of color-coded milestones along with their deadlines and statuses.

As a team member, I want to hover over each milestone on the dashboard to see a tooltip with detailed information about the milestone, so that I can understand its importance without navigating away from the dashboard.

Given I am on the project dashboard, when I hover over a milestone marker, then I should see a tooltip that displays a detailed description of the milestone.

As a user, I want the ability to zoom in and out on the project timeline, so that I can see a high-level overview or detailed view as needed.

Given I am viewing the project timeline on the dashboard, when I use the zoom in and zoom out feature, then the timeline should adjust accordingly to show a comprehensive or detailed view of project milestones.

As a project contributor, I want to receive a notification when a milestone is reached, so that I am aware of the project's progress and can celebrate achievements with the team.

Given a milestone has been completed, when the milestone is marked as complete, then a notification should be sent to all team members subscribed to that project.

As a project stakeholder, I want to filter milestones by type (e.g., deadlines, reviews, celebrations) on the dashboard, so that I can focus on specific milestones that matter to me.

Given I am on the project dashboard, when I apply a filter for milestone types, then only the milestones that match the selected type should be displayed on the dashboard.

Milestone Notifications

"As a team member, I want to receive notifications about upcoming milestones so that I can prepare and allocate my resources effectively."

Description

The requirement involves the development of notification alerts for upcoming project milestones, allowing users to customize their alert settings based on their preferred methods and timelines (e.g., emails, in-app notifications, mobile push notifications). This will ensure that stakeholders are timely informed of critical deadlines, promoting preparedness and proactive responses. The notification system will also include reminders for milestone celebrations to encourage team morale and recognition of accomplishments. All notifications can be managed through user settings, providing a tailored experience for each team member based on their roles and preferences.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up personalized milestone notifications for a project using the InnoDoc platform.

Given a user is logged into their InnoDoc account, when they navigate to the notifications settings and select their preferred methods for milestone alerts (email, in-app, push notifications), then the selections should be saved and reflected in their user settings.

A project milestone is approaching, and the system triggers a notification based on user preferences.

Given a milestone is due in 2 days, when the scheduled time for the notification arrives, then the user should receive an alert through their selected method (either email, in-app, or push notification).

A milestone celebration notification is sent to all team members after a milestone is achieved.

Given a milestone has been marked as complete, when the notification for the milestone celebration is triggered, then all team members who are assigned to the project should receive a celebration notification at their specified alert time.

User reviews their notification history to confirm receipt of milestone alerts.

Given a user has received milestone notifications, when they access the notification history in their account settings, then they should see a list of all past notifications received with accurate timestamps and method of delivery.

User adjusts their notification settings after initially setting them up.

Given a user has set notification preferences, when they navigate back to the notification settings and change any parameters (e.g., change from email to mobile push), then the changes should be immediately reflected in their user settings and confirmed by a success message.

A user tries to turn off milestone notifications completely.

Given a user wants to disable all milestone notifications, when they toggle the notification settings to 'off', then no notifications should be sent for any upcoming milestones and the user should receive confirmation of this change.

The administrators want to ensure all users receive critical milestone notifications without any issues or bugs in the system.

Given the admin accesses the notification management system, when they perform a system-wide test, then all functionalities should work as intended without any errors, and all users should receive their respective notifications based on their settings for all upcoming milestones.

Milestone Progress Tracking

"As a team member, I want to track the progress of milestones so that I can see how much work is left and stay accountable for my contributions."

Description

This requirement focuses on implementing a progress tracking feature for each milestone, allowing users to mark a milestone as completed and provide percentage tracking towards completion. Users can also attach comments and files related to each milestone, facilitating collaborative input and status updates. The progress tracking tool will be integrated seamlessly within the dashboard, allowing for real-time updates that reflect the current state of project phases. This feature empowers teams to stay aligned and informed as they move through their milestones, enhancing overall productivity and accountability throughout the project lifecycle.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully marks a milestone as completed on the dashboard.

Given a user has access to the Milestone Progress Tracking feature, when they mark a milestone as completed, then the milestone status should change to 'Completed' and a visual indication should be displayed on the dashboard.

User updates the percentage completion of a milestone through the dashboard.

Given a user is viewing a milestone, when they update the percentage completion to a specific value, then the milestone should reflect the updated percentage accurately on the dashboard and in any associated reports.

User attaches a comment to a milestone for team collaboration.

Given a user is on a milestone details page, when they add a comment and save it, then the comment should be visible to all team members with access to that milestone, and a timestamp should be recorded.

User uploads a file to a milestone and verifies that it is accessible by other team members.

Given a user has uploaded a file to a milestone, when another team member accesses that milestone, then the file should be available for download, and the original uploader's name should be displayed alongside the file.

The dashboard reflects real-time updates for milestones as they progress.

Given that various users are making updates to milestones simultaneously, the dashboard should refresh automatically to reflect the most current milestone statuses and percentages without requiring a manual refresh from users.

User receives a notification for milestone updates.

Given that a milestone has been marked as completed or its percentage has changed, the users assigned to that milestone should receive a notification alerting them of the update via their preferred notification method (email or in-app notification).

Administrator reviews milestone progress across multiple projects in a consolidated view.

Given an administrator accesses the consolidated milestone progress dashboard, when they select a project, then they should see a summary of all milestones, showing completion status and percentage for that project in a graphical format.

Milestone Collaboration Hub

"As a team member, I want to have a space to collaborate on milestones so that I can communicate with my team and streamline our efforts toward milestone completion."

Description

A dedicated collaboration area within the milestone tracker where team members can discuss and collaborate on specific milestones. This hub will allow users to post updates, share relevant documents, and ask questions related to a particular milestone, consolidating all milestone-related communication into one area. This feature aims to foster teamwork and ensure that all team members are on the same page regarding milestone statuses, challenges, and collaborative tasks, ultimately leading to more coherent project management and improved outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User Accessing the Milestone Collaboration Hub.

Given that a user is logged into InnoDoc and is on the Milestone Tracker dashboard, when they select a specific milestone, then they should be redirected to the Milestone Collaboration Hub for that milestone.

Posting Updates in the Collaboration Hub.

Given that a user is in the Milestone Collaboration Hub, when they enter an update in the designated input field and submit, then the update should be visible in the feed for all team members involved in that milestone.

Sharing Documents within the Milestone Collaboration Hub.

Given that a user is in the Milestone Collaboration Hub, when they upload a document related to the milestone, then the document should appear in the document section of the hub and be accessible to all team members.

Asking Questions in the Collaboration Hub.

Given that a user is in the Milestone Collaboration Hub, when they post a question related to the milestone, then the question should be displayed in the hub, and team members should be able to reply to it.

Viewing Milestone Communication History.

Given that a user is in the Milestone Collaboration Hub, when they navigate to the communication history section, then they should be able to see all updates, documents, and questions posted regarding that milestone, organized chronologically.

Notification of Activity in the Collaboration Hub.

Given that a team member posts an update, document, or question in the Milestone Collaboration Hub, then all members assigned to that milestone should receive a notification of the new activity to keep them informed.

Closing a Milestone Discussion.

Given that a milestone has been completed, when the team lead marks the milestone as closed in the Milestone Collaboration Hub, then the hub should be archived, and all discussions should be saved for future reference.

Milestone Analytics Dashboard

"As a project manager, I want access to milestone analytics so that I can analyze past performances and improve our project planning and execution."

Description

Incorporating analytics capabilities to give users insights into milestone performance metrics, this feature will provide data on historical milestone achievements, average completion times, and team contributions per milestone. The analytics dashboard will enable teams to identify bottlenecks and enhance their milestone planning based on past project data. This will help users make data-driven decisions and optimize project timelines for future initiatives. The feature will include visual data representation to ensure it is user-friendly while providing actionable insights for project managers.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Milestone Analytics Dashboard from the project overview page.

Given the user is on the project overview page, when they click the 'Milestone Analytics Dashboard' link, then they should be taken to the Milestone Analytics Dashboard without errors.

The Milestone Analytics Dashboard displays historical milestone achievements.

Given the user has milestones recorded in the system, when they view the Milestone Analytics Dashboard, then all historical milestones should be accurately displayed with the corresponding achievement dates.

Average completion times are calculated and presented in the analytics dashboard.

Given the dashboard is loaded, when the user views the analytics section, then the average completion times for each milestone should be displayed based on historical data with the correct calculations.

Team contributions per milestone are visualized in the dashboard.

Given the user is viewing the Milestone Analytics Dashboard, when they select any milestone, then a breakdown of team contributions for that milestone should be clearly shown in a user-friendly format.

The dashboard provides visual data representation for user insights.

Given the user is on the Milestone Analytics Dashboard, when they analyze milestone data, then the information should be represented in charts and graphs that are easy to interpret.

Users can identify bottlenecks in milestone performance.

Given the historical milestone performance data is displayed, when the user analyzes the data, then they should be able to identify any milestones marked as bottlenecks due to prolonged completion times or delays.

The dashboard enables data-driven decisions for future projects.

Given the user has accessed the Milestone Analytics Dashboard, when they review the past project data presented, then they should be able to generate actionable insights for optimizing project timelines.

Interactive Gantt Chart

An integrated interactive Gantt chart that shows project timelines, dependencies, and task progress in real-time. Users can easily adjust timelines, reallocate resources, and visualize how tasks interconnect, enhancing planning accuracy and promoting collaborative adjustments as the project evolves.

Requirements

Interactive Task Assignment

"As a project manager, I want to assign tasks to team members easily within the Gantt chart so that everyone knows their responsibilities and deadlines without confusion."

Description

The Interactive Task Assignment feature allows users to allocate specific tasks to team members directly within the Gantt chart. Users can drag and drop tasks to assign them or reassign them as project needs change. This functionality promotes accountability and clarity in task ownership, enabling teams to work more collaboratively, keeping project timelines aligned. It integrates with user profiles to auto-notify assigned members, ensuring everyone is on the same page regarding responsibilities. By simplifying task management, it enhances the overall productivity of the team and streamlines communication across the project.

Acceptance Criteria

User assigns a task to a team member directly from the Gantt chart interface while reviewing the project timeline during a team meeting.

Given a Gantt chart is displayed, when a user drags and drops a task onto a team member's profile, then the task should be assigned to that member and a notification should be sent to their profile.

A project manager adjusts deadlines of existing tasks on the Gantt chart while ensuring all team members are notified about the changes.

Given a Gantt chart with tasks and members assigned, when a user reschedules a task by dragging its end date, then all members assigned to that task should receive a notification about the updated deadline.

A team member views their assigned tasks through their profile to ensure clarity on their responsibilities for the current sprint.

Given the tasks are assigned in the Gantt chart, when a team member checks their profile, then they should see a list of tasks they are assigned to along with deadlines and task statuses.

A user reassigns a task from one team member to another due to changes in project priorities during a weekly review session.

Given a Gantt chart with tasks assigned, when a user drags a task from one member's profile to another member's profile, then the task should be reassigned seamlessly and both members should receive an update notification.

A team conducts a retrospective meeting to review completed tasks and check for any unassigned responsibilities recorded on the Gantt chart.

Given the Gantt chart shows completed tasks, when the team's retrospective meeting takes place, then all completed tasks should be documented, and unassigned tasks should highlight the need for reassignment to ensure no tasks are overlooked.

Real-time Collaboration Indicators

"As a team member, I want to see who is currently working on tasks within the Gantt chart so that I can collaborate effectively and avoid overlaps in my work."

Description

This requirement includes real-time collaboration indicators that show which team members are currently viewing or editing tasks in the Gantt chart. This feature promotes transparency and invites seamless collaboration as users can see live updates and contributions from their colleagues. It will help prevent conflicting edits and improve communication by allowing team members to inform others when they are working on specific parts of the project. The collaboration indicators should be integrated with user statuses, improving visibility into individual progress and availability.

Acceptance Criteria

Team Member Collaborating on Task Adjustment

Given a team member is editing a task in the Gantt chart, when another team member views the task, then the editing team member's name is displayed next to the task in real-time with their user status indicating activity.

Visibility of Multiple Collaborators

Given multiple team members are interacting with different tasks in the Gantt chart, when the screen is refreshed, then all active collaborators and their user statuses must be displayed correctly with their corresponding tasks.

Notification of Current Editor

Given a team member is currently editing a task in the Gantt chart, when another team member attempts to edit the same task, then a notification appears indicating who is currently editing and preventing simultaneous edits.

Status Update Reflection

Given a team member updates their status (e.g., Available, Busy) in the system, when another user checks the Gantt chart, then the updated user status must be reflected next to the collaborator's name in real-time.

Seamless Task Assignment Changes

Given a user assigns a task to a team member, when the team member accepts the task, then the Gantt chart must show the updated assignment along with the new collaborator's indication immediately.

Efficient Conflict Resolution Notification

Given a team member starts editing a task that another member is currently editing, when an edit conflict occurs, then both members receive a notification indicating the conflict and the need to communicate.

Automated Progress Tracking

"As a project leader, I want to automatically track task progress in the Gantt chart so that I can identify delays and adjust resources as needed without manual recalculations."

Description

The Automated Progress Tracking feature will dynamically update the status of tasks within the Gantt chart based on completion percentages entered by users. It will enable automated calculations and visual representations of task progress, allowing teams to quickly assess the overall project timeline without manual updates. This feature will enhance accuracy in reporting and decision-making, as well as expedite the identification of tasks that are falling behind schedule. Integration with performance analytics will also provide insights into productivity trends and bottlenecks encountered during the project lifecycle.

Acceptance Criteria

User inputs completion percentages for tasks directly within the Gantt chart and expects the progress to be reflected instantly on the visual timeline.

Given a user updates the completion percentage of a task, when the user submits the update, then the Gantt chart should automatically reflect the updated progress in real-time without requiring a page refresh.

The team wants to review the overall project progress after multiple updates have been made to the task completion percentages.

Given multiple tasks have had their completion percentages updated, when a user views the Gantt chart, then all tasks should display the correct completion status and the overall project progress should be accurately calculated and visualized.

A project manager needs to identify tasks that are behind schedule based on the progress indicated in the Gantt chart.

Given the current status of tasks in the Gantt chart, when a user reviews the progress, then any task with less than 50% completion that is past its due date should be highlighted in red for urgent attention.

Integration with performance analytics is established to provide insights into productivity trends.

Given the Gantt chart is integrated with performance analytics, when a user accesses the analytics dashboard, then they should see a report detailing task completion rates, average time per task, and identification of any bottlenecks in the project lifecycle.

Users are collaborating across different time zones and require immediate visibility of updates to the project timeline.

Given users from diverse locations are updating task progress, when any update is made, then all users should receive real-time notifications about the changes to the Gantt chart, ensuring everyone is aligned without delay.

The team needs to ensure the Gantt chart loads promptly even with several tasks and updates recorded.

Given there are multiple tasks in the Gantt chart, when a user accesses the chart, then it should load and render all visual elements within 2 seconds, ensuring a smooth user experience.

A user wishes to revert a progress update due to a miscalculation.

Given a user has updated a task's completion percentage, when the user selects 'undo' on the previous update, then the task's progress should revert to the last saved percentage and visually update the Gantt chart accordingly.

Dependency Visualization

"As a project planner, I want to visualize task dependencies in the Gantt chart so that I can plan more effectively and avoid project delays caused by overlooked task relationships."

Description

Dependency Visualization provides users with an intuitive way to display task dependencies directly on the Gantt chart. Users can see which tasks are reliant on the completion of others through visual markers or connecting lines. This will help teams understand project workflow better, ensuring they prioritize critical tasks that affect subsequent dependencies. Enhanced visual insights into task relationships will reduce risks of delays caused by misunderstood dependencies, ultimately leading to more accurate project timelines.

Acceptance Criteria

User desires to create a project in the Interactive Gantt Chart and visualize dependencies between tasks.

Given the user has created a project with multiple tasks, when they map out task dependencies, then the Gantt chart displays lines connecting dependent tasks immediately without lag.

User updates a task's status and wants to see the impact on dependent tasks' timelines in real-time.

Given a user updates the status of a preceding task, when the dependent tasks' timelines are refreshed, then the Gantt chart automatically adjusts the timelines of dependent tasks to reflect the changes accurately.

A project manager is reviewing a Gantt chart to prioritize tasks based on dependencies before a deadline.

Given the project manager opens the Gantt chart, when they hover over a task, then all dependent tasks are highlighted, and a tooltip shows the nature of the dependency.

User needs to non-intrusively identify which tasks are preventing project progress on the Gantt chart.

Given the Gantt chart is displayed, when a user selects a task, then the chart highlights all tasks that are dependent on it and displays a visual marker indicating any delays.

A team member wants to quickly identify unblocked tasks that can be started immediately in relation to the task dependencies.

Given the user views the Gantt chart, when they filter tasks by dependency status, then the chart shows only the tasks that are ready to be executed based on their dependencies.

The user wishes to share the Gantt chart with stakeholders to provide a clear overview of task dependencies and timelines.

Given the Gantt chart is being shared, when other users open the link, then they see the same visual representation of task dependencies, including any markers or lines showing the relationships.

Customizable View Settings

"As a user, I want to customize my Gantt chart view so that I can focus on the most relevant tasks without the distraction of unnecessary information."

Description

Customizable View Settings allow users to tailor their Gantt chart display according to their preferences and needs. Features may include zooming functionalities, filtering by task owner, deadlines, or progress status, and color-coding options for different project phases. Custom views will improve user experience and usability, providing individuals with a flexible interface that adapts to their focus areas or project criteria. Moreover, this customization will support the varied workflow styles of different team members, resulting in enhanced productivity and satisfaction while working within the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

A project manager is utilizing the Gantt chart to oversee multiple projects and needs to quickly assess project timelines for different team members.

Given the customizable view settings, when the project manager filters tasks by task owner, then the Gantt chart displays only the timelines relevant to the selected team member, allowing for an organized view of their workload.

A team member needs to focus on a specific phase of a project and wants to visualize tasks associated with that phase using color-coding and filtering options in the Gantt chart.

Given the user has selected a specific project phase, when they apply color-coding to that phase, then the Gantt chart visually differentiates tasks within that phase using distinct colors for easy identification.

A remote team needs to adjust project timelines based on new information that affects deadlines, and they want to zoom in to see detailed task progress.

Given the customizable view settings, when the team zooms in on the Gantt chart, then the chart displays detailed information for tasks within the selected time frame, showing specific deadlines and progress statuses.

A project coordinator aims to generate a report for stakeholders and requires a specific view of tasks that are overdue or at risk of being delayed.

Given the filtering options available in the Gantt chart, when the project coordinator filters tasks by status to show only overdue tasks, then the chart displays all overdue tasks clearly, enabling easy reporting.

An executive wants to review all active projects and their respective statuses in a summary view that highlights project progress and immediate next steps.

Given the user has selected the summary view setting, when they access the Gantt chart, then the chart outlines all active projects, highlighting key milestones and upcoming deadlines for each project.

A project lead wants to customize their Gantt chart settings for displaying project dependency in relation to team availability.

Given the project lead is on the Gantt chart, when they adjust the view settings to include dependencies, then the chart accurately reflects the relationships between tasks and how team availability impacts project timelines.

Smart Resource Allocation

This functionality analyzes current task assignments and project workloads, offering suggestions for optimal resource allocation. By identifying overburdened team members and tasks at risk of delays, users can make informed decisions to redistribute work, improving overall efficiency and team balance.

Requirements

Dynamic Workload Analysis

"As a project manager, I want to receive real-time insights on team members' workloads so that I can reassign tasks proactively and prevent burnout."

Description

The Dynamic Workload Analysis requirement involves implementing algorithms that continuously monitor and analyze individual team members' workloads in real-time. This feature will identify any discrepancies in task assignments, flagging team members who are either overburdened or underutilized. By providing AI-driven suggestions for redistributing tasks based on current project demands and individual capabilities, this requirement aims to enhance team efficiency and improve project outcomes. The integration of this analysis into InnoDoc's interface will empower users to make informed decisions, ensuring balanced workloads and optimal resource management across the entire team.

Acceptance Criteria

Team member workload evaluation and adjustment for project deadlines.

Given a project with multiple tasks assigned to team members, when the workload analysis is performed, then the system should identify team members with over 80% task saturation and provide suggestions to redistribute at least 20% of their tasks to underutilized members.

Real-time updates to workload analysis based on task changes.

Given a team member's task status is updated from 'In Progress' to 'Completed', when the workload analysis is recalibrated, then the system should reflect the new workload distribution within 5 minutes of the change.

Displaying actionable insights in the user interface for resource allocation.

Given the workload analysis has flagged a team member as overburdened, when a project manager views the dashboard, then the system should display a notification with three recommended team members to whom tasks can be redistributed.

Integration of AI-driven task suggestion for underutilized team members.

Given a team member is identified as underutilized by the analysis, when the user views the suggestions, then the system should recommend at least two tasks based on the team's current needs and that member's skill set.

History tracking of workload adjustments and outcomes.

Given the workload analysis suggests redistributing tasks, when tasks are reassigned, then the system should create a historical log that tracks the previous and current workload distribution for review purposes.

Notifications for team members regarding workload changes.

Given tasks have been redistributed due to workload analysis, when the assignment changes are made, then the affected team members should receive notifications of their updated tasks within 10 minutes.

Automated Resource Suggestion

"As a team leader, I want the system to automatically suggest resource reallocations based on workload data so that I can adjust tasks without manual tracking."

Description

The Automated Resource Suggestion requirement enables the system to automatically recommend potential resource reassignments by analyzing ongoing tasks, deadlines, and team members' current capacities. This feature leverages machine learning to understand patterns in task completion and workload management, allowing it to suggest realistic options for task delegation. By facilitating smoother transitions and adjustments in task assignments, this requirement aims to improve project timelines and overall team productivity. The integration with existing project management tools within InnoDoc is crucial for providing seamless updates and notifications to team members.

Acceptance Criteria

As a project manager, I want automated suggestions for resource allocations when project deadlines are approaching, so that I can ensure timely completion of tasks.

Given a project with multiple tasks nearing their deadlines, when I view the resource allocation dashboard, then I should see automated suggestions for resource reassignments that consider team members' current workloads and capacities.

As a team member, I want to receive notifications for resource reassignments suggested by the system, so that I can adapt to new task allocations in real time.

Given that an automated resource reassignment has been triggered, when I check my notifications, then I should receive an alert detailing the new tasks assigned to me and the rationale behind the change.

As a user, I want to be able to provide feedback on the automated resource suggestions, so that the system can learn and improve the accuracy of its recommendations.

Given that I have received automated resource suggestions, when I submit feedback on the appropriateness of these suggestions, then the system should log this feedback and utilize it in future machine learning algorithms.

As a systems administrator, I want the automated resource suggestion feature to successfully integrate with existing project management tools, ensuring seamless data flow and updates across platforms.

Given that the automated resource suggestion feature is in use, when I check the integration logs, then I should see that updates to task assignments are reflected in both InnoDoc and the connected project management tools without errors.

As a user, I want to ensure that the automated resource suggestion feature can analyze past project performance data, so that the recommendations are based on proven patterns rather than assumptions.

Given access to completed project data, when the automated resource suggestion system analyzes this information, then it should return suggestions that align with historical task completion rates and team member performance.

As a project manager, I want to visualize the impact of proposed resource reallocations on project timelines, so that I can make informed decisions about task assignments.

Given that resource allocation suggestions have been generated, when I access the project timeline view, then I should see an updated timeline reflecting potential impacts of the proposed reallocations on key deadlines.

Real-time Collaboration Notifications

"As a team member, I want to receive instant notifications about any changes to my tasks so that I can stay updated and manage my time effectively."

Description

The Real-time Collaboration Notifications requirement focuses on developing a system of alerts and notifications that keeps team members informed about changes in task assignments and workload updates as they happen. This feature will use push notifications or email alerts to notify users in real-time, ensuring that everyone is aware of their responsibilities and any shifts in team dynamics immediately. By enhancing communication and transparency among team members, this requirement contributes to reducing misunderstandings and improving collaborative efforts. Integration with both mobile and desktop versions of InnoDoc will ensure that notifications reach users regardless of their access point.

Acceptance Criteria

Team member A is assigned a new task within InnoDoc and limits of task assignments are set to ensure no member exceeds their workload. The real-time collaboration notification system alerts Team member A immediately upon task assignment.

Given that Team member A is logged into InnoDoc, when a new task is assigned to them, then they receive a push notification or email alert about the new task within 5 seconds of the assignment.

Team member B has been overloaded with tasks, and a project manager reallocates some of their tasks to Team member C. Both members should receive notifications about this change.

Given that Team member B has tasks reassigned, when the reallocation occurs, then both Team member B and Team member C should receive notifications about the changes within 5 seconds.

A collaborative team meeting is scheduled, and changes to the agenda are made. Each team member should receive an immediate update about these changes to ensure alignment in preparation.

Given that the agenda of a collaborative meeting is updated in InnoDoc, when the change occurs, then all team members should receive a push notification or email alert with the new agenda details within 5 seconds.

User D modifies their project timeline, which may affect workload for the entire team. All affected members should be notified of this change in real-time.

Given that User D updates the project timeline, when this change is saved, then all team members impacted by the timeline shift should receive a notification alerting them of the change within 5 seconds.

During a project, changes to task priorities are made, requiring team members to adjust their focus. Notifications must go out swiftly to ensure everyone is on the same page.

Given that task priorities are updated in the system, when the changes are made, then all team members involved should receive a notification detailing the priority changes within 5 seconds.

When user E accesses InnoDoc on their mobile device to review tasks, they should be notified instantly if any changes have occurred since their last visit.

Given that user E logs into InnoDoc on a mobile device, when they check their task list, then they should see new notifications for any changes made in the last hour, with timestamps indicating the moment of the updates.

A major update in team assignments takes place, affecting multiple members. It is crucial for the updates to be communicated quickly to avoid confusion.

Given that a major team assignment update is executed, when the changes are made, then all affected team members should receive a detailed notification of the changes within 5 seconds, including adjusted task responsibilities.

Comprehensive Reporting

"As a project analyst, I want to generate detailed reports on task distribution and performance metrics so that I can provide actionable insights for future projects."

Description

The Comprehensive Reporting requirement entails creating detailed reporting functionalities that provide insights into team performance regarding resource allocation and task completion. This feature will generate visual reports that analyze resource distribution, highlight bottlenecks, and assess overall project health. Users will be able to filter reports by team member, project phase, or time period, enabling data-driven decisions for future project planning. The implementation of customizable dashboards will allow teams to track key performance indicators in real-time, hence improving strategic planning and resource forecasting.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Comprehensive Reporting feature to analyze team performance after a project phase is completed.

Given the user has completed a project phase, when they generate a report, then the report should include metrics such as resource allocation, task completion rates, and identified bottlenecks.

User customizes the reporting dashboard to track key performance indicators (KPIs) for resource allocation and task completion.

Given the user has access to customizable dashboards, when they adjust the displayed KPIs, then the dashboard should reflect the changes in real-time without needing to refresh.

User filters the comprehensive report by a specific team member to analyze their workload and task statuses.

Given the user selects a team member from the filter options, when the report is generated, then it should only display data relevant to the selected team member's tasks and performance metrics.

User reviews the visual report generated for a past project to assess overall project health and team performance.

Given the user generates a visual report for a completed project, when viewing the report, then it should clearly indicate overall project health with color-coded metrics showing good, at risk, or poor performance.

User identifies resource allocation issues after reviewing the comprehensive report and needs to make adjustments.

Given the comprehensive report highlights team members at risk of overload, when the user analyzes the suggestions for reallocation, then they should be actionable and easy to implement within the platform.

User accesses a timeline view of report data to analyze project performance over specific periods.

Given the user selects a time period to review, when they generate a report, then it should accurately reflect data only for the selected time period, allowing for comparative analysis with other time periods.

Deadline Alert System

A proactive alert system that notifies users of upcoming deadlines and overdue tasks through customizable notifications. This feature ensures that no deadlines fall through the cracks, empowering teams to take timely actions and maintain project momentum.

Requirements

Custom Notification Settings

"As a project manager, I want to customize my notification preferences for deadlines so that I can receive alerts in the way that best helps me stay organized and focused on priorities."

Description

The Custom Notification Settings requirement allows users to personalize the frequency, type, and channels (email, SMS, in-app) of notifications they receive about upcoming deadlines and overdue tasks. This feature enhances user engagement, as it accommodates different preferences for communication, ensuring that users are informed in a way that suits them best. By giving users control over their notifications, they are more likely to stay on top of deadlines, maintain productivity, and efficiently manage their tasks. Integration with the existing user preferences system in InnoDoc is crucial to ensure a seamless user experience and effective data synchronization across devices.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customization of Notification Preferences

Given that the user is logged into InnoDoc and navigates to the 'Notification Settings' page, when they select their preferred notification channel (Email, SMS, In-app) for task alerts, and choose the frequency (Immediate, Daily, Weekly), then the settings should be saved successfully, and the user should receive a confirmation message indicating that their preferences have been updated.

Default Notification Settings

Given that a new user registers for an InnoDoc account, when they log in for the first time, then they should see default notification settings applied (Email channel with Immediate frequency), and they should have the option to adjust these settings at any time.

Overdue Task Notifications

Given that the user has set the notification preferences to receive notifications via SMS for overdue tasks, when a task becomes overdue, then the user should receive an SMS alert indicating the task details and that it is overdue.

Synchronization Across Devices

Given that a user updates their notification settings on one device, when they log into another device, then the notification settings should reflect the most recent changes made, ensuring seamless integration and user experience.

Customization for Individual Projects

Given that the user is viewing the settings for a specific project in InnoDoc, when they customize notification preferences for that project, then only members of that project should receive notifications based on the newly set preferences, without affecting other project notifications.

Opt-out Functionality for Notifications

Given that the user wants to stop receiving notifications, when they navigate to the Notification Settings and select the option to opt-out of all notifications, then they should receive a confirmation message and no notifications should be sent to them henceforth.

Multiple User Roles and Preferences

Given that a user has different roles with varying notification requirements, when they switch roles within InnoDoc, then the notification settings should automatically adjust based on the pre-defined preferences associated with that specific role.

Deadline Overview Dashboard

"As a team member, I want to view a dashboard of all deadlines across my projects so that I can quickly assess what tasks are due soon and prioritize my work accordingly."

Description

The Deadline Overview Dashboard requirement provides users with a visual representation of all upcoming deadlines and overdue tasks in a centralized location. This dashboard will feature color-coded indicators for urgency, categorized by projects or tasks, allowing users to quickly assess the status of their deadlines at a glance. This enhances the ability to prioritize work effectively and motivates users to take action on overdue tasks. Integration with the existing project/task management tools in InnoDoc will be essential to ensure that the dashboard pulls data in real-time, offering live updates and insights into user workload.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Deadline Overview Dashboard after logging into InnoDoc to review their current tasks and deadlines.

Given the user is logged into their InnoDoc account, When the user navigates to the Deadline Overview Dashboard, Then the user should see all upcoming deadlines and overdue tasks displayed with color-coded urgency indicators.

User clicks on an overdue task in the Deadline Overview Dashboard to get more information.

Given the user is on the Deadline Overview Dashboard, When the user clicks on an overdue task, Then a detailed view of the task should be displayed, including its due date, project association, and any relevant notes.

User wants to customize the notification settings for the Deadline Alert System within the Deadline Overview Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Deadline Overview Dashboard, When the user accesses the notification settings, Then the user should be able to customize the types and frequency of notifications for upcoming deadlines and overdue tasks.

Team leader wants to ensure that the Deadline Overview Dashboard reflects real-time updates from connected project/task management tools.

Given the user is on the Deadline Overview Dashboard, When any changes occur in the associated project/task management tools, Then the Dashboard should automatically refresh to display the latest deadline data without requiring a page refresh.

User wants to filter tasks on the Deadline Overview Dashboard by specific projects or categories.

Given the user is on the Deadline Overview Dashboard, When the user applies a filter for a specific project or category, Then only the tasks associated with that project or category should be displayed on the dashboard.

User desires to receive alerts for tasks due within the next 24 hours.

Given the user has configured their notification settings in the Deadline Alert System, When a task is due within the next 24 hours, Then the user should receive an alert notification via their preferred method (email/push notification).

Automated Reminder System

"As a user, I want to receive automated reminders for my deadlines so that I can stay informed and complete my tasks on time without having to check manually."

Description

The Automated Reminder System requirement ensures that users receive timely reminders about approaching deadlines and overdue tasks without manual input. This feature should allow users to set a reminder schedule (e.g., 1 day before, 1 hour before) and automate these notifications based on their preferences. By reducing the cognitive load of remembering deadlines, this requirement supports improved time management and project tracking, allowing teams to focus on their work rather than administrative tasks. Integration with the calendar API will be necessary for syncing deadlines and reminders, enhancing overall productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a reminder for a project deadline 1 day in advance through the InnoDoc platform interface.

Given the user is on the deadline settings page, when the user selects '1 day' from the reminder schedule dropdown and saves the settings, then the system should send a notification 1 day before the deadline.

User receives a notification for an overdue task that was not marked as completed.

Given the user has an overdue task, when the reminder system checks for overdue tasks, then the user should receive an alert notification indicating the task is overdue.

Integration with the calendar API to sync deadlines and reminders effectively.

Given the user has linked their calendar account, when a deadline is set in InnoDoc, then the corresponding date should automatically reflect in the user's calendar with the correct reminder timing.

User customizes notification preferences to receive alerts via email and mobile push notifications.

Given the user is on the notification settings page, when the user enables 'Email' and 'Mobile Push' notifications and saves the settings, then the system should send reminders through both channels based on the selected schedule.

User changes the reminder time for a specific task and expects the new setting to take effect immediately.

Given the user is on the reminder settings page for a specific task, when the user updates the reminder settings and saves them, then the system should confirm the changes and apply the new reminder time for the upcoming notification.

User checks the history of notifications received for past deadlines and overdue tasks.

Given the user is on the notification history page, when the user views the past notifications, then the system should display a chronological list of all alerts sent, including type (reminder/overdue) and timestamps.

Group Task Notifications

"As a team leader, I want to set up group notifications for tasks so that all team members can stay updated on deadlines that involve multiple collaborators, improving our teamwork."

Description

The Group Task Notifications requirement allows users to create and receive notifications for tasks assigned to multiple users within a project. This enables collaboration by ensuring that everyone involved is aware of shared deadlines, enhancing communication and accountability within the team. The feature will allow users to opt into specific group notifications based on their involvement in projects. Integration with the existing task assignment functionalities in InnoDoc is crucial, ensuring notifications reflect real-time changes and assignments within shared projects.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives notifications for tasks assigned to their group in a project.

Given a user is assigned to a group task, when the task has a deadline approaching within 48 hours, then the user should receive a notification via email and in-app alert.

User opts in to specific group notifications in the project settings.

Given a user is in the project dashboard, when they navigate to the notification settings, then they should be able to opt-in to receive notifications for group tasks and confirm their selections successfully.

Notification reflects real-time changes to task assignments within a shared project.

Given a group task's assigned users have been updated, when the changes are saved, then all new assignees should immediately receive a notification indicating their new responsibilities.

User can customize notification preferences for different groups or projects.

Given a user is viewing their notification settings, when they select a group or project, then they should be able to customize the frequency and type of notifications they receive for group tasks.

Overdue tasks generate alerts for assigned group members.

Given a task is overdue based on its assigned deadline, when the deadline is passed, then all group members assigned to the task should receive an urgent notification alerting them of the overdue status.

Administration can view a report on notification delivery for accountability.

Given an admin accesses the notification management dashboard, when they generate a report, then they should see a list of all notifications sent for group tasks, including failure logs and delivery success rates.

User can mark group tasks as completed through notifications.

Given a user receives a notification for a group task, when they click the notification link, then they should be directed to the task page where they can mark the task as complete.

Snooze Options for Alerts

"As a user, I want to snooze my deadline alerts so that I can focus on my current tasks without distractions while still keeping track of upcoming deadlines."

Description

The Snooze Options for Alerts requirement allows users to temporarily dismiss deadline notifications and set a new reminder for later. This user-friendly feature caters to users who may be unable to act on a notification immediately, providing flexibility without losing sight of the deadline. By integrating this option, users can manage their focus more effectively, reducing stress and improving productivity. This feature requires integration with InnoDoc’s notification system to ensure users can easily snooze reminders with a few clicks.

Acceptance Criteria

User is receiving a deadline notification but is unable to address the task immediately due to another commitment. They wish to snooze the notification for later.

Given the user receives a deadline notification, when they click the 'Snooze' button, then they should be presented with a menu to choose a new reminder time between 10 minutes to 1 hour to temporarily dismiss the notification.

The user has snoozed a notification and encounters the snooze settings to adjust their preference to default to 1 hour instead of the previous 30 minutes.

Given the user accesses the snooze settings, when they save their preference for snoozing notifications, then the system should set all future snooze alerts to the selected default time of 1 hour.

User snoozes a deadline notification and after the set time, they expect to receive a new alert about the same task.

Given that a user has snoozed a deadline notification for 30 minutes, when the snooze duration expires, then the user should receive a reminder alert for the original deadline notification.

A user wishes to view all tasks that have been snoozed recently to decide on which deadlines to prioritize once they are back to their workflow.

Given the user accesses the 'Snoozed Notifications' section, when they view the list, then they should see all notifications they have snoozed along with the new reminder times and original deadlines.

User has multiple deadline notifications set for the same time and decides to snooze one of them while keeping others active.

Given the user opens their notification panel with multiple alerts, when they snooze one notification, then all other notifications should remain active and display the original alert times.

The user wants to ensure that snoozed notifications do not interfere with their other reminders from external applications integrated into InnoDoc.

Given the user has external reminder applications linked to InnoDoc, when they snooze a notification, then it should not affect the reminders set within those external applications.

User needs to quickly undo a snooze action because they want to address the task promptly instead of delaying it.

Given the user has snoozed a notification, when they click the 'Undo Snooze' button, then the notification should immediately reappear as active in their notification panel.

Progress Breakdown Widgets

Widgets that provide detailed breakdowns of progress by task, team member, or project phase on the dashboard. Users can click through these widgets for in-depth analyses of their productivity, enabling them to identify bottlenecks and facilitate discussions during team reviews.

Requirements

Task Progress Visualization

"As a project manager, I want to see real-time progress on tasks so that I can quickly identify any bottlenecks and adjust resources accordingly."

Description

The Task Progress Visualization requirement involves creating interactive widgets that display the progress of tasks in real-time on the InnoDoc dashboard. This feature will provide users with visual representations of how different tasks are progressing, making it easier to identify which tasks are on track and which are falling behind. By integrating with our existing project management features, users can quickly assess where resources should be allocated and identify potential bottlenecks during collaborative projects. This will enhance overall transparency and communication within teams, fostering a more productive collaborative environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Task Progress Visualization dashboard and observes real-time updates for ongoing tasks.

Given a user is logged into InnoDoc and navigates to the dashboard, When the user selects the Task Progress Visualization widget, Then the user should see real-time progress updates reflected for all active tasks, with visual indicators for on-track, at-risk, and delayed statuses.

A project manager clicks on a specific task in the Task Progress Visualization widget for more details.

Given a project manager is viewing the Task Progress Visualization widget, When they click on a specific task, Then the system should provide an in-depth analysis, including the task's current status, assigned team members, and comments related to the progress.

The Task Progress Visualization widget updates in response to changes made in task management.

Given a user makes changes to a task's status or reschedules a task in the project management section, When they refresh the dashboard or return to it, Then the Task Progress Visualization widget displays the updated status of the modified task in real-time.

Team members collaborate using the Task Progress Visualization to discuss project bottlenecks.

Given team members are participating in a review meeting with the Task Progress Visualization widget displayed, When they refer to a task that is falling behind, Then they should be able to analyze the relevant data and make actionable decisions to address the bottleneck.

The Task Progress Visualization widget integrates seamlessly with existing project management features.

Given that the user has set up project management features within InnoDoc, When they access the Task Progress Visualization, Then it should automatically pull in relevant data from the project management features without any manual entry required.

Users can customize the Task Progress Visualization widget to reflect their specific needs.

Given a user wants to personalize the Task Progress Visualization widget, When they access widget settings, Then they should be able to customize what information is displayed, including filters for team members or project phases.

The Task Progress Visualization widget performance is stable during high traffic times.

Given that multiple team members access the Task Progress Visualization widget simultaneously during a peak time, When they interact with the widget, Then the system should maintain performance without lag or delay.

Team Member Performance Metrics

"As a team leader, I want to analyze the performance of each team member so that I can offer tailored support and recognition where needed."

Description

The Team Member Performance Metrics requirement aims to provide detailed analytics on individual team member contributions and performance through various widgets. Each team member's productivity will be tracked and represented visually, enabling managers to understand each member's workload and effectiveness. This feature will integrate seamlessly with the existing project management tools, allowing managers to provide feedback based on data-driven insights, thus promoting a culture of accountability and improvement among team members.

Acceptance Criteria

View Performance Metrics for Individual Team Member

Given a manager is logged into InnoDoc, when they navigate to the 'Team Member Performance Metrics' widget, then they should see a visual representation of each team member's productivity metrics, including task completion rates and time spent on tasks.

Filter Team Member Performance by Project Phase

Given a user is in the 'Team Member Performance Metrics' section, when they apply a filter for a specific project phase, then the metrics displayed should only reflect the contributions relevant to that project phase.

Receive Notifications for Performance Anomalies

Given that a manager has set performance thresholds within InnoDoc, when a team member's productivity falls below the set threshold, then the manager should receive an automatic notification alerting them of the performance issue.

Download Performance Data for Reporting

Given a manager is viewing performance metrics, when they select the 'Download' option, then they should be able to download the performance data in a CSV format for reporting purposes.

Compare Team Member Performance

Given a manager is analyzing the 'Team Member Performance Metrics', when they select two or more team members for comparison, then the system should visually display a comparative analysis of the selected members’ productivity metrics.

Integrate Performance Metrics with Project Management Tools

Given that the Team Member Performance Metrics feature is integrated with existing project management tools, when a team member's tasks are updated in the project management tool, then the performance metrics should automatically reflect these updates in real-time within InnoDoc.

Project Phase Analysis

"As a project coordinator, I want to review the progress of each project phase so that I can ensure all components are aligned and deadlines are met."

Description

The Project Phase Analysis requirement encompasses developing widgets that break down progress by different project phases. This feature will allow users to view detailed analytics concerning each phase of the project lifecycle, including start and end dates, milestones achieved, and overall phase completion percentages. By providing these insights, teams can better manage phase transitions, set realistic deadlines, and ensure that all components of the project are progressing in harmony, ultimately leading to more successful project outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

Viewing Project Phase Analytics on the Dashboard.

Given a user is logged in, when they navigate to the dashboard, then they should see widgets displaying progress breakdown by project phases, including start and end dates, milestones achieved, and completion percentages.

Interacting with Progress Breakdown Widgets for Detailed Analysis.

Given a user is on the dashboard, when they click on a specific project phase widget, then they should be presented with in-depth analytics for that phase, including task breakdowns and team member contributions.

Ensuring Data Accuracy in Project Phase Analysis.

Given the widgets are displaying project phase data, when the project manager updates the phase dates or completion percentages, then the widgets should reflect the updated data in real time.

Using Completed Phase Data for Transition Planning.

Given a completed project phase, when the user reviews the analytics, then they should be able to see a summary of milestones achieved and any outstanding tasks to prepare for the next phase transition.

Identifying Bottlenecks During Team Reviews.

Given the user is reviewing all project phases, when they observe the analytics, then the widget should highlight any phases with low completion percentages as potential bottlenecks that need discussion.

Adjusting Project Deadlines Based on Phase Progress.

Given a team is reviewing progress on the widgets, when they identify delays in specific phases, then they should be able to discuss and adjust future deadlines accordingly in the meeting notes section.

Exporting Project Phase Data for Reporting.

Given a user needs to report on project progress, when they export the analytics from the widgets, then the report should include all required metrics such as milestones, completion percentages, and task details in a compatible format.

Bottleneck Identification Alerts

"As a project manager, I want to receive alerts for any delayed tasks so that I can take immediate action to mitigate issues before they impact our deadlines."

Description

The Bottleneck Identification Alerts feature will send automatic notifications to team members or project managers when a task is delayed beyond its designated timeframe. This proactive measure aims to minimize waiting times and keep the project on track by enabling quick interventions. By integrating this feature into the existing system, teams will be equipped to address issues before they escalate, ensuring smooth workflow continuity and refined communication across all involved parties.

Acceptance Criteria

Bottleneck Identification Alerts Activate on Task Delay

Given a task has exceeded its designated timeframe without being marked complete, When the task is identified as delayed, Then an automatic notification is sent to the assigned team member and project manager with details about the task and the delay.

Multiple Notifications for Overlapping Delays

Given that multiple tasks are delayed simultaneously, When the system identifies these delays, Then it sends individual alerts for each delayed task to their respective team members and project managers without duplicates.

Notification Escalation to Team Leads

Given a task has been delayed for more than 48 hours, When the delay is detected, Then an escalation notification is sent to the relevant team lead in addition to the original team member and project manager.

User Interface for Alert Settings Configuration

Given a user accesses the alert settings configuration panel, When they choose to enable or disable bottleneck notifications, Then those preferences should be saved and reflected in the notification system immediately.

Real-Time Monitoring of Task Progress

Given that all tasks are monitored in real-time, When a task is marked as delayed, Then the widget on the dashboard reflects the current status of the task, showing the delay visually for users to review.

Actionable Insights Included in Notifications

Given a bottleneck identification alert is sent, When team members or project managers receive the notification, Then the alert must include actionable insights or suggestions to address the delay identified.

Audit Trail for Notifications Sent

Given the system has sent notifications for delayed tasks, When an administrator reviews the notifications sent history, Then there should be a complete log documenting the time, task involved, and recipients of each notification.

Customizable Dashboard Widgets

"As a user, I want to customize my dashboard to show metrics that matter most to me so that I can track my progress and team performance effectively."

Description

The Customizable Dashboard Widgets requirement allows users to personalize their dashboard layout by choosing which performance metrics they wish to display. This flexibility ensures that users can prioritize the information that is most relevant to their roles and responsibilities, improving user engagement and satisfaction. The feature will feature drag-and-drop functionality for ease of use, encouraging users to tailor their workspaces to optimize workflow according to personal preferences and team needs.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to customize my dashboard layout by selecting specific metrics to display, so I can have a dashboard that reflects my priorities and improves my productivity.

Given that I am logged into my InnoDoc account, when I navigate to the dashboard settings, I should be able to select from a list of available metrics to display on my dashboard. Then, the dashboard should update to reflect my selections immediately.

As a project manager, I want to adjust the arrangement of widgets on my dashboard, so I can prioritize the metrics that are most relevant to my team's performance.

Given that I have selected metrics to display, when I use the drag-and-drop functionality to rearrange the widgets on my dashboard, then the widgets should reposition based on my input without any visual glitches or delays.

As a team member, I want to remove metrics from my dashboard that I no longer find useful, so I can reduce clutter and focus on relevant information.

Given that I have a customized dashboard with various metrics displayed, when I choose to remove a metric widget, then the widget should be deleted from the dashboard and not appear again until I choose to add it back during customization.

As a remote worker, I want to see real-time updates on my dashboard, so I can have the latest information on my tasks and team progress.

Given that my dashboard is customized, when there are updates in tasks or project phases, then the displayed metrics on my dashboard should refresh automatically to reflect the most current data without requiring a manual refresh.

As a designer, I want to be able to save my dashboard layout, so I can easily restore it if I choose to make changes in the future.

Given that I have customized my dashboard, when I click the 'Save Layout' button, then my current configuration should be saved and available for restoration later without losing my previous settings.

Collaborative Feedback Sessions

"As a team member, I want to participate in regular feedback sessions based on our progress data so that we can continuously improve and align our efforts."

Description

The Collaborative Feedback Sessions feature enables teams to conduct regular discussions based on the progress data presented in the widgets. Teams will be able to schedule reviews and use a built-in video conferencing tool integrated with the InnoDoc platform, allowing for instant feedback exchanges while reviewing productivity metrics. This requirement aims to elevate team collaboration further, ensuring that insights derived from the performance data lead to actionable outcomes and shared learning among team members.

Acceptance Criteria

As a project manager, I want to schedule a collaborative feedback session based on the progress data from the Progress Breakdown Widgets, so that my team can review our productivity metrics and identify bottlenecks effectively.

Given the project manager is using the InnoDoc platform, when they navigate to the Progress Breakdown Widgets, then they should be able to schedule a feedback session that links to the specific task or project phase being reviewed.

As a team member, I want to join a scheduled collaborative feedback session via the built-in video conferencing tool in InnoDoc, so that I can actively participate in the discussion regarding our productivity metrics.

Given a team member has been invited to the feedback session, when they access the session link, then they should be able to join the video call without any technical issues.

As a team leader, I want to view and discuss the specific productivity metrics during a collaborative feedback session, so that I can provide insights and suggestions for improvement.

Given the feedback session is in progress, when the team leader shares the screen, then all participants should be able to view the productivity metrics presented in the Progress Breakdown Widgets.

As a project team member, I want to provide instant feedback during the collaborative feedback session, so that I can share my thoughts on the identified bottlenecks.

Given the collaborative feedback session is ongoing, when a team member speaks up or uses the chat feature, then their input should be recorded and visible to all participants in real-time.

As a project manager, I want to review the outcomes of the collaborative feedback session, so that I can ensure the insights are documented and actionable steps are planned.

Given the feedback session has concluded, when the project manager accesses the summary report, then they should see documented insights and a list of actionable items derived from the discussion.

Collaborative Comments Board

An integrated comments board within the Progress Tracker Dashboard allowing team members to discuss specific tasks or project elements. This feature enhances communication, ensuring everyone is aligned, and valuable insights are documented and easily accessible throughout the project's lifecycle.

Requirements

Dynamic Comment Threading

"As a team member, I want to be able to reply to individual comments so that I can provide context-specific feedback without cluttering the main discussion."

Description

Implement a commenting system that allows users to create threaded discussions for each comment. This functionality enables team members to respond directly to specific comments, creating a clearer and more organized communication structure. It enhances tracking of discussions, ensuring all relevant information is easily referenced, thereby improving overall project alignment and collaboration.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a comment on a task in the Progress Tracker Dashboard.

Given a user is viewing the Progress Tracker Dashboard, when they click on the comment button for a specific task and enter their comment, then the comment should be displayed in the comments board, allowing other users to view and respond to it.

Team members respond to a comment using the threaded discussion feature.

Given a user sees a comment on the comments board, when they click the reply button and type their response, then the response should appear indented under the original comment, indicating a threaded relationship, and all users should receive a notification of the new reply.

User wants to view all responses related to a specific comment.

Given a user is viewing a comment in the comments board, when they click on the 'View Replies' link, then all replies related to that comment should expand and be visible, allowing users to read the full discussion thread.

User deletes their comment from the comments board.

Given a user has previously made a comment in the comments board, when they click the delete option next to their comment, then the comment should be removed from the comments board, and a confirmation pop-up should confirm the deletion action.

User can categorize comments using predefined tags.

Given a user is creating or editing a comment, when they select a tag from the predefined list, then the comment should be saved with that tag, visible in the comments board, and searchable by the assigned tags.

User receives notifications for new comments and replies.

Given a user is part of a task discussion, when a new comment or reply is posted, then the user should receive a notification showing a preview of the comment or reply along with a link to the comments board.

User accesses the comments board from different sections of the Progress Tracker Dashboard.

Given a user navigates to any section of the Progress Tracker Dashboard, when they click on the comments board link, then they should be redirected to the comments board showing all relevant discussions linked to that section.

Notification Alerts for Comments

"As a project manager, I want to receive instant notifications for new comments to stay updated and ensure timely responses to team discussions."

Description

Develop a real-time notification system that alerts users when new comments are added or previously commented threads receive replies. This feature ensures that team members do not miss important updates and can engage promptly in discussions, thereby fostering a more interactive and responsive collaboration environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification immediately upon another team member posting a new comment on the Collaborative Comments Board while they are active in InnoDoc.

Given a user is logged into the InnoDoc platform, when a new comment is posted on a task they are following, then they receive a real-time notification on their dashboard and via email.

User is notified when there is a reply to a previously commented thread they participated in without needing to refresh the page.

Given a user has commented on a thread, when another user replies to that thread, then they receive an in-app alert and an email notification of the reply.

Team lead wants to ensure all team members are receiving notifications about comments to keep discussions active and engaged.

Given the team lead checks the notification settings in the user profiles, when they review the settings, then all users should have notifications for comments enabled by default.

User wants to customize their notification preferences to manage notifications on comments effectively.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, when they select the option to receive notifications for comments, then they can enable or disable these notifications and save their preferences.

User receives an aggregated summary of all notifications related to comments at the end of each workday.

Given a user has opted in for daily summaries, when the end of the workday arrives, then they receive an email summarizing all comments and replies they weren't notified about during the day.

User is able to see a visual indicator of unread comments on their dashboard for tasks they are following.

Given a user is logged in and viewing the Progress Tracker Dashboard, when there are new or unread comments on tasks they are following, then a visual indicator appears on the task card to alert them.

User tests the notification system to ensure it functions without any delay during a peak working hour.

Given a user is engaged in a high-activity period, when a new comment is posted on the board, then the notification appears without delay within 5 seconds.

Comment Search Functionality

"As a user, I want to search for specific comments easily so that I can find important discussions without scrolling through numerous threads."

Description

Add a search capability within the comments board that allows users to quickly find specific comments by keywords, tags, or user mentions. This feature will streamline the review process and make it easier for team members to locate past discussions, enhancing productivity and ensuring that critical insights are not overlooked.

Acceptance Criteria

Searching for a comment related to a specific task discussion.

Given that I am viewing the comments board, when I enter a keyword related to the task in the search bar, then all comments containing that keyword should be displayed in the results.

Locating comments by user mentions in a collaborative project.

Given that I am filtering comments by user mentions, when I enter the username of a team member in the search bar, then all comments mentioning that user should appear in the search results.

Using tags to narrow down comment search results.

Given that I have tagged comments with specific tags, when I select a tag in the search filter, then only comments associated with that tag should be shown in the results.

Reviewing past discussions in an ongoing project.

Given that I have previously discussed a topic in the comments, when I search using relevant keywords from that discussion, then the relevant comments should be highlighted in the search results.

Performing a search with multiple keywords for precision.

Given that I wish to find comments referencing two or more keywords, when I enter multiple keywords in the search bar, then the system should return comments that include all specified keywords.

Validating the performance of search functionality with large comment data.

Given a large volume of comments in the comments board, when I perform a search operation, then the results should return within three seconds to ensure efficiency.

Finding comments based on date of discussion.

Given that I want to locate comments made within a specific time frame, when I enter a date range in the search filter, then only comments made within that date range should be shown.

Comments Tagging System

"As a collaborator, I want to tag comments so that everyone can prioritize their responses based on the importance of the discussion."

Description

Introduce a tagging feature that allows users to categorize comments with relevant tags (e.g., 'urgent', 'question', 'feedback'). This will help in organizing discussions and prioritizing responses based on the nature of the comments, thereby improving overall project management and focus during teamwork.

Acceptance Criteria

Users should be able to categorize comments with relevant tags to enhance project management.

Given a comment has been created, when the user selects a tag from the tagging options and assigns it to the comment, then the comment should display the selected tag next to it.

Tags should facilitate easy filtering of comments for better project oversight.

Given multiple comments with various tags, when the user applies a filter by selecting a specific tag, then only comments with that tag should be displayed on the Comments Board.

Users need real-time visibility of tagged comments to streamline discussions during remote collaboration.

Given a comment is tagged while team members are actively viewing the comments board, when the tag is applied, then all team members should see the updated comment with the tag immediately appearing in their view.

The system should allow users to edit or remove tags from comments for accurate categorization.

Given a comment with an existing tag, when the user chooses to edit the tag, then the user should be able to select a new tag or remove the existing one, and these changes should reflect immediately on the Comments Board.

Tags should allow users to prioritize responses based on the urgency or type of comment.

Given comments marked with different tags (e.g., 'urgent', 'question'), when the user sorts comments by urgency, then comments tagged as 'urgent' should appear at the top of the list on the Comments Board.

Tagging feature should be user-friendly and intuitive for all team members.

Given the tagging options are displayed, when a user hovers over the tagging interface, then a tooltip should appear explaining how to use tags effectively.

Users should be able to generate reports based on comment tags for project assessment.

Given the Comments Board is populated with tagged comments, when the user requests a report, then the system should provide a summary of comments categorized by tags including count and type for each tag.

Comment Archiving System

"As a user, I want to archive old comments to keep the comments board organized and focused on current project discussions."

Description

Implement an archiving feature that allows users to archive older comments or threads that are no longer actively discussed. This will help in decluttering the comments board, improving the user experience by focusing on current discussions, and maintaining a clean interface.

Acceptance Criteria

User can access the archiving feature from the comments board interface

Given a user is on the Comments Board, when they click on the 'Archive' button next to a comment thread, then that thread should be archived and no longer visible on the active comments list.

Archived comments can be retrieved by users

Given a user has archived comments, when they click on the 'Archived Comments' section, then they should see a list of all archived comment threads with their relevant details (e.g., date, author).

Users receive confirmation after archiving a comment or thread

Given a user clicks on the 'Archive' button, when the action is successfully performed, then the user should receive a notification confirming the comment/thread has been archived.

Users can undo an archive action

Given a user has archived a comment/thread, when they click on the 'Undo' option next to the confirmation notification, then that comment/thread should be restored to the active comments list.

The archiving feature should have appropriate permissions set for different user roles

Given the user's role in the system, when they attempt to archive comments/threads, then only authorized roles should be able to perform this action, while unauthorized roles should receive an access denial message.

The system maintains the integrity of comments during the archiving process

Given there are related discussions on a comment thread, when an archive action is performed, then all related comments should be archived simultaneously without data loss or corruption.

Users should be able to search for archived comments

Given archived comments exist, when a user performs a search in the 'Archived Comments' section using keywords from the comment content, then relevant archived comments should appear in the search results.

Dynamic Reporting Tools

Real-time reporting tools that allow users to generate visual reports showcasing project performance metrics, completed tasks, and areas needing attention. Users can easily share these reports with stakeholders, ensuring transparency and fostering collaborative problem-solving.

Requirements

Real-time Data Visualization

"As a project manager, I want to generate real-time visual reports of project metrics so that I can quickly identify trends and areas that need my attention, enabling me to make timely decisions and drive project success."

Description

The Real-time Data Visualization requirement focuses on providing users with the ability to create and display dynamic, interactive visual representations of project performance metrics such as completion rates, task durations, and resource allocations. This functionality enhances the overall user experience by allowing team members to quickly identify trends, anomalies, and areas requiring attention, fostering more informed decision-making. The feature must integrate smoothly with existing data sources and reporting structures within InnoDoc, ensuring that all generated reports are up-to-date and accurately reflect the current state of projects as they progress. This requirement not only enhances transparency among stakeholders but also promotes collaborative problem-solving and efficient project management.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a visual report showcasing task completion rates for a project during a weekly team meeting.

Given the user has access to the project data, when they select the 'Generate Report' option and choose 'Task Completion Rates', then a dynamic visual report should be created and displayed showing completion rates in percentage form along with a graphical representation.

A project manager reviews a visual report for resource allocation during a project status update.

Given the project manager has requested a report on resource allocation, when the report is generated, then it must display current allocations, past usage, and any discrepancies clearly and be interactive to filter categories.

Stakeholders receive a report on project performance metrics to assess progress during a quarterly review.

Given the user shares the report via email, when the recipients open the report, then they should have access to dynamic charts, visual aids, and filters that accurately represent project performance metrics in real-time.

A team member analyzes the report for anomalies in task durations during a project retrospective.

Given that the team member is looking for anomalies in the report, when the report is generated, then it should highlight any task durations that exceed a defined threshold, allowing for easy identification of issues.

Users from remote teams access project reports from different time zones.

Given that users are located in different time zones, when they generate a report, then the timestamps and data presented in the report should reflect the current time zone of the user generating the report.

A user integrates existing data sources with the reporting tools to create a comprehensive performance report.

Given the user has configured data connections, when they run a report generation, then the report should pull accurate real-time data from all linked sources and reflect it in the visual report.

A user customizes the visual report layout before sharing it with the team.

Given the user is in the report editing mode, when they change the layout and save the report, then the new layout should be displayed accurately in the report when it is next generated and shared.

Custom Report Templates

"As a team lead, I want to create and save custom report templates for my projects so that I can present information in a way that best suits my stakeholders’ preferences and needs, saving time and ensuring consistency."

Description

The Custom Report Templates requirement will allow users to create, save, and reuse customized report layouts that reflect their unique project needs and stakeholder preferences. Users will be able to select from various templates or design their own, with options for different chart types, data fields, and visual elements. This feature not only saves time but also ensures consistency in reporting across multiple projects. Integration with task management features will enable seamless data transfer into reports, transforming how users present project results. The capability to personalize reports fosters improved communication with stakeholders and enhances the overall value of the reporting process.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a new custom report template by selecting a base template, customizing the layout, and saving it for future use.

Given the user is on the report templates page, when the user selects a base template and customizes the layout, then the user can save the template as a new custom report template with a unique name.

User modifies an existing custom report template and saves the changes.

Given the user has an existing custom report template, when the user updates the layout or data fields and chooses to save the changes, then the updated template should reflect the changes upon re-opening.

User selects a custom report template to generate a report and ensures data is pulled correctly from the task management system.

Given the user selects a custom report template and initiates the report generation, when the data is pulled from related tasks, then the report should accurately display the selected metrics and fields according to the template design.

User shares a custom report template with stakeholders for feedback and collaboration.

Given the user has a custom report template, when the user shares the template link with stakeholders, then the stakeholders should have access to view the template without editing rights.

User deletes an unwanted custom report template and confirms the deletion process.

Given the user has an unwanted custom report template, when the user selects to delete the template and confirms the action, then the template should be permanently removed from the list of custom templates.

User previews a custom report template before generating the final report to ensure layout and data accuracy.

Given the user has customized a report template, when the user selects the preview option, then the preview should accurately display the template layout and sample data as it would appear in the final report.

User views all available custom report templates in a user-friendly format for easy selection.

Given the user is on the report templates page, when the user accesses the list of custom report templates, then the list should display all templates with clear names and a brief description for each template.

Automated Report Generation

"As a project coordinator, I want reports to be generated automatically on a regular schedule so that I can focus on my core responsibilities without worrying about missing report deadlines for stakeholders."

Description

The Automated Report Generation requirement enables users to schedule and automatically generate reports based on predefined parameters, like completion dates or milestone achievements. This functionality reduces the manual effort involved in producing reports while ensuring that stakeholders receive timely insights into project progress without additional work from the team. Users will have the option to customize the frequency and format of report delivery (e.g., daily, weekly, or monthly) and select the recipients for each automated report. Implementing this requirement streamlines workflows, minimizes the risk of oversight, and guarantees ongoing transparency in reporting.

Acceptance Criteria

Scheduled Automated Reports are Delivered to Designated Stakeholders

Given a user has set up a report schedule for automated report generation with specified parameters, When the schedule triggers, Then the system should generate and send the report to the designated recipients at the scheduled time without manual intervention.

Customization of Report Frequency and Format

Given a user accesses the automated report settings, When they select their preferred frequency (daily, weekly, monthly) and format (PDF, Excel, etc.), Then the system should accurately save these preferences for subsequent report generations.

Report Content Accuracy and Relevance

Given a report is automatically generated based on predefined parameters, When the report is produced, Then the content should reflect the latest project performance metrics, completed tasks, and areas needing attention as specified in the parameters.

User Notification Upon Successful Report Generation

Given an automated report has been successfully generated and sent to recipients, When the action is completed, Then the user who set up the report should receive a notification confirming successful delivery.

Error Handling for Report Generation

Given the report generation process encounters an issue (e.g., missing data or failure to connect to data sources), When the failure occurs, Then the system should log the error and notify the user of the failure, including details for troubleshooting.

User Access and Permission Management for Report Recipients

Given a user attempts to set report recipients, When they select the recipients from a list, Then the system should validate that all selected recipients have the necessary permissions to access the generated reports before confirming the selection.

Integration with Other Tools for Report Sharing

Given an automated report is generated, When the user opts to share it through an integrated tool (e.g., Slack, email), Then the report should be accessible via that tool, ensuring that formatting is preserved and content is intact.

Collaborative Report Sharing

"As a user, I want to share my project reports with team members and stakeholders easily so that I can gather feedback and input that helps improve project results while keeping everyone informed."

Description

The Collaborative Report Sharing requirement allows users to easily share generated reports with team members and stakeholders through various channels (e.g., email, in-app messaging, or direct links). Users should have the option to set permissions regarding editing and viewing rights to ensure that sensitive information is protected while facilitating teamwork. This feature promotes cooperation and feedback from stakeholders by enabling them to comment directly within the report, fostering a more interactive experience. Integrating this feature enhances communication and ensures everyone involved stays informed and engaged throughout the project lifecycle.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares a generated report with a team member via email.

Given the report is generated, when the user selects the share option and inputs the recipient's email, then the email should be sent successfully with a link to the report and the correct permissions set by the user.

User sets viewing permissions for a report shared within the app.

Given that the user is sharing a report within the app, when the user selects permission settings, then the report should reflect the correct viewing permissions as specified by the user for each selected team member.

Stakeholders receive a shared report and can view it online.

Given that a report has been shared with stakeholders, when they access the link provided, then they should be able to open the report with the set permissions and without encountering any errors.

User invites a stakeholder to comment on a report.

Given a report is shared with a stakeholder allowing comments, when the stakeholder accesses the report, then they should be able to add comments directly within the report interface without any difficulties.

User edits the permissions of a previously shared report.

Given that a report has been previously shared, when the user updates the permissions and saves those changes, then the new permissions should be immediately reflected for all stakeholders who received the report previously.

A user generates a report and shares it directly through an in-app messaging feature.

Given the user generates a report, when they choose to share it via in-app messaging, then the report should be sent through the messenger, and the recipient should receive a notification with access permissions corresponding to what the user selected.

User tracks the status of feedback received on a shared report.

Given a report has been shared with collaborators, when the user checks the feedback section in the report, then the user should see an updated status reflecting all comments and responses from collaborators in real time.

Insightful Analytics Dashboard

"As a project manager, I want an analytics dashboard that displays key project metrics and historical performance trends so that I can gain insights that inform my strategic decisions and project planning."

Description

The Insightful Analytics Dashboard requirement is aimed at providing users with a comprehensive view of key project metrics and historical data through an interactive dashboard. This dashboard will showcase graphical representations of project performance, trends over time, and comparisons against targets or benchmarks. Users should have the ability to filter and drill down into specific data points, facilitating deeper insights into project progress and outcomes. Integrating this feature not only enhances users’ understanding of project dynamics but also supports strategic planning and forecasting, making it an invaluable tool for project managers and stakeholders alike.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Analytics Dashboard for the first time to assess overall project performance and trends.

Given the user logs into InnoDoc, when they navigate to the Analytics Dashboard, then they should see a comprehensive overview with graphical representations of key project metrics such as task completion rates and project timelines.

User filters the data on the Analytics Dashboard to focus on project performance for a specific time period.

Given the user is on the Analytics Dashboard, when they apply a date range filter, then the displayed metrics should refresh to only show data within the specified time range, with accurate graphical representation.

User compares current project metrics against predefined targets on the Analytics Dashboard.

Given the metrics are displayed on the Analytics Dashboard, when the user selects the comparison option, then the dashboard should overlay the target metrics on the current performance graphs for visual comparison.

User accesses the Analytics Dashboard on a mobile device to view project insights on the go.

Given the user opens the InnoDoc app on their mobile device, when they navigate to the Analytics Dashboard, then the layout should adapt to show all relevant metrics clearly without loss of information or usability.

User shares generated reports from the Analytics Dashboard with stakeholders through the platform.

Given the user selects the share report option, when they enter stakeholder emails and click send, then an email should be dispatched with a link to view the report along with an attachment of the PDF version.

User drills down into specific project metrics to gain deeper insights.

Given the user clicks on a data point in the Analytics Dashboard, when the drill-down option is selected, then they should see a detailed breakdown of that metric, including historical data and context.

User interacts with the historical trend graphs on the Analytics Dashboard for insights.

Given the historical trend graphs are displayed, when the user hovers over a data point, then a tooltip should show precise numerical values along with percentage changes compared to the previous time period.

Product Details

Vision & Mission

Problem & Solution

Details & Audience

User Personas

Tech-Savvy Consultant

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Remote Marketing Specialist

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Agile Product Owner

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Product Features

Engagement Analytics

Requirements

Real-time Interaction Tracking

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Engagement Reports Generation

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Engagement Dashboard UI

Description

Acceptance Criteria

User Segmentation for Engagement Analysis

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Automatic Feedback Notifications

Description

Acceptance Criteria

User Training and Resource Center

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Content Performance Score

Requirements

Performance Scoring Metrics

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Actionable Recommendations Engine

Description

Acceptance Criteria

User Engagement Analytics

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Performance Score Dashboard

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Score Updates

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Trend Analysis Dashboard

Requirements

User Access Control

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Collaboration Indicators

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Document Format Support Expansion

Description

Acceptance Criteria

AI-Powered Writing Assistance

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Workflow Triggers